<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet TYPE="text/css" href="http://www.lib.umich.edu/tcp/docs/code/pfs.test.css"?>
<!DOCTYPE ETS SYSTEM "http://www.lib.umich.edu/tcp/docs/code/eebo2prf.xml.dtd">
<ETS>
<TEMPHEAD>
<REVDESCR>
<CHANGE>
<DATE>05-14-08</DATE>
<RESPSTMT>
<NAME>Mona Logarbo</NAME>
<RESP>MURP</RESP>
</RESPSTMT>
<ITEM>**Added TEMPHEAD, checked ID, and added TYPEs to DIVs in order to validate. 
**Checked for GROUP tags.
**Proofed title page(s). 
**Checked <SUP>s</SUP>. 
**Checked I / J.
**Checked oe for ae ligatures.
**Reviewed structure. 
**Checked placement and completeness of PBs. 
**Checked for duplicate pages.
**Checked for missing pages.
**Checked spacing of foreign GAPs.
**Checked for #s, @s, mdash;, --s, <ABBR>Esq</ABBR>, frac;, etc. 
**Corrected <GAP DESC="illegible" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/>s, <GAP DESC="illegible" EXTENT="1 span" DISP="〈…〉"/>s, and <GAP DESC="illegible" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>s by inserting vendor-responsible GAP DESC and in some instances by inserting the appropriate character(s) and / or GAP DESC(s). 
**Checked for amp;cs with incorrect spacing.
**Checked for OPENERs, SALUTEs, CLOSERs, DATEs, 
DATELINEs, SIGNEDs, BYLINEs, TRAILERs, ARGUMENTs, EPIGRAPHs, etc. 
**Checked for TABLEs and LISTs.
**Checked for LBs. 
**Checked for startqs, endqs and Qs. 
**Checked proofsheets and made corrections. 
DONE 05-14-08.</ITEM>
</CHANGE>
</REVDESCR>
</TEMPHEAD>
<EEBO>
<IDG S="marc" R="UM" ID="A01818">
<STC T="S">11956</STC>
<BIBNO T="umi">99838949</BIBNO>
<VID>3342</VID>
</IDG>
<TEXT LANG="eng">
<FRONT>
<DIV1 TYPE="title page">
<PB REF="1"/>
<PB REF="1"/>
<P>ROMANae HISTORIae ANTHOLOGIA.</P>
<P>AN
ENGLISH EX∣POSITION
OF
THE ROMANE AN∣TIQVITIES,
WHEREIN
many Romane and English
offices are paralleld and di∣vers
obscure phrases
<HI>explained.</HI></P>
<P>By
<HI>THOMAS GODWYN</HI> Master of Arts:
For the vse of <HI>ABINGDON</HI> Schoole.</P>
<P><FIGURE>
<P>AC: OX</P>
<FIGDESC>printer's or publisher's device</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P><HI>AT OXFORD,</HI>
Printed by Joseph Barnes. 1614.</P>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 LANG="lat" TYPE="dedication">
<PB REF="2"/>
<PB REF="2"/>
<HEAD><FIGURE>
<P>AA</P>
</FIGURE></HEAD>
<HEAD>VENERABILI ET EGREGIO VI∣RO
D<SUP>o</SUP>. FRANCISCO IAMES LEGVM
Doctori, Curiae audientiae Cantuariensis
causarum &amp; negotiorum Auditori,
Reverendi Aepiscopi Bathonensis
&amp; Wellensis Cancellario
dignissimo.</HEAD>
<P><SEG REND="decorInit">Q</SEG>VOTIES mihi in mentem re∣deunt,
redeunt autem mul∣toties
crebra illa ea{que} aurea tua
hortamina, quibus veluti frigi∣dâ
suffusâ mihi puero in literarū
stadio currenti animos feceras:
toties (vir ornatissime) me aere
tuo ita obrutum sentio, vt non
facultas modò, sed &amp; spes omnis nomen meum ex∣pungendi
de tabulis tuis praecîdi videatur. Novae sci∣licet
mihi impetrandae sunt tabulae, nam de sorte ac∣ceptâ
jacta est alea; &amp; ita jacta vt nec reliquum mihi
sit quo foeneralia sim soluendo; nisi numismata haec,
quae &amp; antiqua sunt &amp; plumbea (id est) Antiquitates
has, in quibus vereor ne me reperias hominem (vt cū
Terētio loquar) plumbeum: sed fas sit addere (ex eodē
Terentio) antiquae fidei; foeneraliorum vice accepe∣ris.
At quid tibi cum foeneratione? Vtpote qui foe∣nerari
<PB REF="3"/>
beneficium non soles, sed illud pulchrè foenera∣tum
putes quo qui accepit rectè vtitur: &amp; quid mihi
cum solutione? Qui scilicet putare debeo me novum
beneficium accepisse, si hoc nostrum officium boni
consulas: me devinctiorem tibi factum, si dignaberis
tuo nomine (tanquam insigni aliqua gemma) ornare
hoc meum opusculum, quo nomine non me solùm,
sed inventutem omnem (nempe antiquitatum studio∣sam)
plenius tibi demerêberis; mihi si quid gratiarum
à candido lectore, lectori si quid vtilitatis ex nostris lu∣cubrationibus
accrescat: hoc ille, illud ego, tibi vni ac∣ceptum
feramus necesse est: nec enim quod res est
diffitebor, nisi quòd ardenter cuperem insopitam no∣stram
tui recordationem notam facere, nostrae certè
antiquirates adhùc sopitae &amp; ignotae jacuissent, nec
extra privatos parietes subreptitassent. Deus Opt.
Max. dignitatem tuam quàm diutissimè servet inco∣lumem.</P>
<CLOSER><DATELINE><HI>Datum Abingdoniae</HI> <DATE><HI>decimo calend. Aprilis.
Anno.</HI> 1613.</DATE></DATELINE>
<SIGNED>Tuae dignitatis omni obsequio
observantissimus
THOMAS GODWINVS.</SIGNED></CLOSER>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 LANG="lat" TYPE="to the reader">
<PB REF="3"/>
<OPENER><SALUTE>BENEVOLO LECTORI, S.</SALUTE></OPENER>
<P><SEG REND="decorInit">T</SEG>Ria auguror potissimùm futura in
hoc opusculo, quae parùm faciant ad
aliquorum hominum palatum; quae
tamen singula lectorem aequum spero
aequi consulturum. Primò aegrè ferent
quòd antiquitatis hae suo debito .i. Ro∣mano
destituantur nitore, &amp; idioma∣tis
nostri solaecis (tanquam tot laceris
pannis) vestitae foras extrudantur: secundo insimulabunt me
gravem rei literariae iniecisse plagam, nempè qui hac ratione
feci, vt quivis fumiuendulus Grammatista poterit in lectione
Ciceronis sine cortice natare, poterit gryphos antiquitatum
qui passim historiarum occurrunt sine negotio solvere: tertio
hoc illos male torquebit, quòd tota mea textura est adeò incon∣cinna
&amp; inconsona, adeò sterilis &amp; humi serpens, adeò sangui∣nis
&amp; sublimitatis expers. Primò velim intelligant me nō tam
exuisse eas suo nitore, quàm cruisse ex tenebris, nempè trans∣fundendo
eas in linguam magis cognitam. Secundò sciant me,
non aliâ mente accessisse ad hoc opus quàm vt meo labore cui∣vis
sciolo &amp; tyrunculo, vix dum literarum studijs initiato imò
pueris ad huc sub ferulâ militantibus, facilis aditu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> ad adyta
haec patefieret: de sterilitate quam mihi impingunt, me mihi
plaudo, rectius{que} nomine perspicuitatis eam dici oportere con∣tendo;
quid emolumenti enim ex ampull<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>sis istiusmodi verbo∣rum
prodigijs (quibus fulminare, nullus est elementarijs qui, si
velit, nequit) emergit lectori? praesertim tyrunculo, quem ista
verborum tonitrua magis admiratione afficiunt, quàm instru∣unt
cognitione. Sed his missis, Lectorem benevolum monitum
<PB REF="4"/>
velim, vt quoties antiquitates Romanae, quoties antiqua ali∣qua
lex, quoties minùs visitatae dictiones, vel dictionum signi∣ficationes,
quoties paraemiae ex his antiquitatibus enatae illum
morantur in lectione autorum, Ciceronis praecipuè (cui prae cae∣teris
meum erat consilium lucem inijcere) vt indicem meum
vice Dictionarij consulat: vel si magis placebit, taedium quod
ex gravioribus studijs obrepere solet, discutiat &amp; exuat, lec∣titando
has antiquitates, in quibus nihil occurrit ceratinum
quod negotium cuivis facessat, nonnulla forsan quae sopitum
lectoris animum everberent &amp; exacuant magis.</P>
<CLOSER>Vale.</CLOSER>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 LANG="lat" TYPE="encomia">
<DIV2 TYPE="poem">
<PB REF="4"/>
<L><HI>GODWINE</HI> noli, pergis? inscitè facis</L>
<L>Vulgò Camoenas edere.</L>
<L>Romana spernit lingua conarisonos</L>
<L>Idiomate extrusos novo.</L>
<L><HI>Godwine</HI> pergas, fallor; eximiè facis</L>
<L>Doctas Camoenas edere:</L>
<L>Antiqua Romae verba conari doces</L>
<L>Labore iuvenes improbo.</L>
<CLOSER><SIGNED>LAV. HVMFREDVS.</SIGNED></CLOSER>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="poem">
<HEAD>In Romanae Historiae Anthologiam, pueris
Ciceronis anagnostis à Tho. Godwine
concinnatam.</HEAD>
<L>DIversis diversa frutex animalibus idem</L>
<L>Pabula dat:<NOTE PLACE="marg">In eadem herba apis florem, capra germen, sus radicem cap∣tat. Plut. lib. de Poetis Audiendis.</NOTE> Radix, sus tibi, dulce sapit;</L>
<L>Dum florem delibat apis; rorem{que} Cicada;</L>
<L>Et baccas, volucres; germina, capra legit.</L>
<L>Qui Ciceronis adit sinuosa volumina Lector,</L>
<L>Non eadem quivis, queis saturetur, avet.</L>
<L>Lexios hic veneres mavult, suadae{que} verba sequi.</L>
<L>Schemata{que}, &amp; phaleras, Lecta{que} verba sequi.</L>
<L>Ille amentatas potius mirabitur hastas,</L>
<L>Argumenta, quibus causa perempta cadit.</L>
<L>Sunt quibus Antiqui ritus, quos prisca vetustas</L>
<L>Servat in Archivis, perplacuëre magis.</L>
<L>Talem tu <HI>Godwine</HI> tuo polyhistora libro</L>
<L>Efformare piâ sedulitate studes.</L>
<L>Nec labor incassum cedet; tibi nempe Minerval</L>
<L>Gloria{que} &amp; stabilis fama <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> erit.</L>
<CLOSER><SIGNED>IO. SANFORDVS.</SIGNED></CLOSER>
</DIV2>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="summary of contents">
<PB REF="5"/>
<HEAD>A short table shewing the argument of every
Booke and Section.</HEAD>
<LIST>
<ITEM>Lib.
<LIST>
<ITEM>1
Of the Ro∣mane
citie.
Sect.
<LIST>
<ITEM>1. Of the chiefe parts thereof.</ITEM>
<ITEM>2. Of the generall divisions of the Roman
people.</ITEM>
</LIST></ITEM>
<ITEM>2
Of the Ro∣mane
religi∣on,
Sect.
<LIST>
<ITEM>1. Of certaine generall divisions of their
Gods.</ITEM>
<ITEM>2. Of the Romane Priests with some par∣ticular
Gods.</ITEM>
<ITEM>3. Of certaine collaterall appendices be∣longing
to the Romane religion <HI>(ex.
gra.)</HI> of the Romane yeare, where <HI>ob∣iter</HI>
of the Cal. I<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>es, and Nones, with
certaine distinctions of the daies. Se∣condly
of their plaies where chiefly the
parts of a comedy or tragedy are shewn.
Thirdly of their maner of taking meat.
Fourthly of the Romane gownes and
coats. Fiftly of their rites in marria∣ges
and burials.</ITEM>
</LIST></ITEM>
<ITEM>3
Of the state
politicall.
Sect.
<LIST>
<ITEM>1. Of their assemblies, called <HI>Comitia.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>2. Of their civill Magistrates.</ITEM>
<ITEM>3. Of all those laws, which I haue obser∣ved
to be touched in Tully his orations.</ITEM>
</LIST></ITEM>
<ITEM>4
Of the
art mi∣litary,
as it
was pra¦ctised
by the
Romās
Cap.
<LIST>
<ITEM>1. Of their maner observed in establishing their
leagues.</ITEM>
<ITEM>2. Of the Romane Legion and the parts thereof</ITEM>
<ITEM>3 Of the maner of besieging a city.</ITEM>
<ITEM>4. Of the punishments towardes their enimies
captivaetad.</ITEM>
<ITEM>5. Of punishments towards the Romane souldi∣ers
offending.</ITEM>
<ITEM>6. Of certaine rewards after the performance of
any noble exploits.</ITEM>
</LIST></ITEM>
</LIST></ITEM>
</LIST>
</DIV1>
</FRONT>
<BODY>
<DIV1 TYPE="history">
<PB N="1" REF="5"/>
<HEAD>THE ROMANE ANTIQVITIES
expounded in English.</HEAD>
<DIV2 N="1" TYPE="book">
<DIV3 N="1" TYPE="section">
<HEAD>Lib. 1. Sect. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">Of the chiefe parts of the Citie.</HEAD>
<DIV4 N="1" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De monte Palatino.</HEAD>
<P><HI><SEG REND="decorInit">R</SEG>Omulus,</HI> and <HI>Remus</HI> being (as it is
agreed vpon by most writers)<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Plutar. vit. Rom Pighius</NOTE> the
first founders of <HI>Rome,</HI> built it at
the first in<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Rosin an∣tiq. lib. 1. c. 2.</NOTE> forme of a quadrangle
vpon one only hill called <HI>Mons Pa∣latinus,</HI>
though <HI>Fabius</HI> left <HI>Rome,</HI> as
it was first builte, with the fieldes
thereof painted in the forme of a
<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Sig de iur. Rom. l. 1. c. 2.</NOTE> bow, the river. <HI>Tiber</HI> being the
sting thereof. Vpon this hill was alwaies the seate of the
<HI>Romane</HI> Empire, which from the hill tooke the denomina∣tion
of a Palace: and hence<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib 1. c. 4.</NOTE> all stately buildings, which
we call Palaces, tooke their name, <HI>Palatia.</HI> This hill had
his first appellation <HI>Palatinus</HI><NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ib.</NOTE> <HI>quasi Balatinus, à balando,</HI>
from the bellowing of cattell, pasturing there in former
times. But in processe of time sixe other hills by severall
kings of <HI>Rome</HI> were added; whereby the city, and the <HI>Po∣moerium,</HI>
that is, the territories of the citie were enlarged:
and <HI>Rome</HI> was called <HI>vrbs septi-collis</HI> .i. the citie vpon sea∣ven
hils. Vpon this Palatine hill also stood the <HI>Asylum,</HI> or
<PB N="2" REF="6"/>
sanctuarie of refuge, which <HI>Romulus</HI> opened<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 3. c. 20.</NOTE> in imitation
of <HI>Cadmus,</HI> who at the building of <HI>Thebes</HI> was said to haue
opened a sanctuarie of refuge, whither whatsoever malefa∣ctor
could escape, were he bond or free, hee was not to be
punished. It was much like vnto a custome of the people
in the citie <HI>Croton,</HI> who flying, vnto the altars of their
Gods, obtained the forguienesse of faults not voluntarily
committed. Whence these two phrases are expounded a∣like,
<HI>Ad te tanquàm ad Asylum,</HI> and <HI>Ad te tanquàm ad arā
confugimus</HI> .i. we fly vnto thee as our only refuge.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="2" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 2.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De monte Capitolino.</HEAD>
<P>THis hill was famous for three names: it was called
<HI>Capitolium, mons Tarpeïus,</HI> and <HI>mons Saturni.</HI> It was
named <HI>Saturnes</HI> hill<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. li. 1. c. 5.</NOTE> from the heathenish God <HI>Sa∣turne,</HI>
who vouchasafed to vndertake the protection of that
<MILESTONE N="1"/> place. It was named the <HI>Tarpeïan</HI> hill<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Romulo.</NOTE> from <HI>Tarpeïa</HI> one
of the Vestall Nuns, daughter to the chiefe-keeper of the
<MILESTONE N="2"/> Capitoll (this hill being the castle of defence for the whole
towne.) For this <HI>Tarpeïa</HI> betrayed the Capitoll into the e∣nemies
hands, bargaining to haue the golden bracelets vp∣on
her enimies left hands for this her treason. Now the e∣nimes
when they were admitted in did cast not their brace
lets alone but their bucklers also vpon her, through the
weight whereof she was pressed to death: vpon which oc∣casion
the whole hill was afterward called the <HI>Tarpeï∣an</HI>
mount; but more principally a certaine rocke
of that hill called <HI>Tarpeïa rupes,</HI> from whence
malefactours were sundry times tumbled head-long.
<MILESTONE N="3"/> The same hill was likewise called the Capitoll, be∣cause
when the foundation of a certaine Temple, built in
<PB N="3" REF="6"/>
the honour of <HI>Iupiter,</HI> was laid a mans head full fresh, and
liuely, as if it had bin lately buryed,<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Dion. Hali∣car. lib. 4.</NOTE> yea hot bloud issuing
out of it, was found there.<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Lipsius de magnitud. Rom. cap. 5.</NOTE> <HI>Arnobius</HI> saith, that the name
of this man being aliue was <HI>Tolus,</HI> and hence from <HI>Caput</HI>
and <HI>Tolus</HI> the whole hill was called <HI>Capitolium.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="3" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 3.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De colle Quirinali.</HEAD>
<P>THis hill being in former time called <HI>Agonalis,</HI> then
began to be called <HI>Quirinalis,</HI> whē certaine <HI>Sabines,</HI>
called in Latine <HI>Curetes,</HI> came and inhabited there,
(truce being made betweene the <HI>Romanes,</HI> &amp; the <HI>Sabines:)</HI>
though some woulde therefore haue it named <HI>Quirinalis,</HI>
because there was a temple erected in the honor of <HI>Romu∣lus,</HI>
called also <HI>Quirinus.</HI> It was called in the time of the
Emperours <HI>mons Caballus,</HI> that is, the horse-hill, taking its
denomination from two marble statues of <HI>Alexander</HI> ta∣ming
his horse <HI>Bucephalus:</HI> which statues <HI>Constantine</HI> the
Emperour brought to <HI>Rome,</HI> and placed thē in the middest
of certaine bathes, which he made vpon this hill. There do
appeare in this hill three risings, or hillockes, the one be∣ing
called <HI>Salutaris,</HI> the other <HI>Martialis,</HI> &amp; the third <HI>La∣tiaris.</HI>
All this may be collected out of<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Antiq. Rom. lib. 1. cap. 6.</NOTE> <HI>Rosinus.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="4" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 4.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De monte Coelio.</HEAD>
<P>THis hill hath his name from a certaine<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 6. c. 11.</NOTE> captaine of
<HI>Hetruria,</HI> which assisted <HI>Romulus</HI> against the <HI>Sa∣bines.</HI>
On this hil king <HI>Tullus Hostilius</HI> erected state∣ly
edifices, which for a time served as his palace: but after∣ward
they became the chiefe Counsell-house, whither the
<PB N="4" REF="7"/>
<HI>Senators</HI> assembled thēselues, for the determining of state-matters:
&amp; because this <HI>Curia</HI> did farre exceede all others,
therefore authors many times vse this word<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 1. c. 16.</NOTE> <HI>Curia</HI> simply,
without any adjunction to signifie <HI>Curiam Hostiliam,</HI> as if
there were no other. It much resembleth our Privy-coūsel-chamber
in respect that none might sit there, but only <HI>Se∣nators;</HI>
whereas in the court-house, which <HI>Pompey</HI> built (be∣ing
therefore called <HI>Curia Pōpeïa)</HI><NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 7 c. 6.</NOTE> other city-Magistrats
were admitted amongst the <HI>Senators:</HI> and in <HI>curiâ Iuliâ</HI> .i.
the court-house which <HI>Iulius</HI> made, were examined<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ibid.</NOTE> for∣reigne
matters, as Embassages: but in <HI>curiâ Hostiliâ</HI> dome∣sticall
matters only were treated of, and that only by the
<HI>Senators.</HI><NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Munster in sua Cosmog. lib. 2. cap. 9.</NOTE> At this present time this hill is beautified with
many Christian Churches, as the Churches of <HI>S. Steven, S.
Paul,</HI> and <HI>S. Iohn,</HI> our Saviours Hospitall, &amp;c.<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 6. c. 11.</NOTE> It was also
called <HI>Mons Querculanus</HI> from the abundance of oakes
growing there.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="5" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 5.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De monte Esquilino.</HEAD>
<P>THis hill was so named <HI>quasi</HI><NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Rosin. An∣tiq l 1. cap. 8.</NOTE> <HI>excubinus ab excubijs</HI> .i.
from the night watching which <HI>Romulus</HI> did vnder∣take
vpon that, somewhat distrusting the fidelity of the
<HI>Sabines</HI> in the beginning of their league. In this hill there
were three hillockes named <HI>Cispius, Oppius,</HI> and <HI>Septimius.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="6" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 6.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De monto Aventino.</HEAD>
<P>THE Aventine mount tooke his name<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. li. 6. c. 11.</NOTE> from <HI>Aven∣tinus</HI>
a certaine king of <HI>Albanum,</HI> which was there
buryed. Vpon this hill stoode <HI>Hercules</HI> his altar, and
<PB N="5" REF="7"/>
certaine temples consecrated to <HI>Iuno, Diana, Minerva,
Lucina,</HI> and <HI>Murcia</HI> .i. <HI>Ʋenus:</HI> whence the hill hath some∣time
beene called <HI>Diana</HI> her hill, &amp; <HI>Mons Murcius.</HI><NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier lib 3. c. 5.</NOTE> Here
were those <HI>Scalae Gemoniae,</HI> whither condemned persons
were dragged, and so cast headlong into the river <HI>Tiber</HI>
downe a paire of staires. Vpon<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Romulo.</NOTE> this mount <HI>Remus</HI> would
haue built <HI>Rome,</HI> &amp; therefore it was called <HI>Remonius mons.</HI>
But since it hath beene called <HI>mons Rignarius,</HI> as it appea∣reth
by <HI>Plut.</HI> in the same place. It had moreover the name
of the holy mount, being called in Latine <HI>Mons sacer.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="7" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 7.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De monte Viminali.</HEAD>
<P>BEcause of the abundance of wicker twigs, which did
grow vpon this hill, it was called <HI>mons Viminalis, vi∣men</HI>
signifying a twigge, or ozier. I am not ignorant
that some would haue this hil to be named <HI>Viminalis</HI> from
<HI>Iupiter Vimineus,</HI> whereas <HI>Iupiter</HI> himselfe was named <HI>Vi∣mineus</HI>
from this hill, because he had here many altars ere∣cted
in the honour of him. Both this hill, and <HI>Iupiter</HI> were
called <HI>Fagutales</HI> from <HI>sylva fagea</HI> .i. a cops of beech-trees,
which did grow therevpon. <HI>vid. Rosin. Antiq. lib. 1. cap.</HI> 9.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="8" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 8.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De tribus collibus adiectis.</HEAD>
<P>THree<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ant. lib. 1. cap. 11.</NOTE> other hils there were, which in processe of time
were added vnto the city, which partly because they
were not included within the <HI>Pomoerium</HI> so soone as the o∣ther,
but chiefly because they were not of such note, there∣fore
<HI>Rome</HI> retained the name <HI>Septi-collit</HI> .i. the city vpon 7.<MILESTONE N="1"/>
hils. The first of those hils was called <HI>Collis hortulorum</HI> .i.
the hill of gardens, so tearmed because of the many gardēs
<PB N="6" REF="8"/>
neere adjoining.<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Barthol. La∣tomus in ver∣rin. 7<SUP>•m</SUP> Cic.</NOTE> Here was the Cireque, or the shew-place
of the strūpet <HI>Flora,</HI> which made the people of <HI>Rome</HI> heire
to those goods which shee had gotten by prostituting her
body to young gentlemen, leaving also a certaine summe
of mony to procure a celebration of her birth-day: which
because of her infamie the people shaming to doe, they fei∣ned
her to be the goddesse of flowers, and that shee must
first be appeased by sports, and plaies performed in the ho∣nour
of her, before the trees and fruits of the earth would
<MILESTONE N="2"/> prosper. The second was called <HI>Ianiculus</HI> from <HI>Ianus</HI> that
two-faced God: who, as writers testifie, was there buried.
It did lie beyond the river <HI>Tiber,</HI> and now hath changed its
name, being called from the yellow sands <HI>mons aureus,</HI> and
through negligence of the Printer, <HI>Montorius</HI> .i. the goldē
<MILESTONE N="3"/> mountaine. The third was famous for the many divinati∣ons,
and prophecies vttered vpon it, and thence was it na∣med
<HI>Vaticanus</HI> from <HI>Vaticinium,</HI> a foretelling.<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Munster in sua cosmog. lib. 2. cap. 8.</NOTE> It is at this
time famous for a library in it, called <HI>Bibliotheca Vaticana.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="9" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 9.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Foro Romane.</HEAD>
<P><HI>FOrum</HI> hath diverse acceptions: sometimes it is taken
for a place of negociation, or marchandising, which
we call a market-place; and being taken in this sense
it hath commonly some adiectiue ioined with it, as <HI>Forum
boarium,</HI> the beast-market, <HI>forum piscarium,</HI> the fish-mar∣ket,
<HI>Olitorium forum,</HI> the hearb-market. Other times it is
taken for any place, wheresoever the chiefe governour of a
province doth cōvocate his people togither, there to giue
iudgement according to the course in law: whence a man
is said <HI>Forum agere,</HI><NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Hubertus in Cic. lib. 3. ep. fam. 6.</NOTE> when he keepeth the Assises, and <HI>Fo∣rum
indicere,</HI> when he appointeth the place, where the As∣sises
shalbe kept. Thirdly it is taken for a place, where con∣troversies
<PB N="7" REF="8"/>
in law are iudicially determined, and orations
are had vnto the people. And of this sort there were<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Rosin an∣tiq. lib. 9. c. 7.</NOTE> fix
distinct <HI>Forums:</HI> One called <HI>Forum Iulium,</HI> because it was <MILESTONE N="1"/>
built by <HI>Iulius Caesar.</HI> A secōd was added by <HI>Octavius Au∣gustus,</HI><MILESTONE N="2"/>
called therefore <HI>Augusti Forum.</HI> The third <HI>Forum</HI><MILESTONE N="3"/>
was founded by <HI>Domitian</HI> the Emperour: but by reason
of his suddaine death <HI>Nerva</HI> had the finishing thereof.
It had the name of <HI>Forum Transitorium,</HI> the transi∣torie
<HI>Forum,</HI> because there was <HI>transitus</HI> .i. a way or
passage through it into three severall market places. A <MILESTONE N="4"/>
fourth was added by the Emperour <HI>Traianus,</HI> wherein was
erected a stately columne or pillar 140 cubites high, ha∣ving
all the noble exploits performed by <HI>Traianus</HI> engra∣ven
in it. Another was called <HI>Salustij Forum,</HI> because <HI>Salust</HI><MILESTONE N="5"/>
bought it with diverse gardens adioyning, which since
haue beene called <HI>horti Salustini.</HI> The last <HI>Forum,</HI> which in∣deed <MILESTONE N="6"/>
was first built, and in all respects excelled the rest, was
called <HI>Forum Romanum,</HI> and <HI>Forum vetus,</HI> or by way of ex∣cellēcy
the <HI>Forum,</HI> as if there were no other <HI>Forum.</HI> Where
we must vnderstand, that as often as <HI>Forum</HI> is vsed in this
latter sense, namely for a pleading place, it is so vsed figu∣ratiuely,
by the figure Synecdoche: for in truth the plea∣ding
place, wherein Orations were had, was but one part
of the <HI>Forum Romanum,</HI> namely that Chappell, or great
building, which they called <HI>Rostra.</HI><NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Henr. Salm in Pancirolli lib. rerum de∣perdit. cap. de Basil. &amp; taber▪</NOTE> Round about this <HI>Fo∣rum
Romanum</HI> were built certaine trades-mens shoppes,
which they tearmed <HI>Tabernae;</HI> and also other stately buil∣dings
called <HI>Basilicae Pauli.</HI> Here was the <HI>Comitium,</HI> or hall
of iustice; the <HI>Rostra,</HI> .i. the Orators pulpit; <HI>Saturnes</HI> san∣ctuary,
or the common treasure house; and <HI>Castors</HI> temple:
of all which in their order.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="10" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 10.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Basilicis.</HEAD>
<P><PB N="8" REF="9"/>
<HI>BAsilicae</HI> were vpper buildings of great state and much
cost, being supported with <HI>Pilae</HI> .i. flat. sided pillars; &amp;
hauing vnderneath them walkes, much resembling
our cloisters, saving that the <HI>I<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>tercolumnia,</HI> or space be∣tweene
the pillars lay open vnto the very grond. That
they were vpper buildings may be collected by the custom
of many men, which were wont to walke vnder these Ba∣silicall
buildings, and therefore were called <HI>Subbasilicani</HI>
by <HI>Plautus.</HI> The vse of these were principally for the<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Sigon. de iudiciis lib. 1. cap. 28.</NOTE> Iud∣ges
to sit in judgement: but in their absence it was lawfull
for marchants to deale in their businesses. Those of chiefe
note were three, thus named, <HI>Pauli, Porcia,</HI> and <HI>Iulia.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="11" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 11.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Comitio.</HEAD>
<P><HI>COmitium</HI><NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 1. cap. 7.</NOTE> was a part of the <HI>Forum Romanum,</HI> being
a great large hall of iustice, which for a long time
was open at the top having no covering, and for
that reason the assemblies were often dissolved in rainy,
or vnseasonable weather. In it stood the <HI>Tribunal,</HI> being a
place erected vp on high in forme of our pulpits, but many
degrees larger, &amp; in the midst therof the <HI>Sella Curulis</HI> .i. the
Ivory chaire, frō whence the chiefe magistrate administred
iustice; other inferior magistrats fitting on bēches on each
side, which were called <HI>Subsellia,</HI> because they were lower
thē the Tribunal. Those which sate vpon these benches had
power <HI>cognoscere,</HI> but not <HI>pronuntiare;</HI> much like to our Iu∣stices
at the Assises, which may examine or informe against
a malefactor, but not condemne him. Where wee may ob∣serue
the difference betweene <HI>Comitium,</HI> signifying such
an edifice, or building, and <HI>Comitia,</HI> signifying the Roman
assemblies: both being so called <HI>à coeundo.</HI><NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud lib. 1. cap. 28.</NOTE> In this hal did
stand an Altar, vpon which the Iudges laying their hands,
<PB N="9" REF="9"/>
did take their oath to administer iustice without partiali∣ty.
It was called <HI>puteal Libonis.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="12" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 12</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Rostris.</HEAD>
<P>NEXT to the <HI>Comitium</HI> stood the <HI>Rostra,</HI> a goodly
faire edifice in manner of the bodie of a Cathedrall
Church. In it stood an orators pulpit deckt &amp; beau∣tified
with the stemmes of many ships, which they got frō
the people of <HI>Antium</HI> in a memorable battle vpon sea: and
<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Hubert. in Cic. lib. 8. ep. fam. 1.</NOTE> hence from those ship-beakes called in Latine <HI>Rostra,</HI>
hath this place taken his name. It may bee englished the
great Oratory, or place of common plea.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="13" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 13.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De templo Castoris.</HEAD>
<P>ANother part of the <HI>Forum</HI> was a sanctuarie built in
the honour of <HI>Castor,</HI> and <HI>Pollux:</HI> the<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Sueton. in Iulio Caesare</NOTE> reason there∣of
was because they appeared vnto the Romans in
the Latine warre in the likenesse of two Angels sent from
heaven to lead the Roman army, and to assist the Romans
against the Latines: who being vanquished, they suddenly
were departed out of the field, none knowing how, &amp; even
in the same moment they appeared vpon their sweating
horses vnto the Roman citizens in the <HI>Forum,</HI> who taking
them for souldiers demanded what newes they brought
home from the campe: they replyed that the Romans were
conquerours: which newes being delivered, they suddenly
vanished, and were seene no more. Vpon this occasion did
<HI>A. Posthumius</HI> being at that time <HI>Dictator,</HI> build a Tem∣ple
in that place of the <HI>Forum,</HI> where they were seen in ho∣nour
of them both. Although in the after ages it had the
name only of <HI>Castors</HI> Temple; Whence arose the ieast of <HI>M.
<PB N="10" REF="10"/>
Bibulus</HI> against his fellow Consul <HI>Iulius Caesar,</HI> saying
that it fared with him, as it did with <HI>Pollux;</HI> .i. as this Tem∣ple
which was erected in the honour of both the brethren,
caried the name only of <HI>Castors</HI> Temple; so the great expēces
in exhibiting shewes in the time of their Consulshippe
though they went deeper on <HI>Bibulus</HI> his side, yet <HI>Caesar</HI> ca∣ried
away all the thankes, and credit. Insomuch that the
people being wont to subscribe the names of both Con∣suls
at the end of their deeds, and Charters, for a remem∣brance
of the yeare; that yeare they wrote, Such a thing
done not <HI>Bibulus,</HI> and <HI>Caesar,</HI> but <HI>Iulius</HI> and <HI>Caesar</HI> being
Consuls.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="14" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 14.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De aede Saturni.</HEAD>
<P><HI>SAturnes</HI> sanctuarie<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Publicola.</NOTE> was the common treasure house,
wherein the subsidie mony which the commons payd
vnto the treasurers called <HI>Quaestores,</HI> was to bee laid
vp: whereof divers men coniecture diversly. <HI>Alexander
Neop.</HI><NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 4. c. 15.</NOTE> saith, that <HI>Saturne</HI> found out the vse of brasen mo∣ny:
and therefore this Temple might be thought the fittest
place for the treasurie. <HI>Plutarch</HI> thinketh rather that the
making of the treasurie in that place did allude to the in∣tegrity
of the time, wherein <HI>Saturne</HI> raigned, being the
worlds golden age.<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. lib. 2. c. 2.</NOTE> But the most receaued opinion is the
strēgth of the place, whereby it was the safer from theeues.
This temple by reason of the vse it was put vnto, was cal∣led
<HI>aerarium</HI> from <HI>aes</HI> .i. brasse: which name now is common
to all treasure houses; for that the first mony vsed by the
Romans was of that metall, vntill the yeare of Rome 485
(as <HI>Pliny</HI> witnesseth lib. 3. cap. 33.)<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 4. c. 15.</NOTE> Some are of opinion,
that before the vse of brasse they made money of leather:
whence <HI>Numa Pompilius</HI> is said to haue given leather mo∣ny
in a dole vnto the people. Touching their order obser∣ved
<PB N="11" REF="10"/>
in the treasury, wee must vnderstand that their care
in providing against suddaine dangers was such, that they
laid aside the twentieth part of their receits, which they
<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. lib. 2. c. 2.</NOTE> called <HI>aurum vicesimarium, Incensimarium,</HI> and <HI>Cimiliar∣chiū,</HI>
into an inner chamber, or more sacred roome, named
in Latine <HI>aerarium sanctius.</HI><NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Servius l. 2. Virg. Georg.</NOTE> Wee may read also of a third
treasury called <HI>aerarium militare,</HI> wherein <HI>Augustus</HI> had
appointed that the twentieth part of certaine legacies
should be laid vp to defray charges in extraordinary wars:
where it lay so priviledged, that it was a capitall crime to
vse any of it, but in extreame, and desperate necessitie. Not∣withstanding
howsoever it was vsed as a treasure house,
<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. lib 2. c. 2.</NOTE> yet divers authors testifie that the acts of their senate, the
books of Records, together with such bookes, as were for
their immeasurable bignes called <HI>libri Elephantini,</HI> where∣in
all the names of their Citizens were registred, and also
their militarie ensignes, were contained there.<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Plutarch in suis proble∣mat. vid. Franc. Sylviū in Catilinari∣am 4.</NOTE> And from
those statute books called <HI>tabulae publicae,</HI> this treasury was
also called <HI>Tabularium,</HI> because they were laid vp there.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="15" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 15.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De campo scelerato.</HEAD>
<P><HI>CAmpus sceleratus,</HI> the field of executiō,<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Munster. in sua Cosmog.</NOTE> lying with∣ing
the city, ioined to the gate <HI>Collina.</HI> It was the
place, where the Vestall Nuns, if they were deflow∣red,
suffered punishment after this manner. There<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Numa.</NOTE> was
made a Vault vnder the earth with an hole left opē aboue,
whereby one might go downe; and within it there was a
little couch with a burning lampe, and a few victuals: whi∣ther
the defiled Votary was to be brought through the
market place in a litter so closed vp with thicke leather,
that her mournings might not be heard to the moving of
pity. Shee being thus brought to the place of execution,
was let downe by a ladder into the hollow caue, and the
<PB N="12" REF="11"/>
hole presently stopped. And the reason why they suffered
such a kinde of death, was because they thought it not fit;
that shee should be burnt with fire, which kept not the sa∣cred
fire with greater sanctity. And it was thought vnlaw∣full
to punish them by laying violent hands on them, be∣cause
they had in former time served in so holy a function.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="16" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 16.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De campo Martio.</HEAD>
<P>THe<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 6. c. 11▪</NOTE> <HI>campus Martius,</HI> otherwise called <HI>Tiberinus,</HI> be∣cause
it was neere the river <HI>Tiber</HI> was given vnto the
<HI>Romane</HI> people by <HI>Caïa Tarratia,</HI> a Vestall Virgin: but
<HI>Tarquinius Superbus</HI> the last king of <HI>Rome</HI> did take it from
the people, converting it to his own private vse: in so much
that he sowed corne there, which, when he was deposed,
the <HI>Romanes</HI> did cast into the river <HI>Tiber,</HI> iudging it vnfit
that any man should reape any commodity from so holy a
ground. In processe of time the sheaues of corn being stop∣ped
in a shallow foard of the river, became firme ground,
and was called the holy Iland, or <HI>Aesculapius his Iland.</HI>
And presently after the expulsion of <HI>Tarquinius,</HI> this <HI>Cam∣pus
Martius</HI> was restored vnto its former vse. Beside the
naturall pleasantnesse of the place it selfe, it was beautified
with many ornaments brought out of the Capitol (the Ca∣pitoll
being too ful) as likewise with divers images of well
deserving men. Hither did the younger sort of <HI>Romanes</HI>
come to exercise al matters of chivaldry, namely the horse-race,
the foot-race, wrestling, fencing, vaulting, casting the
bowle, the sledge, the dart, vsing the sling, the bow, with
such like: &amp; vpon this occasion it was dedicated to <HI>Mars,</HI>
and called by <HI>Strabo, the Romanes great schoole of defence.</HI>
In this field were men of best note burned, when they died.
Here were the kings, &amp; other magistrates at first created.
In this<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Serv. in Bu∣col. eclog. 1.</NOTE> field of <HI>Mars</HI> also was a place at first railed, like a
<PB N="13" REF="11"/>
sheepe-pen, called therfore <HI>Ovilia,</HI> or <HI>septa;</HI> but afterwards
it was mounted with marble-stone, beautified with stately
walkes, and galleries, and also with a tribunall, or seate of
iustice, within which precinct the people often times as∣sembled
to giue their suffrages toward the election of ma∣gistrates.
The meanes of ascending vp vnto these <HI>Ovilia</HI>
was not by staires, but by many bridges made for that
time; every parish in the assembly of parishes, and every
tribe, or ward in the assembly of the tribes, and every hun∣dred
in the assembly of cēturies having his bridge: whence
this proverbe was occasioned, <HI>de ponte deijciendus</HI> .i. he is to
be barred from giving his voice,<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Ioan. Sax∣onius in orat pro S. Roscio.</NOTE> These bridges were not
made over any river, but over the dry land: whence men
were said to be cast, <HI>Non vt periclitarentur de vita, sed ne
suffragarentur in Comitijs.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="17" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 17.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Circo Maximo.</HEAD>
<P>AMongst other places where the <HI>Romanes</HI> exhibited
their plaies vnto the people, the most remarkeable
was the great Circque, or shew-place, called in La∣tine
<HI>Circus Maximus.</HI> It was a large peece of ground, lying
neere that part of the <HI>Aventine</HI> mount, where <HI>Dianaes</HI> tē∣ple
stood. It was built by <HI>Tarquinius Priscus</HI> with diverse
galleries round about it, from whence the <HI>Senators,</HI> &amp; gen∣tlemen
of the city did behold the running with great hor∣ses
at lists, the fire-workes, tumbling, the baiting, and cha∣sing
of wilde beasts, &amp;c. In former time all did stand on the
ground, being sheltred frō the raine by the helpe of boards
vpheld with forkes in manner of house-pentices: and this
custome continued vntill the aforesaid <HI>Tarquinius</HI> erected
those galleries, called <HI>Fori,</HI> making thirty distinctious of
them, allotting every ward or company their severall quar∣ters
<PB N="14" REF="12"/>
all the seats being able to containe one hundred fiftie
thousand parties.<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 5. c. 4.</NOTE> Vnder these places were cels, or vaults,
where women did prostitute their bodies, and would buy
stolne goods, and for this reason <HI>Horace</HI> calleth it <HI>Fallacem
circum</HI> .i. the deceitfull shew-place. There was at the one
end of the circque certaine barriers .i. places barred, or rai∣led
in, at which place the horses began the race; and at the
other end was the marke, whether the horses ran: it was
called in Latin <HI>Meta,</HI> and the barriers <HI>carceres, à coercēdo.</HI>
Whence wee say <HI>à carceribus ad metam</HI> .i. from the begin∣ning
to the ending.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="18" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 18.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Theatro.</HEAD>
<P>THE Theatre<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Ioach. Ca∣merarius in orat. pro L. Flacco.</NOTE> hath his name from the Greeke verbe
<GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> .i. to behold: because the people flocked thither
to behold plaies, and shewes exhibited to them. The cu∣stome
<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Servius lib. 2. Virg. Geor.</NOTE> first sprang from sheep-heards, who leading a con∣templatiue
life, were wont to compose dialogues in mee∣tre,
and at their leasure to recite them vnder the trees pres∣sed
downe in forme of an arbour; whence this theatrall
tearme <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> hath beene derived from <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, a shadow. But
afterward learned Poets composed Comedies, and Tra∣gedies,
which were publikely acted in the city vpon a
stage: and although at the first it was counted infamous to
frequent them, yet afterward the Senators themselues, yea
the Emperour, and all the chiefe of Rome assembled thi∣ther.
<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 5. c. 16.</NOTE> Neither for a long continuance were there any seats
built, but commons and nobles promiscuously one with
another all stood on the ground; insomuch that those
which stood behind, raised vp places with turfes of earth,
which gaue the people occasion to call the place between
those turfes, and the scaffold <HI>Cavea,</HI> .i. a caue, or den: yea
sometimes the people that stood there were so called from
<PB N="15" REF="12"/>
the place. Though the Theatre be now taken only for the
stage, yet then by it was vnderstood all the whole roome,
where these plaies were acted: and it had diverse parts,
some proper to the actors, some to the spectators. To the
actors belonged first the <HI>prosceniū</HI> .i. the house, whence the
players came, where they apparelled themselues, though
sometimes it is taken for the scaffold, or stage it selfe: se∣condly
the <HI>pulpitum,</HI> that is, the stage, or scaffold vpon
which they acted: and thirdly the <HI>scena,</HI> that is, the
<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Serv. lib. 3. Virg. Georg.</NOTE> partition, which was commonly made of wood not
of hangings. Now that they might change their scene
according to their pleasure, they made it either<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Servius i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>.</NOTE> <HI>Ʋersati∣lem</HI>
.i. so that with engines it might vpō the sudden be tur∣ned
round, and so bring the pictures of the other side into
outward appearance: or otherwise <HI>ductilem</HI> .i. so that by the
drawing aside of some wainscot shuttles (which before
did hide the inwarde painting) a newe partition might
seeme to be put vp. And as I thinke, because those sheepe-heards
did act no more at a time, then one of our scenes,
hence haue we distinguished our playes into so many parts
which wee call scenes. The places which were proper to
the spectators were distinguished according to their de∣gree
and place: for the remotest benches were for the cō∣mons,
&amp; called <HI>popularia;</HI> the next for the knights, &amp; gen∣tlemen
of <HI>Rome,</HI> called therefore <HI>Equestria;</HI> the others,
wherein the Senators did sit, were built betweene the <HI>E∣guestria,</HI>
and the stage in manner of a triangle, or a wedge
sharpe towarde the stage and broad behinde, by reason
whereof those seates were sometimes called <HI>Cunei,</HI> but
more commonly <HI>Orchestra:</HI><NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">De Amphi∣theat. cap. 14.</NOTE> this may be collected out of
<HI>Lipsius.</HI> There was also another scaffold built quite round,
made as it were of two theatres ioined togither; It was
called <HI>Amphi-theatrum,</HI> &amp; differed from the theatre<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Pancirollus lib rerum de∣perditarum cap. de am∣phitheat.</NOTE> only
as the full moone doth from the halfe, or a compleate run∣dle
from a semi-circle. Vpon this kinde of scaffold, did the
<PB N="16" REF="13"/>
masters of fēce play their prizes. The <HI>area,</HI> or plot of groūd,
wherein these scaffolds did stand, was called <HI>cavea,</HI> for the
reason aboue-mentioned: &amp; it was also called <HI>arena,</HI> which
signifieth sand, or gravell,<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Lipsius de Amphitheat. cap. 3.</NOTE> because the ground was cove∣red
with sand, that the fencers, if any of them by chance fel
of the stage, might not hurt themselues. And this gaue oc∣casion
of our Latine phrase, <HI>In arenam descendere</HI> .i. to goe
into the field.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="19" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 19.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Pistrino.</HEAD>
<P>THere remaineth another place yet to bee spoken of,
whereof there is frequent mentiō in Comical authors.
It much resembleth our bridewell, or place of correction,
being called in Latin <HI>pistrinum à pinsendo,</HI> from pounding.
For before the vse of mils was knowne the <HI>Romanes</HI> did
pound their corne in a greate mortar, calling the place
where they pounded it, <HI>pistrinū.</HI> Wherevpon our hand-mil
hath retained the same name to this day: &amp; because of the
great paines that men did suffer in pounding, hence grew a
custome among them, that when a servant had offended,
his master would menace him in this manner, <HI>In pistrinum
te dedam,</HI> I will cast thee into <HI>Bride-well.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="20" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 20.</HEAD>
<P>Moreover for the better vnderstanding of classicall
autors, it will not bee impertinent to point at the
generall names, by which their religious places
were called: and to declare the proper acception of each
name. The names being these, <HI>Templum, Fanum, Delubrū,
Aedes sacra, Pulvinar, Sacrarium, Lucus, Scrobiculum, A∣ra,
Altare, Focus.</HI></P>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>De Templo.</HEAD>
<P>This word <HI>Templum</HI> doth sometime signifie those
<PB N="17" REF="13"/>
<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Rosin an∣tiq▪ lib. 2. c. 2.</NOTE> space, and regions in the ayre, and earth, which the Au∣gures
did quarter out with their crooked staffe at their
sooth-saying. It doth seldome signifie the heaven, &amp; most
commonly it doth signifie a Church, or Temple: in which
sense as often as it is vsed, it is said <HI>à</HI><NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylvius in orat. pro Muraen.</NOTE> <HI>templando,</HI> from be∣holding;
because when we bee in the Church, by lifting vp
our hearts by a divine contemplation, wee doe, as it were
behold the great maiestie of God.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>De Fano.</HEAD>
<P>It is also called <HI>Fanum à fando,</HI> from speaking: not from
the speaking of the Priest; but because the people do there
speake vnto God, and God againe to the people.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>De Delubro.</HEAD>
<P>Thirdly, a Church was called <HI>delubrum Synechdochic</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>
because it was the principall part of the Church, namely
the place where their Idoll God stood; and it was called
<HI>delubrum</HI> from <HI>Deus:</HI><NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. li. 2. ca. 2.</NOTE> as we call the place, where the can∣dle
is put, <HI>candelabrum</HI> from <HI>candela.</HI> As concerning the
outward forme of the Churches, some were vncovered, be∣cause
they counted it an hainous matter to see those Gods
confined vnder a roofe, whose doing good consisted in be∣ing
abroad; Other-some covered, some round, some o∣therwise:
but within they much resembled our great Chur¦ches.
They had their <HI>pronäon,</HI> or Church-porch, wherea∣bouts
they were wont to haue the image of the beast
<HI>Sphinx,</HI> which was so famous for his obscure riddles: so
that by this image was signifyed, that the oracles of the
Gods which were treated of within the Church were dark
and mystical. They had certaine walkes on each side of the
body of the Church, which they called <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>rticus:</HI> &amp; in these
places it was lawfull for them to marchandise, make bar∣gaines,
or conferre of any worldly businesse; as likewise in
the <HI>basilica,</HI> or bodie it selfe. But their quire called <HI>Chorus,</HI>
was counted a more holy place, set apart onely for divine
service. The manner of hallowing it, was as followeth.
<PB N="18" REF="14"/>
<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ib.</NOTE> When the place where the Temple should be built, had
beene appointed by the Augurs (which appointing, or de∣termining
the place they called <HI>Effari templa,</HI> and <HI>sistere
Fana)</HI> then did the party, which formerly in time of neede
vpon condition of helpe from the Gods had vowed a
Temple, call togither the <HI>Aruspices,</HI> which should direct
him in what forme the temple should be built: which be∣ing
knowne certaine ribbands, and fillets were drawne a∣bout
the <HI>area,</HI> or plat of ground with flowers, &amp; garlands
strowed vnderneath, as it was probable to distinguish the
limits of this ground now to bee hallowed. Then certaine
souldiers marched in with boughes in their hands, &amp; after
followed Vestall Nunnes leading young boyes, &amp; maides
in their hands, who sprinkled the place with holy water.
After this followed the Praetor, some Pōtifie going before,
who after the <HI>area</HI> had beene purged by leading round a∣bout
it a sow, a ramme, and a bull, sacrificed them, &amp; their
entrals being laid vpon a turfe, the Praetor offered vp prai∣ers
vnto the Gods, that they would blesse those holy pla∣ces,
which good mē intended to dedicate vnto them. This
being done the Praetor touched certaine ropes, wherewith
a great stone being the first of the foundation was tyed: to∣gether
with that other chiefe Magistrates, Priests, and all
sorts of people did helpe to pluck that stone, &amp; let it down
into its place, casting in wedges of gold, and silver, which
had never beene purified, or tryed in the fire. These cere∣monies
being ended, the <HI>Aruspex</HI> pronounced with a loud
voice, saying, <HI>Nè temeretur opus, saxo, auróue in aliud desti∣nato.</HI>
.i. let not this worke bee vnhallowed by converting
this stone, or gold into any other vse.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>De Aede sacrâ.</HEAD>
<P>Fourthly, a Church was called <HI>Aedes sacra,</HI> an holy
house, because of the sacrifices, prayers, and other holy ex∣ercises
performed therein. Although (as <HI>Gellius</HI> hath long
since observed) every holy house was not a Church. For the
<PB N="19" REF="14"/>
proper note of distinction betweene a Church, and a reli∣gious
house was this: that a Church beside that it was de∣dicated
vnto some God, it was also hallowed by the Au∣gures,
without which hallowing the edifice was not called
a Church, but a religious house: of which sort was the Ve∣stall
Nunnerie, and the common treasurie, called <HI>Aedes
Saturni.</HI> Wee may adde herevnto this word <HI>Pulvinar,</HI>
<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Barthol. La∣tomus in Phi∣lippic. 4<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>.</NOTE> which doth often signifie a church: the reason being ta∣ken
from a custome amongst the Painims, who were wont
in their churches to make certaine beds in the honour of
their Gods, and those beds they called <HI>Pulvinaria</HI> from
<HI>pulvis,</HI> because they were filled with dust or chaffe.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>De Sacrario.</HEAD>
<P>Sometimes<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Milone.</NOTE> <HI>Sacrariū</HI> signifieth a temple, though pro∣perly
it signifieth a Sextry or Vestry, nempe<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Franc. Syl∣vius in orat. pro L. Muraen</NOTE> <HI>Sacrorum re∣positorium.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>De Lucis.</HEAD>
<P>Neere vnto diverse temples stood certaine groues dedi∣cated
to some of the Gods: they were called in Latine <HI>Lu∣ci à non lucendo,</HI> as diverse say, by the figure <HI>antiphrasis.</HI> But
others are of a contrary opinion, giving it that name, be∣cause
of the exceeding light it had in the night time by
reason of the sacrifices there burnt.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>De Scrobiculo, Arâ, &amp; Altari.</HEAD>
<P>The places vpon which they sacrificed either in their
religious houses, or their groues, were of three sorts,
which we in english tearme altars; but the Romans distin∣guished
them by three severall names, <HI>Scrobiculus, Ara,</HI>
and <HI>Altare.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>De Scrobiculo.</HEAD>
<P><NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 5. c. 26.</NOTE> <HI>Scrobiculus</HI> was a furrow, or pit containing an altar in
it, into which they poured downe the bloud of the beast
slaine, togither with milke, hony, and wine, when they sa∣crificed
vnto an infernall God.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<PB N="20" REF="15"/>
<HEAD>De Arâ.</HEAD>
<P>The second kind of altar was called <HI>Ara,</HI> either <HI>ab ar∣dendo,</HI>
because their sacrifices were burned vpon it: or from
their imprecations vsed at that time, which in Greeke they
called <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>. It was made foure-square, not very high from
the ground, or as some say, close to the ground: and vpon
this they sacrificed vnto the terrestriall Gods, laying a
turffe of grasse on the altar: and this gaue <HI>Ʋirgil</HI> occasion
to call them<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Virg. Aen. 12.</NOTE> <HI>Aras gramineas</HI> .i. grassie altars.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>De Altari.</HEAD>
<P>The third sort was called <HI>Altare,</HI> either because it was
exalted, and lifted vp somewhat high from the ground; or
because he that sacrificed (by reason the altar was so high)
was constrained to lift vp his hands <HI>in altum,</HI> on high:<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Serv. in Bu∣colic. eclog. 5.</NOTE> and
vpon this they sacrificed vnto their celestiall Gods only.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>De Foco.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Focus</HI> is a generall name, signifying any of these altars,
so called <HI>à fovendo:</HI> because as <HI>Servius</HI> hath observed, that
is properly <HI>focus, quicquid fovet ignem, sive ara sit, sive quic∣quid aliud, in quo ignis fovetur.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="2" TYPE="section">
<PB N="21" REF="15"/>
<HEAD>Lib. 1. Sect. 2.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">The generall divisions of the Romane people.</HEAD>
<DIV4 N="1" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De populo Romano, &amp; eius primâ divisione.</HEAD>
<P><SEG REND="decorInit">T</SEG>Hus having premised a short trea∣tise
concerning the first situatiō of
<HI>Rome,</HI> and the most remarkeable
parts thereof, I purpose to proceed
to the Inhabitants, which antiqui∣ty
hath stiled Citizēs of <HI>Rome.</HI> And
<HI>Erasmus</HI> rather describing a <HI>Ro∣mane,</HI>
then defining him, saith, A
<HI>Romane</HI> was graue in his conversa∣tion,
severe in his iudgement, constant in his purpose:
Whence <HI>Cicero</HI> in his Epistles oftē vseth this phrase, <HI>Mo∣re
Romano,</HI> for <HI>ex animo</HI> .i. vnfainedly.<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iur. Rom. l. 1. c. 1.</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius</HI> rendring
the definition of a <HI>Romane</HI> citizen, averreth that no man is
<HI>lege Optimâ</HI> .i. in full and compleate manner a citizen of
<HI>Rome,</HI> but he which hath his habitation there, which is in∣corporated
into a tribe, and which is made capeable of ci∣ty
prefermēts. By the first particle those which they terme
<HI>municipes;</HI> by the second those which they cal <HI>Inquilini;</HI> &amp;
by the third those which they call <HI>Libertini</HI> are in a man∣ner
disfranchised. But whereas <HI>Sigonius</HI> saith that they must
haue their habitation at <HI>Rome,</HI> he would not be so vnder∣stood,
as if a <HI>Romane</HI> citizen might not remoue his habita∣tion
<PB N="22" REF="16"/>
to any other country: For saith he a <HI>Romane</HI> citizen
may be as long absent from <HI>Rome,</HI> and the fields belonging
to <HI>Rome,</HI> as he please, so that hee suffer himselfe to be sessed
and taxed in common with others toward the subsidy pai∣ments,
&amp; denieth to be incorporate into another city. For
<HI>T. Pomponius</HI> was a true citizen of <HI>Rome,</HI> though he dwelt
at <HI>Athens.</HI> The <HI>Romane</HI> citizens being by these priviled∣ges
as by a more proper &amp; peculiar character distinguished
from other people; and being planted in the city accor∣ding
to the appointment of <HI>Romulus</HI> their king, it seemed
good vnto him to divide them into<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Sigon. de jure Rom. lib. 1. cap. 3.</NOTE> tribes, not taking the
note of distinstion onely from the divers places they then
inhabited, as we read that <HI>Servius</HI> the sixth king of <HI>Rome</HI>
did, making therefore fowre tribes <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, locall, namely
<HI>Suburanam, Palatinam, Collinam,</HI> and <HI>Esquilinam</HI> (which
number of locall tribes in processe of time encreased vnto
the number of 35:) but dividing them according to the se∣verall
natiōs, which at the first were <HI>donati civitate</HI> .i. made
free denizens of <HI>Rome:</HI> (and they being in number thre. 1.
the <HI>Sabines,</HI> which were named <HI>Tatienses,</HI> from their king
<HI>Tatius:</HI> 2. the <HI>Albanes,</HI> called <HI>Rhamnenses</HI> from <HI>Romulus.</HI> 3.
other nations promiscuously flocking out of other coun∣tries
to the <HI>Romane Asylum</HI> placed in a groue called in la∣tin
<HI>Lucus,</HI> which gaue <HI>Romulus</HI> occasion to name thē <HI>Lu∣ceres)</HI>
he made in all three tribes <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> or nationall. After
that <HI>Romulus</HI> had thus devided the whole body of the <HI>Ro∣manes</HI>
into three tribes, he then subdivided each tribe into
tenne lesser numbers, which he called <HI>curiae,</HI> or parishes: &amp;
then followed fiue other divisions in respect of their diffe∣rent
degrees, and callings: of which in their severall order.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="2" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 2.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De primâ divisione Romanorum in Senatores, sive
Patres, Patricios, sive Patronos, &amp; Ple∣beï,
sivè Clientes.</HEAD>
<P><PB N="23" REF="16"/>
THe first division of the <HI>Romans</HI> in respect of their de∣gree,
and place was this. The elder, wealthier, &amp; gra∣vest
sort of <HI>Romanes,</HI> were called sometimes <HI>Patri∣cij,</HI>
either because of their age, and gravity; or because they
had many childrē (for great priviledges were granted vn∣to
fathers of three children:) &amp; sometimes <HI>Patroni,</HI> because
they were as patrons, and fathers in helping and assisting
the causes of the common people seeking to them. The
younger, poorer, and simpler sort were called, as they had
relation to the <HI>Patricij, Plebeij</HI> .i. the commons; as they had
relation to their <HI>Patrons,</HI> they were named <HI>Clientes</HI> .i. Cli∣ents.
Betweene whom<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Lazius de Repub. Rom. lib. 12. cap. 3.</NOTE> there was such a mutuall, and reci∣procal
entercourse of loue, and duty, that as their <HI>Patrons</HI>
were ready to protect their clients, so the clients were
bound with all faithfulnesse to cleaue vnto their <HI>Patrons:</HI>
and that not only to credit them with their attendance in
publike assemblies, but to disburse out of their owne pur∣ses
towards the bestowing of their daughters, the paying
of publike mulcts, the giving of largesses in suing for offi∣ces,
&amp;c. Neither was it lawfull for either of thē to enforme,
to depose, to giue their voices, or to side with adversaries
one against another without the guilt of treasō: for which
crime of treason they were <HI>dijs inferis devoti</HI> .i. cursed to
hell, and the law gaue liberty for any man to kil them. Out
of the <HI>Patricij</HI> did <HI>Romulus</HI> elect 100. counsellers to assist
him in determining matters concerning the cōmō-weale:
to these did <HI>Romulus</HI> after adde another 100. and <HI>Tarqui∣nius
Priscus,</HI> as diverse authors testifie, made them a cōpleat
300. which they called <HI>Patres,</HI> or <HI>Senatores,</HI> &amp; their sonnes
<HI>Patricij.</HI> But in processe of time the commons also were e∣ligible
into a <HI>Senators</HI> place. Some say that <HI>Tarquinius
Priscus</HI> added the second hundred to the <HI>Senate</HI> out of the
commons,<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Martin. Ph<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> leticus in Cic. lib 1 Ep. fam. 1.</NOTE> who were called <HI>Senatores minorū gentium</HI> .i.
<HI>Senators</HI> of the lower house. <HI>Brutus</HI> added the last 100. &amp;
made them 300: at what time they began to be called <HI>Pa∣tres
<PB N="24" REF="17"/>
conscripti.</HI> And this accordeth with <HI>Ioannes Rosa</HI> in his
Epitome of the <HI>Romane</HI> history, in his chapter <HI>de Regibus
Romanis:</HI> where he saith, that <HI>Tarquinius Priscus</HI> did dou∣ble
the number of the <HI>Senators:</HI> And likewise<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 2. c. 29.</NOTE> <HI>Alexander
Neop.</HI> saith, that <HI>Brutus</HI> made them a compleat 300.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="3" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 3.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De secundâ divisione Romanorum in tres ordines, Sena∣torium,
Equestrem, Popularem, seu Plebeium.</HEAD>
<P>AFter that through <HI>Tarquinius Superbus</HI> his tyranny,
the very name of a king became odious to the <HI>Ro∣manes,</HI>
not only the present king was exiled, but the
authority of a king ever afterward detested, and perpetual∣ly
abrogated: so that the office, which was before monar∣chicall
then was divided betweene two, called Cōsuls; nei∣ther
were they admitted for any longer space then one
yeere. At which time of change, the <HI>Romanes</HI> were divided
into three orders, or ranges, 1. into <HI>Senators,</HI> of whom be∣fore.
2. into <HI>Gentlemen,</HI> called of the <HI>Romanes ordo Eque∣stris:</HI>
by which we doe not vnderstand those 300. <HI>Celeres</HI> .i.
Pensioners, called sometimes <HI>Equites,</HI> for that was a place
of service, this a title and token of gentility. Who although
they were inferiour to the chiefe Senate, yet they were of
greate esteeme among the <HI>Romanes:</HI> and although they
might not weare the same robe as the <HI>Senators</HI> did, namely
the <HI>laticlavium,</HI> or garment bestudded with flowrishings
of purple silke in manner of broad naile heads;<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ant. lib. 1 cap. 17.</NOTE> yet they
might weare the <HI>angusti-clavium,</HI> a garmēt differing from
the former only in this, because the purple studdes, where∣with
it was purfled was narrower, and not so large as the
<HI>lati-clavium.</HI> They also at the time of their election recei∣ved
from the <HI>Censors</HI> an horse, called by them <HI>equus publi∣cus,</HI>
because of the yeerely allowance out of the common
treasury to keepe him: it was also called <HI>equus militaris,</HI> be∣cause
of their service in warre (<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Lipsius de magnitud. Rom. l. 1. dial. 5.</NOTE> they having their horses
<PB N="25" REF="17"/>
kept as well in peace, as warre.) They received also a gold-ring,
<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Alexan Ge∣nial. dier. li 2. cap. 29.</NOTE> whereby they were distinguished from the Popula∣cie:
for it was not lawfull for any to weare a gold-ring vn∣der
the degree of a <HI>Senator,</HI> or a Gentleman. The estimati∣on
and value of a <HI>Senators</HI> estate<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Suet. in Au∣gust.</NOTE> vntill <HI>Augustus</HI> his time
was <HI>octingenta sestertia,</HI> that is, 6000<SUP>l</SUP>.<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Plin. lib. 33. cap. 2.</NOTE> Of a gentlemans
estate it was <HI>quadringenta sestertia,</HI> that is, of our English
mony 3000<SUP>l</SUP>. 3. The third order, or degree in the <HI>Romane</HI>
common-wealth was <HI>Populus,</HI> the populacy, or commons,
which should exercise trading, manure the ground, looke
vnto the cattell, &amp;c. Where by the way we must vnderstād
that the baser sort of the <HI>Romanes,</HI> which did wander vp &amp;
downe to and fro, not setling themselues to any vocation,
were not contained within this division: for vnto them
there was no name vouchsafed: but according to the Poet
they were <HI>sine nomine turba;</HI> or as <HI>Livy</HI> saith, <HI>ignota capita,</HI>
men of no account, and therefore of no name.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="4" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 4.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De tertiâ divisione in Nobiles, Novos, &amp; Ignobiles.</HEAD>
<P>THis division was taken from the right or priviledge
of having images; for they were accounted Noble∣men,
which had the images of their predecessors:
Those which had their owne images only were called <HI>No∣vi</HI>
.i. late-coyned nobles or vpstarts. <HI>Salust</HI> vseth this word
often in the disgrace of <HI>Tully</HI> calling him <HI>Novum &amp; repti∣tium
civem,</HI> one that lately crept into the city. The thirde
sort called <HI>ignobiles</HI> were those that had no images, neither
of their predecessors, nor of thēselues. Before we proceede,
we must vnderstand, that it was not lawful for who would
to haue his owne image, if he so desired; for none might be
thus priviledged, but those alone to whō the right of riding
in a Curule chaire belonged; &amp; to these the right of images
was permitted, as wel for the credit of their house, as to in∣cite
others to the like atchieuements, when they would
consider the diverse ceremonies vsed vnto these images in
<PB N="26" REF="18"/>
an honourable remembrance of those whom they did re∣present.
Whence it followeth, that <HI>Ius nobilitatis</HI> is no∣thing
else but <HI>Ius imaginis;</HI> insomuch that this word<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Sig<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> de iur. Rom. l. 2 c. 20▪</NOTE> <HI>Imago</HI>
doth oftentimes signifie Nobilitie: and the right of having
Images with them, was the same as the right of having
arms with vs.<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Alexan. Ge∣nial. dier. lib. 5. cap. 24.</NOTE> The superstitious cōceit which the Romans
had of these images was such, that vpon festivall daies &amp;
all occasions of ioy and mirth, those images should bee
beautified and adorned with garlands and flowers; vpon
occasions of griefe and mourning they would take from
them all their ornaments, making them in a manner to par∣take
of their mourning. Some they kept in their private
closets,<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Barthol. Latomus in Verrin. 7.</NOTE> others they exposed to the publike view of pas∣sengers,
placing them in the gates of their houses together
with the swords, targets, helmets, ship-beakes, and such o∣ther
spoiles as formerly they had taken from their enimies;
which it was not lawfull for any though they bought the
house so much as to deface.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="5" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 5.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De quarta divisione Romanorum in Op∣timates,
&amp; Populares.</HEAD>
<P>THis fourth division of the Romans hath beene occa∣sioned
through the faction &amp; siding of the Citizens.
Those (according to the description of<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Cic pro Sextio.</NOTE> <HI>Tully)</HI> were
<HI>Optimates</HI> .i. the best citizens, who desired their actions
might be liked, and approved by the better sort. Those <HI>Po∣pulares.</HI>
.i. popular, who through a desire of vaine-glory,
would not so much consider, what was most right, as what
should be most pleasing vnto the populacy. So that here by
this word Popular wee vnderstand not the commons, as
formerly we did,<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Geor. Me∣rula in orat. pro. Ligario.</NOTE> but be he Senator, Gentleman, or infe∣riour,
if he doe more desire that which shall bee applauded
by the <HI>maior</HI> part, then that which shal be approved by the
better part, him the Romanes called <HI>Popular</HI> .i. such a one,
that preferreth the popular applause before the right.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="6" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="27" REF="18"/>
<HEAD>CHAP. 6.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De quintâ, &amp; vltimâ divisione Romanorum, in Libertos, Li∣bertinos,
&amp; Ingenuos: item de Manumissione.</HEAD>
<P>THe difference of freedomes in the citie of Rome hath
given occasion of this division: For he, or she that had
served as an apprentice, and afterward was manumized,
was named <HI>Libertus,</HI> or <HI>Liberta.</HI> The sonne whose father,
&amp; mother were once apprentices, was called <HI>Libertinus:</HI>
but that sonne whose father and mother were both liber∣tines,
or both free-borne,<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Iustin. inst. lib 1. tit. de Ingenuis. vid. Franc. Sylviū in Catilinari∣am. 4.</NOTE> yea whose mother onely was
free, was called <HI>Ingenuus</HI> .i. free-borne. But after <HI>Appius
Coecus</HI> his Censor-ship, then began <HI>Liberti,</HI> &amp; <HI>Libertini</HI> to
signifie one, and the same degree of freedome: so that <HI>Li∣berti,</HI>
and <HI>Libertini</HI> were taken for those which served for
their freedome, and <HI>Ingenui</HI> were taken for those which
were free-borne, whether their parents were <HI>Liberti,</HI> or
<HI>Libertini.</HI> Here is occasion given vs to consider the maner
of their freedome, and such ceremonies which belonged
therevnto. The freedome of the city of Rome was three
waies obtained: First by birth, both or at least one of the
parents being free, and such were called <HI>cives originarij.</HI>
Secondly by gift, or cooptation, when the freedome was
bestowed vpon any stranger, or nation, and they were ter∣med
<HI>civitate donati:</HI> and so wee read that <HI>Caesar</HI> did take in
whole nations into the freedome. Lastly by <HI>manumissi∣on,</HI>
which was thus; when as the servant was presented
by his master before the Consull, or Praetor, the master lay∣ing
his hand vpon the servants head, vsed this forme of
words, <HI>Hunc liberum esse volo,</HI> and with that turning his
servant round, and giving him a cuffe on the eare, hee did
<HI>emittere servum è manu:</HI> The Praetor then laying a certaine
rodde or wand called<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">P. Ramus i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> orat pro C. Ra<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="4 letters" DISP="••••"/>.</NOTE> <HI>Ʋindicta</HI> vpon the servants head,
replyed in this manner, <HI>Dico eum liberum esse more Quiri∣tum.</HI>
Thē the <HI>L<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ctor</HI> or <HI>Seriant</HI> taking the wand did there∣with
strike the servant on the head, and with his hand bee
<PB N="28" REF="19"/>
stroke him on the face, and gaue him a push in the backe,
and after this hee was registred for a free-man. Moreover
the servant hauing his head shaven purposely at that time
receaued a cap, as a token of libertie: whence <HI>ad pileum vo∣care
aliquem,</HI> is, to set one at libertie, as likewise <HI>vindictâ
liberare.</HI> Here we may also consider the two severall kinds
of servants: the first were called <HI>servi,</HI> and they could ne∣ver
attaine to any freedome without the consent of their
Master:<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Dion Hali∣carn. lib 4.</NOTE> for those that were thus <HI>servi</HI> were commonly
captiues, either bestowed as a reward vpon this, or that
souldier, or bought <HI>sub coronâ,</HI> or of other citizens, which
had gotten them one of those two former waies. The se∣cond
were called properly<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Sigon. de iudiciis l. 1. cap. 31.</NOTE> <HI>nexi &amp; addicti,</HI> because though
they were free, yet by reason of their debt, <HI>addicebantur,</HI>
that is, they were delivered vp vnto their creditors by the
Praetor to worke out the debt, so that after the payment
thereof either by mony or worke, they did recover their
libertie: whence they were said<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Michael Toxita in o∣rat. pro P. Quintio.</NOTE> <HI>nomina sua liberare,</HI> whē
they paid the debt: as on the contrary they were said, <HI>no∣mina
facere,</HI> when they came in debt. And their creditors
when they sued for the payment were said <HI>nomina exigere:
Nomen</HI> in these and the like places signifying as much as
<HI>Debitum</HI> a debt,<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Fr. Silvius in epist. vir o∣rum illust. l. 1. epist. 6.</NOTE> because the creditors did vse to write
downe their debters names.</P>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 N="2" TYPE="book">
<DIV3 N="1" TYPE="section">
<PB N="29" REF="19"/>
<HEAD>Lib. 2. Sect. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">The generall divisions of the Romane Gods.</HEAD>
<DIV4 N="1" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De dijs.</HEAD>
<P><SEG REND="decorInit">T</SEG>Hough <HI>Satan</HI> had much blinded
the hearts of men in old time, yet
was not the darknesse of their vn∣derstanding
so great, but that they
did easily perceiue, and therefore
willingly acknowledge, that there
was some supreame governour,
some first mover, as <HI>Aristot.</HI> saith:
some first original of all goodnesse,
as <HI>Plato</HI> teacheth. So that if any made this question, whe∣ther
there was a God, or no? he should be vrged to con∣fesse
the truth of that rather <HI>argumento bacillino, quàm A∣ristotelico,</HI>
rather with a good cudgell, then with any long
dispute. But as they were most certaine, that there was a
God, so were they againe very blinde in discerning the
true God: and hence hath bin invented such a tedious ca∣talogue
of Gods, that as <HI>Varro</HI> averreth, their number hath
exceeded thirty thousand, and proved almost numberlesse.
Wherefore I shall omit to make any distinct treatise of the
Gods, intending <HI>obiter,</HI> and by the way to speake of them,
which either had priests, or sacrifices instituted for them.
Only I purpose to shew what is vnderstood by those gene∣rall
distinctions of the Gods, which diverse authors haue
vsed. <HI>Tully lib. 2. de legibus</HI> reduceth all vnto three heads,
<PB N="30" REF="20"/>
Gods celestial, which <HI>Varro</HI> calleth select, and others haue
styled Gods <HI>maiorum gentium</HI> .i. of the greater nations, be∣cause
their power was greater then the others.<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Alex. Geni∣al. dier. lib. 6. cap. 6.</NOTE> <HI>Alexan∣der
Neapolitanus</HI> saith, that twelue of these were the <HI>Pe∣nates,</HI>
which <HI>Aeneas</HI> did take forth with him at the destru∣ction
of <HI>Troy. Ovid</HI> calleth them <HI>Deos nobiles,</HI> noble Gods:
others call thē <HI>Deos consentes, quasi consentientes,</HI> because
<HI>Iupiter</HI> would do nothing without the consent of all. <HI>En∣nius</HI>
hath delivered them in this distich,
<Q><L>Iuno, Vesta, Minerva, Ceres, Diana, Venus, Mars,</L>
<L>Mercurius, Iovis, Neptunus, Vulcanus, Apollo.</L></Q>
The second sort of Gods were called <HI>Semidei</HI> .i. Demigods:
<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Servius. in lib. Georgic.</NOTE> also <HI>Indigites</HI> .i. Gods adopted, or canonized; men deified.
For as the select Gods had possession of heaven by their
owne right; so these Gods canonized had it no otherwise
then by right of donation, being therefore translated into
heaven, because they lived as Gods vpō earth: but because
their merit was inferior, and could not parallel the deserts
of the Gods select, therefore were they called Gods of in∣ferior
note.<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">In Aeneid. lib. 5.</NOTE> <HI>Servius</HI> would haue these called <HI>Divi;</HI> obser∣ving
this difference betweene <HI>Dij</HI> &amp; <HI>Divi,</HI> that <HI>Dij</HI> should
signifie those which had bin Gods perpetually, but <HI>Divi</HI>
should signifie men made Gods, though commonly they
are vsed one for another. Whence they called all their Em∣perours
<HI>Divi,</HI> because for their deserts they thought them
worthy to be Gods. Now the<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Rosin an∣tiq. l. 3. c. 18.</NOTE> manner how a man became
deified was this: The party to be canonized being dead, a
pile of wood was made in forme of a great tent, or taberna∣cle,
with three other lesser tabernacles one vpon top of a∣nother,
the lower-most having in it dry combustible mat∣ter,
but in the out-side adorned richly with gold, Ivory, &amp;
painted tables: vpon the top of which was placed an eagle
made of some light matter, as paper, or thin wood. Hither
the dead corps was to be caryed with great solemnities;
the Senate, the gentlemen, and al the chiefe magistrats go∣ing
before, with hymnes and songs, and al kinde of honor,
<PB N="31" REF="20"/>
which was to be performed even to the Gods themselues.
He being in this manner brought, and laide within the se∣cond
tabernacle, the fire was kindled, by reason of the
smoake and vapor whereof the Eagle was carryed vp into
the aire, and, as the <HI>Romanes</HI> thought, it did transport the
soule of the dead body into heaven, in so much that ever af∣ter
he was canonized amongst the Gods, and worshipped
as a God. And because they were thus turned into Gods,
some haue called them <HI>Deos animales,</HI><NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Serv. in Ae<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> lib. 3.</NOTE> <HI>quoniam animae hu∣manae
verterentur in Deos.</HI> The third sort were those morall
vertues, by which as by a ladder men clymed into heaven:
and therefore did men stile them Gods, because by their
meanes men became deified. Late writers perceiving that
all the number of the Gods could not bee reduced vnto
these three heads, haue added a fourth sort, which they
<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 2. c. 19.</NOTE> call <HI>Semones, quasi semi-homines,</HI> because ancient writers,
as <HI>Rosinus</HI> hath obserued, called men <HI>hemones,</HI> not <HI>homines.</HI>
In which point I shall willingly condescend vnto him; but
I shall leaue to the iudgement of others, to determin how
iustly he hath restrained the Gods <HI>minorum gentium</HI> of the
lesser nations, only vnto this last <HI>classis:</HI> whereas my opini∣on
is, that the demigods, the morall vertues which haue
beene stiled Gods, and these <HI>Semones,</HI> may all of them bee
called Gods of the lesser nations, standing in opposition
with the Gods select, which are called Gods of the grea∣ter
nations. But that we may vnderstand what is meant by
these <HI>Semones,</HI> we must remember, that by them are signifi∣ed
vnto vs not those Gods, which doe appertaine to man
himselfe, but to the necessaries of mans living, his victuals,
his cloathing, and the like: not to the being of a man, but
to the well being of him, of which sort is <HI>Salus, Fortuna,</HI>
with others. We read likewise of other names given in cō∣mon
to diverse Gods, not as opposite members of a divisi∣on,
but as notes of distinction drawne from the diversity
of helpe, which they severally did afford vnto man. In this
espect some were called <HI>dij Patrij,</HI> or <HI>tutelares,</HI> such as had
<PB N="32" REF="21"/>
vndertaken the protection of any citie, or towne: which
opinion hath sometimes beene entertained by our Eng∣lish-men,
and thence haue risen these, and the like speeches
<HI>S. George for England, S. Denys for France, S. Patricke
for Ireland,</HI> &amp;c. And the Romans being fully perswaded of
the truth thereof, whensoever they went about to beseege
any towne, by certaine enchantments, or spels they would
first call out these Tutelar Gods; because they deemed it a
matter impossible to captivate the citie, as long as these
Gods were within; or at least they thought it a crime vn∣expiable
to take the Gods as prisoners. And least other na∣tions
might vse the same meanes in beseeging Rome, ther∣fore,
<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Sylvius in epist. virotū illuctrium.</NOTE> as diverse authors haue thought, the true name of
the Romane citie was never knowne, least thereby the
name of their Tutelar God might bee descryed. Others
namely the <HI>Tyrians</HI> haue tied fast their God <HI>Hercules</HI> with
a golden chaine, thereby the more to secure themselues of
his residence among them.<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 6. c. 4.</NOTE> Others haue beene called <HI>Dij
communes,</HI> namely <HI>Mars, Bellona,</HI> and <HI>Victoria,</HI> because
in time of war they are not bound to either side: but some∣times
they helpe one side, and sometimes the other. And as
they supposed some Gods to haue the protection of whole
countries, so did they beleeue that others had the charge
of particular men; and that so soone as any man was borne
two spirits did presently accōpany him invisibly, the one
tearmed the <HI>bonus Genius,</HI> or good angell, perswading him
to that which should be good: the other called the <HI>malus
Genius,</HI> or evill angell, tempting him to that which should
be hurtfull: insomuch that they thought all the actions of
man to be guided by these angels called <HI>Genij,</HI> so that if a∣ny
misfortune befell a man, they would say that the mat∣ter
was enterprised <HI>Dijs iratis</HI> .i. our <HI>Genius</HI> being displea∣sed
with vs. <HI>Virgil</HI> calleth these bad Angels <HI>Manes,</HI> as it
appeareth by that, <HI>Quis{que} suos patimur manes,</HI>
.i. Every man hath his evil Angell .i. some misfortune. They
are therefore called <HI>Genij,</HI> because they haue tuition of vs
<PB N="33" REF="21"/>
so soone, as we are <HI>Geniti</HI> .i. borne, although every place
had also his <HI>genius,</HI> as hereafter shall appeare. This opinion
was the more confirmed by a vision which appeared vnto
<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Bruto.</NOTE> <HI>Brutus</HI> in <HI>Asia</HI> neere vnto the time of his death: for <HI>Bru∣tus,</HI>
watching vpon a certaine night in his pavillion, the
candle being nere spent, saw a fierce tragical person ap∣peare
vnto him, somewhat bigger then a man, and hee pre∣sently
being of an vndaunted spirit, demanded whether
he were a God, or a man? To whom the vision answered,
<HI>Brutus,</HI> I am thy evill <HI>Genius,</HI> which haunteth thee, thou
shalt see me at the citie <HI>Philippi</HI> againe. And the same visi∣on
appeared vnto him, as he was fighting at <HI>Philippi:</HI> which
was the last fight that ever he fought. And because that <HI>Iu∣no</HI>
was wont to be invocated in time of child-birth, there∣fore
many haue thought that every man hath not his two
angels, but one angell, and <HI>Iuno</HI> to obserue him. This <HI>Ge∣nius,</HI>
as often as he is vnderstood for the good or evil angel
which hath charge of a mans body, is painted in forme
of a man, as we read he did appeare to <HI>Brutus;</HI> though some
time he is painted as a young boy, sometime as an old de∣crepite
man,<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Rosin. An∣tiq l. 2. ca. 14▪</NOTE> but alwaies with a crowne of plane-tree,
which therefore was called <HI>genialis arbor.</HI> In the right
hand he held a platter over an altar garnished with flow∣ers.
In the left he held a scourge hanging downe. The sacri∣fice
that was performed vnto the <HI>Genius</HI> was wine, and
flowers: wherevpon (as if by wine, and fragrant odors were
signified all kind of pleasures) certaine proverbial speeches
haue beene occasioned: as when we see a man giuen much
to his pleasure, and daintie feeding, we say hee doth <HI>indul∣gere
Genio</HI> .i. pamper or make much of his <HI>Genius:</HI> on the
contrary he that is abstemious, &amp; debarreth himselfe of his
pleasure is said <HI>defraudare Genium,</HI> to defraud his <HI>Genius:</HI> &amp;
<HI>Gentalis</HI> also signifieth iocund, or pleasant.<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Vid. Erasm. Adag.</NOTE> It was also the
custome after meals to haue a cuppe passe round the table,
much like vnto our <HI>poculum charitatis,</HI> and it was called
<HI>poculum bon<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> genij.</HI> But the reason, why they would not sa∣crifice
<PB N="34" REF="22"/>
vnto their <HI>Genius</HI> by killing some host, as they did
to their other Gods, was, because they iudged it vnfit to
depriue any creature of his life vpon that day, when they
first begā their life. (For this sacrifice was performed year∣ly
by every one vpon his birth day.) The other <HI>Genius,</HI>
which is supposed to haue chiefe power over high waies,
and places, being therefore called <HI>Genius loci,</HI> was pictu∣red
in the forme of a snake, in which forme <HI>Virgil</HI> faineth
him to haue appeared to <HI>Aeneas,</HI> when hee performed the
funerall rites due vnto his father <HI>Anchises, Aenead. lib.</HI> 5.
<Q><L>—Adytis cum lubricus anguis ab imis</L>
<L>Septem ingens gyros, septena volumina traxit.</L></Q>
And <HI>Persius,</HI>
<Q><L>Pinge duos angues, pueri sacer est locus, extra</L>
<L><HI>Meiite,</HI> .i. duos genios.</L></Q>
Another sort of Gods was supposed to haue the keeping
of mens houses:<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Franc. Syl∣vius in orat. pro Sext. Ro∣scio Amer.</NOTE> which they painted in forme of a dogge:
because those to whom the charge of houses is committed
ought to resemble dogges, that is, to seeme fierce, and an∣gry
towards strangers, but gentle, and kind to those of the
houshold. They were named <HI>Lares,</HI> and because of the
charge, they had over mens houses, this word <HI>Lar</HI> is sun∣dry
times taken for an house it selfe, as <HI>parvo sub Lare, Ho∣rat:</HI>
in a little cottage, <HI>Homo incerti Laris</HI> .i. a man that hath
no house to dwell in. <HI>Sen. in Med.</HI> And the custome in sa∣crificing
vnto them, was to eate vp all whatsoever was left
of the offering. For they thought it an heynous matter to
send any part of that sacrifice abroad either among their
friends, or the poore: and therevpon when we see a glutton
leaue nothing in the platter, not somuch as the curtesy∣morsell,
we say, <HI>Lari sacrificat</HI> .i. he sacrificeth to his hous∣hold
God.</P>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="2" TYPE="section">
<PB N="35" REF="22"/>
<HEAD>Lib. 2. Sect. 2.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">Of the Romane Priests with some particular Gods.</HEAD>
<P><HI><SEG REND="decorInit">F</SEG>Aunus</HI> the ancientest of all the kings in <HI>Ita∣lie</HI>
was the first, that brought any forme of
religion into <HI>Italy.</HI> He consecrated groues,
gaue names vnto cities, erected temples,
ordeined sacrifices, &amp;c. from whō the chur∣ches,
as some say, were named <HI>Fana.</HI> But af∣ter
<HI>Faunus, Euander</HI> comming out of <HI>Arcadia,</HI> and after∣ward
being king of <HI>Latium,</HI> he instituted, and appointed
many other ceremonies, which before were vnknowne to
the Latins. After him <HI>Aeneas</HI> comming from <HI>Troy,</HI> taught
many of the <HI>Troian</HI> ceremonies: by whose examples <HI>Romu∣lus,</HI>
and <HI>Numa</HI> were incited to adde many other kindes of
holy rites, and at length reduced their whole religion into
a certaine order. My intent therefore is, to speake first of
the God, in whose honor these holy rites were performed,
and then to descend vnto the priests, which were to per∣forme
them, shewing withall the ceremonies they vsed in
the performance.</P>
<DIV4 N="1" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Pane Lycaeo, sive Iuno: de Lupercis, &amp; Lupercalibus.</HEAD>
<P><HI>PAn</HI> was supposed to bee the God of the shep-heards,
and is<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Servius in Virg. Ecl. 2.</NOTE> thus described: he is pictured naked, having
hornes in likenesse of the sunne-beams, a long beard,
his face red like the cleere aire, in his breast the starre <HI>Ne∣bris,</HI>
the neather part of his body rough, his feete like a
<PB N="36" REF="23"/>
goate: in one hand he holdeth a pipe, in the other a shep∣heards
crooke, and alwaies is imagined to laugh.<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Fenestella d<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="3 letters" DISP="•••"/>cerd. c. 1.</NOTE> He was
worshipped first in <HI>Arcadia,</HI> and there called the God <HI>Pan
Lycaeus:</HI> but afterward he was had in great esteeme at <HI>Rome</HI>
<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Fenest. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/>.</NOTE> and in the honor of him certaine sacrifices, &amp; games cal∣led
<HI>Lupercalia</HI> were solemnized by the <HI>Romanes.</HI><NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Pomponius L<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>tus de Sa∣cerdot. cap de Luper.</NOTE> There
he tooke the name <HI>Inuus,</HI> or as some say <HI>Iunus.</HI> Concerning
the time, whē these sacrifices were to be performed; it was
vpon the<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Romulo.</NOTE> vnfortunate daies of the month <HI>February,</HI> which
hath his name <HI>à februando,</HI> from purging: whence the feast
or game is as a purification; though the Latin word signi∣fieth
as much as a feast of wolues, in a memoriall that <HI>Ro∣mulus,</HI>
and <HI>Remus</HI> were nursed by a shee-woulfe. This see∣meth
very probable, because the Priests, which were called
<HI>Luperci</HI> began their course at the foote of the mount <HI>Pala∣tine,</HI>
called by the <HI>Romanes Lupercal</HI> .i. the place, where the
woulfe nursed<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Romulo.</NOTE> <HI>Romulus.</HI> The ceremonies were these: The
hoast (being two goates) was to be slaine; and two noble
mens sonnes were to bee present, whose foreheads being
blouded with the kniues of them that had slaine the goats,
by &amp; by were to be dryed vp with wooll dipped in milke.
Then the young boyes must laugh immediately after their
foreheads were dry. That done they cut the goats skins, &amp;
made thongs of them, which they tooke in their hands, &amp;
ran with them all about the city stark-naked (saving they
had a cloath before their privities) and so they strook with
those thongs all they met in the way. The young wiues did
never shun them at all, but were well contented, to be stri∣kē
with them; beleeving it helped them to be with childe,
and also to be easily delivered. Moreover it is to be noted,
that a dogge was sacrificed at this time, because there is a
naturall antipathy, or contrariety of nature, betweene the
dogge and the woulfe: whereby <HI>Romulus</HI> thought to testi∣fie
his gratefulnesse vnto the woulfe for her paines in nou∣rishing
him. The reason why the priests ranne vp &amp; downe
the streetes naked, was, because that <HI>Pan</HI> the God of this
<PB N="37" REF="23"/>
sacrifice was painted naked. As the feast, so also the place
from whence they came, and likewise the Priests had their
names <HI>à Lupâ</HI> which signifieth a woulfe. Some authors
haue observed three sorts of the <HI>Luperci,</HI> some called <HI>Fabi∣ani,</HI>
some <HI>Quinctiliani,</HI> from <HI>Fabius,</HI> and <HI>Quinctilius</HI> their
governours the third sort, which<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 3. c. 2.</NOTE> <HI>Rosinus</HI> affirmeth to
haue beene added in the honor of <HI>Iulius Caesar,</HI> I cannot
finde according to his quotation in <HI>Suetonius.</HI> But thus
much <HI>Suetonius</HI> saith in<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Sueton. in August.</NOTE> another place, namely that <HI>Au∣gustus
Caesar</HI> when he was chiefe Pontifie did restore these
games againe being formerly abolished.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="2" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 2.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Cerere, &amp; sacris eius.</HEAD>
<P><HI>CEres</HI> otherwise called <HI>Eleusina</HI> was honoured first a∣mong
the <HI>Grecians,</HI> afterward among the <HI>Romanes,</HI>
as a goddesse, which first taught men the skill of
husbandry.</P>
<Q><L>Prima Ceres ferro mortales vertere terram</L>
<L>Instituit. Ʋirg. Georg.</L></Q>
<P>Whence shee is sometimes <HI>metonymic</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> taken for corne,
as <HI>Credenda Ceres aruis. Ovid.</HI> It is seed time. Shee is called
<HI>Ceres,</HI><NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Cic lib. 3. de nat deor.</NOTE> <HI>quasi Geres, à gerendis frugibus,</HI> from bearing fruit:
because, as some say, by <HI>Ceres</HI> is vnderstood sometime the
earth it selfe: whence also <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> being the greeke name
of <HI>Ceres</HI> is said <HI>quasi</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> .i. the earth, which is the com∣mon
mother of vs all.<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. li. 2. c. 11.</NOTE> Shee is painted in the habit of a ma∣tron
wearing a garland of corne; sometime sorrowful with
a lampe in her hand, as if shee were seeking out her daugh∣ter
<HI>Proserpina</HI> caryed by <HI>Pluto</HI> into hell; &amp; sometime with
a handfull of corne or poppy-seed. Vpon the fift of the Ka∣lends
of <HI>Aprill</HI> the <HI>Romanes</HI> were wont to performe sacri∣fices
vnto her, which they called <HI>sacra Graeca</HI> .i. the Graecian
sacrifices as likewise they tearmed the chiefe womā which
did performe them, <HI>sacerdotem Graecam</HI> .i. the Greek mini∣stresse,
because they were trāslated into <HI>Rome</HI> out of <HI>Greece</HI>
<PB N="38" REF="24"/>
by <HI>Evander.</HI> The time of their solemnities was at the daw∣ning
of the day, and the Priests, which were only women
ran vp and downe with lamps in their hands in manner of
mad women; into whose temple none that was guilty of a∣ny
fault committed might enter: whose mysteries were to
be buryed in silence, and by no meanes to bee blabbed a∣broad.
And as it is to be supposed, that was the reason why
all wine was forbade in this sacrifice. So that hence<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Plautus in Aulularia.</NOTE> we say
<HI>Cereri sacrificat,</HI> he sacrifices to <HI>Ceres,</HI> when he maketh a
feast without wine.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="3" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 3.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Potitijs, &amp; Pinarijs, Herculis sacerdotibus.</HEAD>
<P><HI>HErcules</HI> had an altar erected in the memorial of him
neere vnto <HI>Tiber</HI> by <HI>Evander,</HI> vpon occasion of the
heards-mens complaint brought vnto <HI>Evander</HI> of
him, whom they accused to haue slaine their chiefe heards∣man
<HI>Cacus,</HI> the history being<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aen. lib. 8.</NOTE> thus. <HI>Hercules</HI> after his cō∣quest
over <HI>Geryon</HI> brought away with him certaine good∣ly
Oxen, and as well to rest himselfe, as to pasture his oxen,
he laid him downe to sleepe in a greene field neere the ri∣ver
<HI>Tiber.</HI> In the meane while a certaine heards-man cal∣led
<HI>Cacus</HI> happened to come that way, &amp; perceiving <HI>Her∣cules</HI>
to be in a sound sleepe, he stole away two of his oxen,
which he hid in a caue, or hollow rocke, pulling them in by
the taile back ward, thinking that <HI>Hercules</HI> whē he should
looke his oxen, and see the print of the footsteps, would
easily beleeue, that his oxen had rather gone out from that
rocke, then into it, as indeed he did for a time beleeue: but
afterward by the bellowing of the oxen within, answering
their fellowes without, <HI>Hercules</HI> entred the rocke, &amp; fin∣ding
the theefe <HI>Cacus</HI> there with his oxen, he killed him,
by reason of which murder he was brought before <HI>Evan∣der,</HI>
and after a while knowne to be the <HI>Hercules,</HI> of whō
the prophetesse <HI>Carmenta</HI> had foretold vnto <HI>Evander,</HI> that
he should be a God. Wherevpon <HI>Evander</HI> presently salu∣ted
<PB N="39" REF="24"/>
him by the name of <HI>Hercules</HI> the sonne of <HI>Iupiter,</HI> and
in honour of him caused an altar to bee built there in that
place: vpon which yeerely was to be offered vp an heifer
which had never borne yoke; and that this sacrifice might
be had in the more esteeme, two noble men well stroken
in yeares, and of good repute among the <HI>Romanes,</HI> one of
them being called <HI>Potitius,</HI> and the other <HI>Pinarius</HI> were ap∣pointed
as the Priests to performe these sacrifices; from
whom ever after <HI>Hercules</HI> his Priests were called <HI>Potitij,</HI>
and <HI>Pinarij.</HI> Where by the way we must obserue, that <HI>Pina∣rius</HI>
was not the sur-name of this old noble-man, but a
name added vnto him, intimating his, and his successours
punishment for not comming soone enough according to
the time appointed by <HI>Hercules.</HI> For, as<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Serv. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/> lib. 8.</NOTE> diverse wri∣ters
testify, the entrals of the hoast were almost eaten vp by
the family of <HI>Potitius,</HI> before <HI>Pinarius,</HI> &amp; his familie came;
and in punishment of their negligence <HI>Hercules</HI> enioy∣ned
the <HI>Pinarij</HI> never after to eate of the entrals, giving thē
this name <HI>Pinarij</HI> at that time, from the greeke word <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>,
signifying hunger.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="4" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 4.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Fratribus arualibus.</HEAD>
<P>THis college or company of Roman Priests may be
englished <HI>the Arvall fraternity:</HI> the number of them
being twelue, eleven of them naturall brothers, sons
to <HI>Acca Laurentia Romulus</HI> his foster mother;<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Fenest. de Sacerd. c. 3.</NOTE> for which
respect <HI>Romulus</HI> yeelded himselfe hir adopted sonne, insti∣tuting
this order in the honour of the Gods, that they be∣ing
therwith appeased might the willinger cause the earth
to fructifie, and added himselfe to the former eleven as the
twelfth priest or brother to helpe in the performance of
this publike sacrifice. Moreover beside the performance of
this sacrifice, these twelue were appointed <HI>arbitrators,</HI> or
iudges to decide controversies concerning land-markes,
and bounds of the field, frō whence they tooke their name
<PB N="40" REF="25"/>
<HI>fratres Arvales.</HI> Their sacerdotal ornaments was a garland
of wheat bound vp with a white riband, this being, as<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Plin lib. 17 cap 2.</NOTE> <HI>Pli∣ny</HI>
writeth, the first crowne, or garland amongst the Ro∣manes.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="5" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 5.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De sexaginta Curionibus.</HEAD>
<P>AFter that <HI>Romulus</HI> had divided the whole body of
the Romanes into three tribes, or wards, and subdi∣vided
those three wardes into thirtie parishes, called
<HI>Curiae,</HI> he ordained out of each <HI>Curia</HI> two parish Priests or
Curates called <HI>Curiones,</HI> or <HI>Flamines curiales;</HI> which were
publikely to offer vp sacrifice in the behalfe of the people.
Neither was every one equally capable of this honour of
Priesthood;<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Dion Hali∣car. lib. 2.</NOTE> but he was to be at the least fiftie yeares olde,
of a life vnspotted, and a body vnmaimed. And over all
these there was one which had chiefe rule, &amp; therefore was
called <HI>Curio Maximus,</HI> the Bishop, or chiefe Prelate: and
these sacrifices were called <HI>Curionia.</HI><NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Dion. Hali∣car. lib. 2.</NOTE> Their sacrifice be∣ing
ended each parish had a <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>east in a common hall built
for that purpose: it was called <HI>Domus Curialis,</HI> &amp; somtimes
<HI>Curia.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="6" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 6.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Augur bus, &amp; eorum Collegio.</HEAD>
<P>AMongst other kinds of Fore-tellers we read of three
principally vsed in former time, namely, <HI>Aruspices,
Auspices,</HI> and <HI>Augures:</HI> all which wee english
<HI>Sooth-sayers,</HI> though the Latine words do import a main
difference worth our observation. The <HI>Aruspices</HI> did di∣vine,
or fore-tell things to come by beholding the entrals
of beasts sacrificed: whence they had their name,<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Bened. Pe∣<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>er lib 2 de Magia.</NOTE> <HI>ab aras
inspiciendo,</HI> from beholding the altars. The <HI>Auspices</HI> did
foretell things by beholding the flight of birdes, so that
<HI>Auspices</HI> are said <HI>quasi avispices, ab aves aspiciēdo.</HI> The <HI>Au∣gures</HI>
did divine from hearing the chatting or the crowing
<PB N="41" REF="25"/>
of the birds: whence they are called <HI>Augures ab avium gar∣ritu,</HI>
from the chirping and chatting of birds. These two
last kinds of sooth saying haue occasioned these, &amp; the like
phrases, <HI>bonis avibus,</HI> or <HI>auspiciis,</HI> with good lucke, <HI>malis
avibus</HI> .i. with ill lucke: and because they would beginne
<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylvius in orat. pro Cluentio.</NOTE> nothing <HI>inauspicatò</HI> .i. without the counsell of the <HI>Au∣gures,</HI>
hence <HI>Auspicarirem</HI> hath beene translated, to be∣ginne
a matter. The colledge of the <HI>Augures</HI> at Rome was
first appointed by<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Pomp. Lae∣tus cap. de Augur.</NOTE> <HI>Romulus</HI> himselfe being very expert in
soothsaying, there beeing at the first but three, namely one
of each tribe: (The word <HI>Augur</HI> being not taken in his
owne proper sense, and significatiō aboue-mentioned; but
generally by the trope <HI>Synecdoche,</HI> signifying all kindes,
and sort of divining whatsoever, whether it were by ob∣serving
the entrals of beasts, the flying, screeching, &amp; chat∣ting
of birds, or thundring, or lightning in the heaven, or
marking the rebounding of crummes cast vnto birds,
which kind of divining was called <HI>Tripudium.)</HI><NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Rosin. A<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>. lib. 3. cap. 8.</NOTE> <HI>Servius
Tullius</HI> the sixt Romane king, when he divided Rome into
foure locall tribes .i. Regions, or quarters, then did he adde
the fourth <HI>Augur,</HI> all of them being elected out of the <HI>Pa∣tricij,</HI>
or the nobilitie of Rome.<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ib.</NOTE> In processe of time <HI>Quin∣tus,</HI>
and <HI>Cneius Ogulinus</HI> being chosen <HI>Tribuniplebis</HI> .i.
protectors of the commons, obtained that fiue other <HI>Au∣gures</HI>
should be chosē out of the commonaltie, and added
vnto the former foure: at which time the Senate decreed
that the college of <HI>Augures</HI> should never exceed the num∣ber
of nine.<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Rosin ib.</NOTE> Notwithstanding <HI>Sylla</HI> being <HI>Dictator</HI> added
six more, insomuch that their college encreased to the nū∣ber
of fifteene: the eldest of which was called<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 5. c. 19.</NOTE> <HI>Magister
Collegij,</HI> the master, or <HI>Rector</HI> of the colledge. The <HI>Augures</HI>
excelled other Priests in<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Alex. ib.</NOTE> this respect, because if any of
them had beene convinced of any heynous crime, hee did
net loose his office, neither was any other subrogated into
his roome, although the Romane custome was, that if any
other priest had committed any notorious offence hee
<PB N="42" REF="26"/>
should presently be discharged of his office, and another
chosen in his place.<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Pomp. Lae∣tus. c. de Aug.</NOTE> The manner how the <HI>Augur</HI> did ob∣serue
was this: He sate vpon a castle, or a towre, the ayre
being cleere, and faire without clouds, or raine, holding a
crooked staffe, (called in Latine <HI>Lituus)</HI> in his hand, where
he <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>itting in his sooth saying robe, called <HI>Laena,</HI> &amp; in Greek
<GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, <HI>à calefaciendo,</HI> from heating, be∣cause
it was well lined within, being garded in the outside
with purple and crimson gards) hauing his head covered,
and his face turned toward the east, so that his backe was
west-ward, his right side southward, &amp; his left northward.
Being thus placed he quartred out with his crooked staffe
the heaven into certaine <HI>templa</HI> .i. Regions, or places, ob∣serving
in what region the birds did appeare: Then killing
his sacrifice, and offering vp certaine prayers called <HI>Effata,</HI>
he proceeded in manner as followeth. But first suppose we
for our better vnderstanding hereof, that now the <HI>Augurs</HI>
were to resolue the people, whether the Gods would as∣sent
that <HI>Numa Pompilius</HI> should be King. The <HI>Augur</HI> ha∣ving
done as aboue is shewne, his <HI>Lituus</HI> being in his left
hand, he reached forth his right hand putting it vpō <HI>Numa
Pompilius</HI> his head, vsing this forme of words, <HI>Iupiter pater,
si fas sit Numā Pompiliū, cuius ego caput teneo, regem Romae
esse, vti nobis signa certa, ac clara sint inter eos fines, quos feci</HI>
.i. If it be lawful for this <HI>Numa Pōpilius,</HI> whose head I hold
to bee king of <HI>Rome,</HI> shew some manifest tokens within
these regions, or quarters, which I haue described. Then if
he observed lucky signes, and tokens, he presently pronoū∣ced
<HI>Numa Pompilius</HI> king of <HI>Rome:</HI> if he perceived vnlucky
tokens, then did he <HI>obnunciare,</HI> or gaine say, and shew that
the matter proposed was not pleasing to the Gods. Where
by the way we must note, that nothing was confirmed by
the <HI>Augurs</HI> without the appearance of two lucky tokens
one after another; neither was any thing gainesaid by the
appearance of one only evill token. The distinctions of the
soothsayings haue beene taken, some from the event, and
<PB N="43" REF="26"/>
thence are they called <HI>prospera,</HI> lucky, or <HI>adversa,</HI> vnlucky.
Some from the manner of their appearing,<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aenei. lib. 6.</NOTE> and that was
either wished being called therefore <HI>impetrativa;</HI> or vn∣wished
called <HI>oblativa.</HI> Some from the diversity of things
which offered themselues in time of divining, and so there
were fiue distinct sorts: The first was by the observing of
lightning, and thunder from heaven; the second from the
flying, and chatting of birds; the third from bread cast to
pullets, or little chicken; the fourth from foure footed
beasts, which either should crosse the way, or appeare in
some vnaccustomed place; the fift from those casualties,
whereby the Gods doe make their anger appeare vnto vs.
Of this sort are those voices, which we heare we know not
whence; (as<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Vox subitò audita est, ne{que} erat cognoscere promptū Vnde, sed audita est. <HI>Ovid. Met. lib. 3. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ab.</HI> 1.</NOTE> <HI>Cadmus</HI> heard whē he overcame the serpent)
the falling of salt towards vs at the table, the shedding of
wine vpon our cloathes. From which casualties, &amp; the like
the <HI>Augurs</HI> would pronounce either good fortune, or bad
to ensue: And these tokens were therefore called <HI>Dira,</HI> be∣cause
thereby <HI>Dei ira nobis innotescit,</HI> the Gods anger is
made knowne vnto vs. Now the things that in divining
time appeared on the left-hand were commonly tokens of
good lucke, because the givers right hand in bestowing a
benefit is opposite to the receivers left hand. Whence<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aene<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. lib. 2.</NOTE> <HI>si∣nistrū</HI>
though in humane affaires signifieth as much as vn∣luckie,
yet in those holy rites of divining <HI>sinistrum</HI> is taken
in a cōtrary sense, as <HI>Avis sinistra,</HI> good lucke, <HI>Intonuit lae∣vum,</HI>
it hath thundred luckily, we shall haue good successe:
and it is said a <HI>sinendo,</HI> because the Gods thereby doe suffer
vs to proceede in our purposed proiects. And therefore
<HI>Tully</HI> saith, <HI>lib. 1. de divinatione, A sinistrâ cornice ratum, &amp;
firmum augurium fieri:</HI> and in the law of the 12. tables it is
said, <HI>Ave sinistrâ populi magister esto.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="7" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 7.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Tripudijs, &amp; pullarijs.</HEAD>
<P><PB N="44" REF="27"/>
THis kinde of coniecting is called <HI>auspicium coactum,</HI>
<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Cic. de di∣vina. lib. 1.</NOTE> <HI>quoniam necesse erat offâ cadere frustum ex
pulli ore, cùm pascitur,</HI> The word <HI>Tripudiumn</HI> is vsed
by a <HI>syncopation</HI> for <HI>terripudium,</HI> which is as much as <HI>terri∣pavium</HI>
.i. a dancing or rebounding of any thing vpon the
ground: for <HI>pauere</HI> is the same with <HI>ferire.</HI><NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Hubert. in lib. 6. Ep fam. Cic.</NOTE> Others say <HI>Tri∣pudium quasi tritio pedum</HI> It is here taken for a divining, or
coniecting of good or evill to come by the rebounding of
crums cast to chickē in a coop or pen: whence the <HI>Augur</HI>
from these pullets or chicken was called <HI>Pullarius.</HI><NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 1. c. 29.</NOTE> The
manner in observing was this. As often as by this kinde of
conjecting they desired to know the Gods pleasure con∣cerning
the enterprizing of any matter, early in the mor∣ning
those that were skilfull in this kinde of observation,
repaired vnto the place where the chickē were kept, where
silence being commanded, and the coop opened they cast
crumms of bread to the chicken. Now if the chicken either
came slowly, or not at all vnto the bread, or if they walked
vp and downe by it not touching it, then was it a token
that the matter to be enterprized was displeasing vnto the
gods: but if contrarily the chicken did hastily leape out of
the coop &amp; eat so greedily of the crums, that some should
fall out of their mouthes againe, then the <HI>pullarius,</HI> that is,
the, <HI>Augur</HI> pronoūced that it was wel pleasing to the Gods,
and encouraged the enterprizing of what they had inten∣ded
cheerefully: and this was called <HI>Tripudium solistimum.</HI>
This kinde of coniecting may seeme to haue its originall
from the <HI>Lycians,</HI><NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Alex. ib.</NOTE> who as often as they desired to fore∣know
the successe of any enterprise, they went vnto a foū∣taine
dedicated to <HI>Apollo,</HI> into which they cast in baites
for the fish: now if the fishes did eate them, it did betide
good lucke; if otherwise they neglected the baites, then it
did be token some, evill event.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="8" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 8.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Aruspicibus, Aruspicinâ, &amp; Extispicio.</HEAD>
<P><PB N="45" REF="27"/>
THis kinde of sooth saiers as they were called <HI>Aruspices
ab aras aspiciendo,</HI> from beholding the hoast vpon the
altar; so were they called <HI>Extispices, ab exta aspiciēdo,</HI> from
beholding the bowels, or entrals of the beast, called in La∣tine
<HI>Extra.</HI> In this kinde of sooth saying the <HI>Aruspex</HI> obser∣ved
in manner as followeth.<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Senec O<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>d. Act. 2. seen. 2.</NOTE> first whether the beast to bee
sacrificed came vnto the altar willingly, without plucking,
and halling; whether he dyed without much struggling, or
lowd bellowing; at one blow, or many; whether any vn∣lucky
obiect were seene, or heard by thē, whiles they were
sacrificing. Againe after the beast was slaine, then would
they obserue, whether the bowels were of an vnnatural co∣lor,
whether they were not vlcerous, exsiccate, or impostu∣mated:
moreover they would divide the bowels into two
parts, the one they would call <HI>partem familiarem,</HI> from
whence they would fore-tell what should befall thēselues,
&amp; their friends; the other they would call <HI>partem hostilem,</HI>
whēce they gathered predictions touching their enemies.
Hence <HI>Manto</HI> in<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Oedip. Act. 2. scen. 2.</NOTE> <HI>Seneca</HI> describing the entrals of his kil∣led
sacrifice saith, <HI>Hostile valido robore insurgit latus,</HI> mea∣ning
by <HI>hostile latus, partem hostilem.</HI> Afterward when the
sacrifice was, to be burned, they considered, whether the
flame of the fire was smoaky, whether the smoake rolled,
and tumbled in the aire, whether it were of any continu∣ance
or no: for all these were vnfortunate tokens, as the
contrary did betoken a good and fortunate issue to their
designements. These last which observed the fire &amp; smoak
were called by a more peculiar name <HI>Capnomantes</HI> smoakaugurers,
from the greek words <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, signifying smoake,
and <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> .i. <HI>vates,</HI> or a soothsayer. The first instructions that the <HI>Romanes</HI> received was from the <HI>Hetrusci,</HI> who (as
they themselues say) received their knowledge from a lit∣tle
boy, which they named <HI>Tages,</HI> the history being thus.
<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg"><HI>Cie. de di∣vinat.</HI> Indigenae dixē∣re Tagem, qui primus Hetrus∣cam edocuit gētem, casus ape∣<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ire futuros. <HI>O∣vid Met. l. vlt.</HI></NOTE> When the <HI>Hetrtisci</HI> were plowing their lands, vpō a sud∣daine
vp started this <HI>Tages</HI> out of one of the furrows vsing
diverse speeches vnto the plow-men: but they being much
<PB N="46" REF="28"/>
affrighted at this sudden, and strange vision, began with a
lowd crie to lift vp their voices; vpon occasion wherof ma∣ny
other people flocked thither, where hee gaue many
good instructions concerning this kinde of footh saying,
which were presently recorded in bookes, and practised
afterward by the <HI>Hetrusci.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="9" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 9.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Flaminibus.</HEAD>
<P>THe mitre or head-ornament which these Priests did
weare, was called in old time<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 3. c. 15</NOTE> <HI>Flama,</HI> whence the
Priests tooke their name <HI>Flamines.</HI> The<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Rex Anius, rex idem homi∣num Phoebi{que} sa cerdos, <HI>Virgil. Aeneid. lib.</HI> 3.</NOTE> custome amongst
the <HI>Grecians,</HI> as likewise afterwards among the <HI>Romanes</HI>
was, that the kings should as well performe ceremonies, &amp;
holy rites of religion, as civill businesse▪ But <HI>Numa Pom∣pilius</HI>
perecauing that forraine warres did often times oc∣casion
the kings absence, insomuch that those religious
ceremonies which he himselse personally should performe
were of necessitie sometimes neglected; herevpō he ordai∣ned
out of the <HI>Patricij</HI> three priests to performe that di∣vine
service vnto <HI>Iupiter, Mars,</HI> and <HI>Romulus,</HI> which hee
himselfe otherwise ought to haue performed, calling the
first <HI>Flamen Dialis,</HI> the other <HI>Flamen Martialis,</HI> &amp; the last
<HI>Flamen Quirinalis,</HI> from <HI>Romulus,</HI> which was often called
<HI>Quirinus.</HI> In processe of time twelue others chosen from
the commons were added vnto these, but with this note of
distinctiō, that the three first were had in greater esteem. &amp;
were called <HI>Flamines maiores,</HI> high priests; the other of lesse
note called <HI>Flamines minores,</HI> inferior priests. The chiefe of
al was the <HI>Flamē Dialis Iupiters</HI> high priest, &amp; wheras eve∣ry
one did weare a certain b̄onet in forme of a mitre, which
sometimes was called <HI>Pileum,</HI> sometime by the figure, <HI>sy∣necdoche
Apex,</HI> (wheras <HI>Apex</HI> doth properly signifie only
the top of the bonnet)<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 6. c. 12.</NOTE> none might weare <HI>Albo-galerum,</HI>
.i. a white mitre, but only <HI>Iupiters</HI> priest, and that was to
be made of a white sheep skin, after the sheep had been sa∣crificed.
<PB N="47" REF="28"/>
Whatsoever malefactor could escape vnto this
Priest, he should not be punished that day. None was eli∣gible into this office, but he that was maried: neither was
it lawfull for him to mary twice, but if his wise died, <HI>Fla∣minio
abibat</HI> .i. hee resigned his sacerdotall office. To him
was permitted a rich robe of state, &amp; a curule-chaire: none
might fetch fire out of his house, vnlesse it were to perform
some sacrifice therewith.<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Servius Aen. lib. 1.</NOTE> None might barbe or pole him,
but a free-man: and that with a brasen scissers. Many other
ceremonies there were which concerned this <HI>Flamen,</HI> as
likewise time added many other <HI>Flamines,</HI> namely<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Fenest de sacerd. cap. 5.</NOTE> every
God one, yea sometime those threescore parish-priests,
which formerly were called <HI>Curiones,</HI> were called <HI>Flamines
Curiales;</HI> and diverse Emperours after their death had also
their <HI>Flamines.</HI><NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 6. c. 12.</NOTE> Moreover we must note that those priests
wiues were called <HI>Flaminicae;</HI> Their ministers (for they were
wont, whē they went to sacrifice to take a boy or a maide
with thē) <HI>Flaminij,</HI> or <HI>Flamineae:</HI> And the Chiefe-flamens.
dwelling house was called <HI>aedes Flaminea,</HI> or <HI>Flaminia.</HI> But
as it seemeth probable <HI>Numa Pompilius,</HI> and so the other
kings succeeding him did still reserue their right &amp; autho∣rity
in holy matters so farre, that they would instruct other
inferior priests, yea &amp; personally performe some special sa∣crifices
thēselues: where vpō after that the kings authority
was abrogated amongst thē, thē that these sacrifices might
be continued, they chose a certaine Priest, which they pre∣ferred
before the <HI>Flamen Dialis,</HI> but iudged him inferiour
to the <HI>Pontifex maximus,</HI> or Arch-Pontifie, and him they
called, <HI>Rex sacrificulus,</HI> and <HI>Rex sacrorum,</HI> the King priest.
To him once every yeare the Vestall Nunnes repaired,<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aeneid. 10.</NOTE> and
vsed this forme of words, <HI>Vigilasne Rex? Vigila.</HI> King art
thou awake? awake. For vnto him it did belong to bid ho∣ly-daies,
and to provide al things nccessarie for publike sa∣crifices.
He was to instruct those that sought vnto him, the
causes of the holy daies, and to tell them what was lawfull
or vnlawfull every month, and vpon the fifth of the Ies dof
<PB N="48" REF="29"/>
Ianuarie he sacrificed a Ramme to <HI>Ianus.</HI> He was likewise
wont to offer vp a sacrifice in the <HI>comitium</HI> or great hal of
iustice, which being finished, he ranne as fast as hee could
out of the market place without delay. His wife was called
<HI>Rigina sacrorum,</HI> the Queene-priestesse, and was wont vp∣on
the Kalends of every month to sacrifice a porker or a
lambe in her palace in the honour of <HI>Iuno.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="10" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 16.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Marte, sive Mavorte, &amp; Salijs
Palatinis Marti dicatis.</HEAD>
<P><HI>MArs</HI> otherwise called <HI>Mavors</HI> by the figure <HI>Epen∣thesis,</HI>
we say <HI>Induperator</HI> for <HI>Imperator,</HI> was re∣puted
the God of warre, &amp; so <HI>Metonymic<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>s</HI> is vsed
for warre; as <HI>vario Marte pugnatum est,</HI> the battell was
doubtful; <HI>proprio Marte,</HI> by ones owne strength, &amp; labor.
He was the sonne of <HI>Iuno</HI> onely without company of her
husband: for when <HI>Iuno</HI> was greatly displeased with her
selfe, that <HI>Iupiter</HI> by striking his head without company of
a woman did bring forth the goddesse <HI>Minerva,</HI> shee by
the coūsel of the goddesse <HI>Flora</HI> touched a certain? flowre
in the field of <HI>Olenius,</HI> by vertue whereof shee immediatly
conceaued the God <HI>Mars.</HI> This God by reason of his do∣minion
in warre, the Romans painted fiery, sometimes in
his chariot, sometimes on horse-backe, with a iauelin in
one hand, and a scourge in the other. In old coines there
was sometimes the picture of a cocke ioyned with him, to
shew the vigilancy, and carefulnesse that souldiers are to
vse. He was called<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. c. 10▪</NOTE> <HI>Gradivus à gradiendo,</HI> from marching
in battell against his enimies. He had a temple without the
citie, whence he was called <HI>Extramuraneus.</HI><NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ibid.</NOTE> Neere vnto
this temple without the gate <HI>Capena</HI> did lie a stone of great
note, which vpon great drouths the people would bring
into the citie, and presently rayne would follow, wherevp∣on
it was called the Raine-stone. <HI>Lapis manalis à manando,
Numa Pompilius</HI> in the honour of <HI>Mars</HI> surnamed Gradi∣vus
<PB N="49" REF="29"/>
ordained 12 dauncing priests called <HI>Salij à</HI><NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Numa.</NOTE> <HI>saliendo</HI>
from dauncing, which number afterward we finde to haue
beene doubled by <HI>Tullus Hostilius</HI> in the warre against
<HI>Fidena</HI> a towne of the <HI>Sabines.</HI> The former 12 being called
<HI>Salij Palatini,</HI> from the Palatine mount, where they did be∣ginne
their mauriske; the others <HI>Collini</HI> from the hill where
their chappell stood;<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Dion. Hali∣carn. lib. 2.</NOTE> and sometimes <HI>Quirinales,</HI> &amp;
sometimes <HI>Agonales:</HI> so that the Whole college contained
24 priests.<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Numa.</NOTE> The occasion of their first institution was this:
vpon a certaine time in the raigne of <HI>Numa,</HI> the plague or
some other contagious sicknesse was very hot among the
Romans, insomuch that no sacrifice, or holy offering could
remoue it: at that time a certaine brasen target, or scutc<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>i∣on
called in Latine <HI>aenea pelta,</HI> or <HI>ancile,</HI> bigg at both ends,
but cut like an halfe moone on each side fell from heauē in∣to
<HI>Numa</HI> his hāds, with a certain voice promising al health
vnto Rome so long as that brasē target could be kept safe.
Wherevpō <HI>Mamurius</HI> a cūningwork-man by the appoint∣ment
of <HI>Numa</HI> made eleaven other <HI>ancilia</HI> so like the first,
that neither could be known from the other: (to the iatēt
that if any should be so wicked minded as to steale it, hee
might faile of his purpose by mistaking one for another.)
These twelue Priests had the custody and keeping of them
cōmitted to their charge, &amp; in the month of <HI>March</HI> everie
yeere they apparelled themselues with a party coloured
coat, called <HI>tunica versicolor,</HI> girt cloase to their body, with
a belt, or sword-girdle, and a breast-plate of harnesse cal∣led
<HI>aneum tegmen</HI> vpon that, &amp; a robe of estate called <HI>tra∣bea</HI>
clasped about them vpmost of all. Vpō their heads they
did weare <HI>apices</HI> .i. caps<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Dion. Hali∣car. lib. 2.</NOTE> much like vnto the <HI>Persian</HI> bon∣nets
called in greek <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> or <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>. They did somwhat
resemble our head-peeces in warre made close vnto the
head, with a crest of cloath Vpon the top, whence some
haue called them <HI>galeas.</HI> They being thus apparelled daun∣ced
about the <HI>Forum,</HI> or market-place, &amp; the Capitol with
short swords by their sides, a iavelin in the right hand, and
<PB N="50" REF="30"/>
their <HI>ancile</HI> in the other; vsing certaine songs either of the
Gods, and those they called <HI>Ianualij, Iunonij,</HI> and <HI>Miner∣vij;
or of men, and those they called axamenta,</HI> because in
those songs they did <HI>axare</HI> .i. nominate and call vpon the
names of some well deserving men: as <HI>Mamurius</HI> which
made those eleaven scutchions, was often called vpon in
those songs. Vpon these their festivall daies they had ex∣cesse
of cheere, whence<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Horat. lib. 1 Ode 37.</NOTE> <HI>Horace</HI> hath vsed <HI>saliares dapes,</HI> to
signifie dainty fare.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="11" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 11.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Foecialibus, &amp; Patre-patrato.</HEAD>
<P>THese <HI>Foeciales</HI> were officers at armes, or Heralds, to
denounce war, or proclaime peace, appointed there∣vnto
at first<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Pomp. Lae∣tus de sacerd.</NOTE> by <HI>Numa Pompilius.</HI><NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Dion. Hali∣car. lib. 2.</NOTE> The chiefe part
of their office was to disswade the <HI>Romans</HI> from molesting
any confederate nation with vniust warre: &amp; if any confe∣derate
nation did offer iniury vnto the <HI>Romane</HI> people, thē
did these <HI>Foeciales</HI> go as Embassadours vnto them perswa∣ding,
and exhorting them to yeeld the <HI>Romans</HI> their right:
but if they continued thirty daies obstinate refusing to
yeeld vnto that, which should be iust and right, then did
they presently denounce warre against them, casting forth
a dart in token thereof: which denunciation.was<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aenci. lib. 10.</NOTE> called
<HI>clarigatio à clarâ voce, quâ vtebatur Foecialis.</HI> Others are of
opinion that whensoever warre was denounced, this Herald
at armes should<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Vid. Erasm. adag.</NOTE> turne loose a ramme vnto their ene∣mies
borders; signifying thereby that their fields shoulde
shortly become pasture for the <HI>Romanes:</HI> from which
custome wee say of one that challengeth another into the
field, <HI>Arietē emisit.</HI> Againe if the <HI>Imperator,</HI> or Lord-gene∣ral
had done ought against his oath, these <HI>Foeciales</HI> by their
sacrifice did avert the wrath of the Gods from him. The
chiefest of them was called <HI>Pater-patratus,</HI> a perfect father:
for he only could be <HI>Pater-patratus,</HI> which had both chil∣dren
of his owne, and his father also aliue. They were cal∣led
<PB N="51" REF="30"/>
<HI>Foeciales à foedere faciendo,</HI> from making a league or
peace betweene nations. This league which we in Latin
do cal <HI>foedus,</HI> the <HI>Romanes</HI> in old time<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Pighius Septim. lib. 1.</NOTE> did cal <HI>Fidus,</HI> as <HI>En∣nins</HI>
and <HI>Pighius</HI> witnesse: whence these <HI>Foeciales</HI> were tear∣med
also <HI>Fidei Flamines.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="12" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 12.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Duumviris, Decemviris, &amp; Quindecimviris sa∣cris
faciundis: itèm de Sibyllis.</HEAD>
<P>THis priesthood had his first institution from <HI>Tarqui∣nius
Superbus,</HI> whose office was as well to expound,
as to keepe the oracles of those ten prophetesses so
famous through out the world, called <HI>Sibyllae.</HI> Concerning
whō<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Munster in sua cosmog. lib. 2.</NOTE> <HI>Munster</HI> hath these words: In times past there came
a strange woman to <HI>Tarquinius</HI> the king offering 9. books
full of the <HI>Sibylline</HI> oracles to be fold: But <HI>Tarquinius</HI> thin∣king
the bookes to deere, refused to buy them. The womā
departing burned three of these bookes, and came the se∣cond
time vnto <HI>Tarquinius,</HI> demaunding as much for those
sixe bookes, as formerly shee had done for the 9. <HI>Tarquini∣us</HI>
then began to deride her, whereat the woman departed,
and burned three more, returning againe vnto <HI>Tarquinius,</HI>
and asking as much for the three left, as shee asked at first
for all nine. Then began <HI>Tarquinius</HI> more seriously to be∣thinke
himselfe thereof, and sent for his <HI>Augurs</HI> asking
counsell and advise of them. And they vnderstoode by cer∣taine
signes observed, that the king had refused some spe∣ciall
goodnesse sent from the Gods: and for the books that
remained they advised that the woman shoulde haue what
shee asked: As soone as the womā had delivered her books
shee presently vanished, and was never seene againe, onlie
warning them to keepe the bookes as safe as possibly they
could. For the safe keeping of these, <HI>Tarquinius</HI> chose two
of the noble men, or <HI>patricij,</HI> calling them <HI>Duumviri,</HI> ap∣pointing
them as wel by study to expound, as with care to
keepe those oracles. In processe of time the people obtai∣ned,
<PB N="52" REF="31"/>
that tenne should be appointed to this office,<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Fenestel. de sacerd. c. 13.</NOTE> fiue of
them being chosen out of the commons, &amp; fiue out of the
nobles: and then were they called the <HI>Decem-viri.</HI> After∣ward
by <HI>L. Sylla,</HI> as it is thought fiue more were added, so
that they were then called the <HI>Quindecim-viri:</HI> nay the
number was encreased by <HI>Sylla</HI> vnto forty,<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aenei. lib. 6.</NOTE> as <HI>Servius</HI>
thinketh, but stil called by the name of <HI>Quindecim-viri.</HI> Of
these women that had the spirit of prophecie ten were ve∣ry
famous: the first was called <HI>Persica,</HI> the second <HI>Libyca,</HI>
the third <HI>Delphica,</HI> the fourth <HI>Cumaea,</HI> the fifth <HI>Erythraea,</HI>
the sixt <HI>Samia,</HI> the seaventh <HI>Cumana,</HI> the eighth <HI>Hellespon∣tia,</HI>
the ninth <HI>Phrygia,</HI> the tenth <HI>Tiburtina.</HI> They a<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> prophe∣cied
of the incarnation of <HI>Christ.</HI> The place where these
bookes were kept was within the Capitol vnder ground in
a chest of stone, where they remained safe vntill the bur∣ning
of the Capitoll, at which time they also were burned.
Notwithstāding many of the prophecies haue bin known,
partly by tradition, and partly being takē out of other co∣pies
in other countries. One of the prophecies concerning
our Saviour Christ was vttered by <HI>Sibylla Delphica</HI> in man∣ner
as followeth:<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Munster. in sua Cosmog. lib. 2.</NOTE> <HI>Nascetur propheta abs{que} matris coitu ex
vtero eius,</HI> that is, There shalbe a prophet borne without
any copulation of the mother, even out of her wombe. It
was spoken at <HI>Delphos.</HI> All their prophecies, were of that
certainety, that when we would averre any thing to be vn∣doubtedly
true,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Credite me vo∣bis folium reci∣tare Sibyllae.</NOTE> we vse to say it is <HI>Sibyllae folium,</HI> as true as
<HI>Sibyllaes</HI> oracles. The <HI>Cumaea Sibylla</HI> did write her oracles
at the mouth, or entraunce of her caue in leaues of trees,
which the fiercenesse of the winde did often times so scat∣ter,
that they could hardly be brought in order againe: in∣somuch
that when we would shew the great difficulty of
bringing things it order, we may vse<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Epist. lib. 1. epist. 1.</NOTE> <HI>Politian</HI> his words,
<HI>Laboriosius est, quàm Sibylla folia colligere,</HI> it is easier to ga∣ther
together <HI>Sibyllaes</HI> leaues. This name <HI>Sibylla</HI> is not a
proper nam<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>, but an appellatiue common to all women
endowed with the spirit of prophecie, taking their deno∣mination
<PB N="53" REF="31"/>
frō<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aen<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>i. lib. 6.</NOTE> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> which is in the <HI>Aeolick</HI> dialect the same
that <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> .i. God, and <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> .i. counsell, because they did o∣pen
and declare the counsell &amp; determination of God vn∣to
the people. It appertained also ynto these <HI>Quindecim∣viri</HI>
aboue-mentioned to see, that sacrifice and divine ser∣vice,
that supplications, and processions, expiations, and all
ceremoniall rites were duly performed.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="13" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 13.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Bonâ deâ, &amp; sacris eius.</HEAD>
<P>THis Goddesse, which is so famous by the name of
<HI>Bona dea,</HI> is the globe of the earth, which is there∣fore
<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>earmed <HI>Bona dea,</HI> the good goddesse, because
we reape so many good things from the earth. She is cal∣led
also <HI>Ops</HI> the helping goddesse <HI>ab ope,</HI> from helpe, be∣cause
by her helpe we liue. Shee is called <HI>Fatua,</HI> and <HI>Fauna</HI>
.i. the goddesse of speech, because young children doe ne∣ver
speake vntill they are able to goe, and so haue touched
the earth. The <HI>Grecians</HI> called her <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, the fe∣mal
goddesse, because that no male might bee admitted to
her sacrifices; <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ay the very pictures of men were at that
time to be covered. The inner roome, where her sacrifices
were, was called <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, the place for womens assem∣blies.
<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Cic. orat. de Arusp. respō∣sis.</NOTE> Those that were chiefe in these sacrifices were the
Vestall Nunnes. This good goddesse was supposed to bee
the wife of <HI>Faunus,</HI> and vpon a time to haue beene taken
drunke with wine by him, for which fault <HI>Faunus</HI> is said to
haue beaten her to death with roddes of mirtle tree. But
afterward being sory for that he had done, in amends hee
made her a goddesse: and as it were ever after detesting the
mirtle-tree, he allowing all other hearbs, and flowers to
be vsed in these sacrifices, for bad the mirtle-tree. Some say
she was so chast, that shee never was seene by any man but
her husband, and in respect of his chastitie the mirtle-tree
is forbid, because it was consecrated to <HI>Ʋenus.</HI> But where∣as
in this sacrifice they vsed wine, they called it not by the
<PB N="54" REF="32"/>
name of wine, but milke or hony:<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 6. c. 8.</NOTE> whence they called the
vessell wherein the wine was put, <HI>amphoram mellariam</HI> .i.
the hony vessell. This sacrifice became very famous by rea∣sō
of <HI>Clodius,</HI> who being in loue with <HI>Pompeia, Iulius Cae∣sars</HI>
wife came vnto these sacrifices in womans apparell, &amp;
was found out by <HI>Aurelia, Iulius Caesars</HI> mother. This
<HI>Clodius</HI> became so infamous for this, and other his adulte∣rous
prancks, that hee occasioned a common proverbe a∣mongst
the <HI>Romans, Clodius accusat moechos,</HI> answerable to
which our English saying is, One theefe accuseth another.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="14" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 14.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Cybelle, &amp; sacerdotibus eius.</HEAD>
<P>THis goddesse <HI>Cybele,</HI> or rather <HI>Cybelle</HI> was in her infan∣cie
exposed vnto wilde beasts vpon the hill <HI>Cybellus,</HI>
where shee being nourished by the wilde beasts afterward
became a woman of admirable beauty, &amp; being found by
a shepheards wife was brought vp by her as her own child,
and called <HI>Cybelle</HI> from the hill <HI>Cybellus.</HI> Shee excelled in
all naturall gifts, and was the first that vsed a taber, &amp; pipe,
and cymbals among the greekes. Moreover shee tenderly
loved children, and therefore was called <HI>magna ma<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>er:</HI> shee
was also called <HI>mater deorum,</HI> the mother of the Gods:</P>
<P>Ipsa deûm fertur genetrix Berecynthia. Virg.</P>
<P>Shee was called <HI>Rhea à</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, to flow, because shee doth flow
and abound with all kinde of goodnesse. Shee was also na∣med
<HI>Pessinuntia</HI> frō the city <HI>Pessinus</HI> a Mart-towne in <HI>Phry∣gia,</HI>
where shee had a temple. Moreover shee was called
<HI>Berecynthia</HI> from the hill <HI>Berecynthus</HI> in <HI>Phrygia,</HI> where
shee was worshipped. Her priests were called<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Pomp. Lae∣<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>us de sacerd.</NOTE> <HI>Galli,</HI> and
their chiefe governour <HI>Archi-gallus:</HI> they took their name
from a certaine river in <HI>Phrygia</HI> called <HI>Gallus:</HI> of which
whosoever dranke, he became so mad, that he would pre∣sently
geld himselfe: (as in truth all her Priests were inioy∣ned
to geld themselues with a fish shell.) The originall
of which custome is rendred thus: <HI>Cybelle</HI> loved a
<PB N="55" REF="32"/>
young man of <HI>Phrygia</HI> called <HI>Atys:</HI> and him she appointed
<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>hiefe overseer for her sacrifice vpon condition that hee
would keepe himselfe chast perpetually: But he not long
after deflowred a nymphe, for which fact <HI>Cybelle</HI> bere<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>t
him of his wits and vnderstanding, so that hee in his mad∣nesse
did geld himselfe, and would haue killed himselfe al∣so,
<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Cybelêius A∣tys Exuit hac hominem trun∣co{que} induruit illo. <HI>Ov. Me<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>.</HI></NOTE> had not the Gods in their commiseration towardes
him turned him into a pine-tree. In remembrance of him,
ever after her Priests were gelded. Every yeare the <HI>Praetors</HI>
did sacrifice vnto this goddesse. But the performance of
the holy and religious tites at that time did belong vnto a
<HI>Phrygian</HI> man, and <HI>Phrygian</HI> woman chosen for that pur∣pose:
which according to the manner of their country be∣ing
apparelled with a party coloured garment called in
Latine <HI>Synthesis,</HI> or <HI>amictus variegatus,</HI> and carying the
picture of their goddesse about with them in the streetes,
they stroke their breasts with their handes, keeping tune
with the tabers, pipes, and cymbals, which other people
following plaied vpon: and they were called <HI>Corybantes</HI>
from one <HI>Corybantus,</HI> which was one of her first attēdants.
And herevpon we call the cymbals <HI>aera corybantia.</HI> In this
manner dancing about the streets they begged mony
of the people whom they met: and hence were they named
<HI>Cybelle</HI> her collectors, or her <HI>circulatores</HI> .i. iuglers. Some
calleth them <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, from <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> which in this place sig¦nifieth
<HI>Cybelle,</HI> called the great mother, and <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> a beg∣ger
or gathere<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> of almes.<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. li. 3. c. 27.</NOTE> Others haue called them <HI>Mi∣triaci:</HI>
But by what name soever they were called the place
was so infamous by reason of their drunkennesse, and vn∣civilitie
vsed at these times, that when they would point
out a notorious naughtie fellow, they would call him <HI>c<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>r∣culatorem
Cybelleium. Cybelle</HI> her iuggler. Neither was it
lawfull for any free borne to vndertake that office.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="15" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 15.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Collegio Pontificum, &amp; Pontifice Maximo.</HEAD>
<P><PB N="56" REF="33"/>
THis word <HI>Pontifex</HI> is commonly translated a Bishop
or Prelate, being called <HI>Pontifices</HI> in Latine, as also Pō∣tifies
in English from one part of their office, which was
to haue the oversight of a great woodden bridge called in
Latine <HI>Pont sublicius,</HI> being so great, that carts and waines
might passe over it; having no arches to vphold it, but only
great piles, and posts of wood:<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Numa.</NOTE> and that which is most re∣markable
in it, was that it was <GAP DESC="illegible" REASON="indecipherable" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>oined together only, with
wooden pinnes, without any iron at all. Others are of opi∣nion
that they were tearmed <HI>Pontifices quasi potifices</HI> from
<HI>potis,</HI> and <HI>facio,</HI> of which opinion <HI>Lucane</HI> seemeth to bee,
according to that, <HI>Pontifices sacri quibus est commissa pote∣stas.</HI>
Concerning the<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Fenest de sacerd.</NOTE> number of them only foure were
appointed by <HI>Numa,</HI> all which then were to bee chosē out
of the <HI>Patricii:</HI> afterward foure more were added out of
the commons. These were called <HI>Pontifices maiores,</HI> or
chiefe Pontifies, to distinguish them from seaven other,
which afterward <HI>Sylla</HI> added, and<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 3. c. 22.</NOTE> called them <HI>Pontifices
minores,</HI> inferiour Pontifies. The whole company of them
was called the college of Pontifies. This college is pri∣viledged
from all allegiance, being not bound to render
an account of their doings either to the Senate, or Com∣monaltie.
They were to determine all questions concer∣ning
religion, as well betweene their priests, as betweene
private men. They had authoritie to punish any inferiour
Priest, if he either detracted or added vnto those religious
rites, which were prescribed him. They had their great Pō∣tifie,
whom they called <HI>Pontificem maximum.</HI> These Pon∣tifies
were wont to exceed in their diet, insomuch that
when the Romanes would shew the greatnesse of a feast,
they would say it was <HI>Pontificia coena,</HI> .i. according to our
english phrase a feast for an Abbot. <HI>Coena adijcialis</HI> is taken
for the same.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="16" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 16.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De epulonibus.</HEAD>
<P><PB N="57" REF="33"/>
THe Pontifies in old time appointed three men, whom
they<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Lazius de Repub. Rom. lib. 3. cap.</NOTE> called <HI>Triumvi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>os Epulonum</HI> (from <HI>Epulū</HI> a feast)
to haue the oversight of the feasts made at sacrifices; after∣ward
by reason of two twice added, they were called first
<HI>Quinqueviri,</HI> and at length <HI>Septemviri Epulonum.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="17" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 17.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Titijs.</HEAD>
<P>ANother sort of religious men there were which li∣ved
in the subvrbs of the city &amp; practised sooth say∣ing;
They were called <HI>Titij</HI><NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Panciroll<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/> lib rerum de∣perdi arum cap. de mole Hadriani.</NOTE> from the name of the
birds which they observed, which in latine were called
<HI>Titiae.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="18" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 18.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Virginibus Vestalibus.</HEAD>
<P>NEre vnto <HI>Castors</HI> temple stood the religious house,
or Nūnery dedicated to the goddesse <HI>Vesta:</HI> where
at the first were fowre, after 6. Virgins, or votaries
elected, whose office was chiefly to keepe the sacred fire:
the extinction whereof proved ominous, and did portende
some evill event shortly to happen: And therefore for their
negligence herein, as for all other small faults, they being
had into a darke corner, stripped naked; and a curtaine
drawne halfe way over them, the chiefe Pontifie scour∣ged
them: neither was it lawful to kindle the fire once put
out, with any other fire, but from the sun beams; for which
purpose they had certaine instruments named<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Numa.</NOTE> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>
which were formed in the māner of a <HI>pyramis,</HI> but hollow;
so that the beames being collected within the circumfe∣rence,
&amp; meeting in the <HI>vertex</HI> did easily kindle any com∣bustible
matter put vnto it; but chiefly if the matter was of
blacke colour: because, as philosophy teacheth, a darke co∣lour
doth cōgregate, or collect the beames, wheras white∣nesse
doth disperse them. A second part of their office was
to worke reconciliation betweene parties offended, as ap∣peareth
<PB N="58" REF="34"/>
by<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Suet in Iu∣lio.</NOTE> <HI>Suetonius:</HI> where wee may read that by their
intercession <HI>Sylla</HI> was reconciled to <HI>Caesar.</HI> They were cho∣sen
into this place betweene the sixth, and the eleaventh
yeare of their age: and they, were to remaine in this Nun∣nery
30. yeares space, 10. yeares to learne their ceremonies
and mysteries, 10. yeares to exercise them, &amp; 10. yeares to
instruct others: within which space if they had suffered
their bodies to be defiled, they were to vndergo that feare
full punishment<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Vid. s<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>p. p. 11.</NOTE> afore mentioned. But these 30. yeares be∣ing
expired, marriage was lawfull for them, so that they
laid aside their scepters, their fillets, and other their sacer∣dotall
ornaments. Notwithstanding those which did mar∣ry
in the end dyed fearefull deaths: wherevpon they chose
rather to abstaine commonly. The <HI>Romanes</HI> had them in
great honor, so that they never walked abroad, but with
an yron scepter in their hands, and whatsoever malefactor
met thē (if the Nun would take her oath it was by chāce)
he escaped punishment. They were named <HI>Vestals</HI> frō their
goddesse <HI>Vesta,</HI> which word (as<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Munst. in sua co<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>og. lib. 2. c▪ 9.</NOTE> <HI>Munster</HI> writeth) is deri∣ved
from the Hebrew <HI>radix</HI> signifying fire. The eldest was
called <HI>Maxima Vestalis virgo</HI> .i. the Lady prioresse, or
chiefe governesse.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="19" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 19.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De veterum sacrificiis &amp; ritu sacrificandi.</HEAD>
<P>WHatsoever was burnt or offered vp vnto the Gods
vpon an altar it had the name of a sacrifice: and
sometimes it was called <HI>victima, quod vincta ad aras stabat,</HI>
because the beast to bee sacrificed stood bound vnto the
altar. Sometimes <HI>Hostia,</HI> from an obsolete verbe <HI>Hostio,</HI>
which is to strike: because certaine vnder officers called in
Latine <HI>Popae</HI> (standing by the altars, all their vpper part na∣ked,
and a lawrell garland vpon their head) did <HI>Hostiare
victimam</HI> .i. strike downe and kill the sacrifice. Others are
of opinion, that this name <HI>Hostia</HI> is taken from <HI>hostis,</HI> an
enimy: according to that of <HI>Ovid. Hostibus à domitis hostia
<PB N="59" REF="34"/>
nomen habet:</HI> because either before warre to procure the
Gods favour, or after warre in token of thankfulnesse, they
did <HI>hostiam ferire</HI> .i. offer vp the sacrifice. The second diffe∣rence
of sacrifices haue beene occasioned in respect of the
time, and so they haue beene called <HI>Praecidaneae,</HI> or <HI>succida∣neae,
quasi praecedaneae &amp; succedaneae.</HI> Those sacrifices which
were offered vp the day before any solemne sacrifice,
were called <HI>Praecidaneae hostiae,</HI> fore-sacrifices, as wee eng∣lish
<HI>praecursorem,</HI> a forerunner: which fore-sacrifices if by
any token they found vnlucky, then would they offer vp a
second sacrifice which they tearmed <HI>hostiam succidaneam:</HI>
And because these second sacrifices were to be offered on∣ly
in steed of the other, when they were vnlucky or faulty;
hence hath <HI>Plautus</HI> vsed this speech <HI>Meum tergum stulti∣tiae
tuae subdes succidaneū?</HI> Must I be whipped for thy fault?
The manner of sacrificing was as followeth. Some certaine
daies before any sacrifice was to be performed, the priest
was wont to wash his whole body,<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Vid. Eras<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. Adag.</NOTE> especially his hands &amp;
feet, which if he had not washed, the sacrifice was accoun∣ted
polluted: and alluding vnto this custome we say a man
doth <HI>Acoedere ad rem illotis manibus,</HI> or <HI>illotis pedibus,</HI> as
often as he enterpriseth any businesse without due reve∣rence
or preparation therevnto.</P>
<Q><L><GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/></L>
<L><GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>. <HI>Hesiod.</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/></L></Q>
<P>Moreover the priest was to abstaine from his mariage bed,
as likewise from diverse kinds of meats, and at the time of
his going to sacrifices, either himselfe, or some inferiour
S<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>xton going before him, with a rod or wand in his hand
(called <HI>commentaculum)</HI><NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. Numa.</NOTE> vsed this forme of words vnto
the people: <HI>Hoc age,</HI> attend this you are about: which cu∣stome
seemeth to haue had its originall from the <HI>Grecians.</HI>
For before the time of sacrifice the Grecian Priest vsed al∣most
the like speech vnto his people. As <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> .i. who is
here? the people answered <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> .i. many men, and
good. After this preparation, then did the Priest laying his
<PB N="60" REF="35"/>
hand vpō the altar, rehearse certaine praiers<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Serv. Ae<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>e<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. lib. 1.</NOTE> vnto the God
<HI>Ianus</HI> and the Goddesse <HI>Vesta:</HI> because the <HI>Romanes</HI> were
perswaded, that without their intercession they might not
haue accesse vnto the other Gods. His prayers being ended
then did hee lay<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">P<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ncirol li. re<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>um deper d<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>t. c de sale Ammoniaco.</NOTE> vpon the beasts head a little corne toge∣ther
with a cake made of meale and salt, called in Latine
<HI>Mola.</HI><NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Textor in sua officina. <HI>Sparg<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/> col∣la taurorum molâ</HI> Sen Oe∣dip. Act. 2. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>c. 2</NOTE> <HI>Mola erat far tostum, sale aspersum.</HI> From this cere∣monie
the act of sacrificing hath been tearmed <HI>Immolatio.</HI>
After this the soothsayer dranke wine out of an earthen or
wooddē chalice called in Latine <HI>Simpulum</HI> or <HI>simpuuium:</HI>
It was in fashion much like our eywers, whence we powre
water into the bason. This chalice afterward was caried a∣bout
to all the people that they also might <HI>libare</HI> .i. lightly
tast thereof<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Pancitol. li. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>erum deper dit cap de Ammoniaco <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ale.</NOTE> which rite hath been called <HI>Libatio.</HI> Now eve∣ry
one hauing tasted thereof, the rest of the wine with fran∣kincense
mixt in it was to be powred vpon the beasts head,
<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Media inter cornua <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>undit. <HI>Virg. Aeneid.</HI></NOTE> betweene the hornes, one crying out with a lowd voice,
<HI>Macta est hostia</HI> .i. <HI>Magis aucta,</HI> more encreased &amp; made
more pleasing vnto the Gods; as <HI>Virgil</HI> saith, <HI>Macte novâ
virtute puer</HI> .i. O good child which encreasest in vertue.
And hence even from this tearme, wee may cōiect, that the
word <HI>Macto,</HI> which signifyeth to kill, &amp; sometimes to sa∣crifice,
hath had its originall, because they did immediatly
after that voice, <HI>mactare hostiam,</HI> that is, slay the sa∣crifice,
and that was done in this<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 3. c. 33.</NOTE> manner. First the Priest
did pluck off some of the bests haires between the hornes,
&amp; cast them into the fire, calling them his <HI>prima libamina</HI>
.i. his first offrings: Then did he turning his face toward the
East, draw a long crooked knife vpon the beasts back, cō∣manding
his vnder officers, which I called <HI>Popae</HI> (others
<HI>Cultrarij,</HI> from their knife; <HI>Victimarij,</HI> from the hoast; and
<HI>Agones,</HI> because they standing ready to giue the stroak, of∣ten
vsed this word <HI>Agon'?</HI> for <HI>Agóne</HI> .i. must I to my work?)
to kill the beast. The other people standing by, some did
with vessels saue the bloud, others did flea or skinne the
beast; others washed it. Anone some soothsayer or Priest
<PB N="61" REF="35"/>
did obserue the intrals, turning and winding them with a
knife which was called <HI>Secespita, à secando:</HI> for hee might
not touch them with his hand, they conce<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ting that if the
sacrifice had proved polluted, his hand would then haue
perished. Now after the soothsayer or priest had sufficient∣ly
turned the intrals, and found no <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ll token therein, then
did those <HI>Popae,</HI> or Church-butchers, cut off from every bo∣well
some portion, which after they had rolled in barly
meale, they sent it in baskets to the priest, and the priest ta∣king
it vp into a broad charger or platter called <HI>discus,</HI> or
<HI>lanx,</HI> laid it vpon the altar and burne it, &amp;<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Ioach. Ca∣merar. pro Flacco.</NOTE> this was pro∣perly
tearmed <HI>litare,</HI> or <HI>Reddere</HI> .i. to satisfie by sacrifice, or
to pay the sacrifice, which was owen vnto the Gods. After
that the portion laid out for the Gods, had beene burnt,
then did al the people repaire vnto a common feast; where,
as they were eating, they sung hymnes, and songs in the
praise of their Gods, and playing on cymbals, they danced
about the altars; intimating therby, that there was no part
of their body, but should bee imployed in the service of
their Gods. Now vntill all their ceremonies and mysteries
were finished, it was not lawful for any to taste of this feast:
insomuch that we since haue vsed to checke a glutton, or
greedy-gut, which can not abstaine from his meat til grace
be said, in this manner, <HI>Sacra haud immolata deuorat.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="3" TYPE="section">
<PB N="62" REF="36"/>
<HEAD>Lib. 2. Sect. 3.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">Of the Romane yeere.</HEAD>
<DIV4 N="1" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Anno &amp; partibus eius.</HEAD>
<P><SEG REND="decorInit">I</SEG>T followeth that now we should descende
vnto those several <HI>appendices</HI> vnto religion;
namely the <HI>Romane</HI> yeare, their plaies, their
māner of feasting, their several kinds of gar∣ments,
their Nuptials and Funerals. This
word <HI>Annus</HI> is so called <HI>quasi Annulus,</HI> be∣cause
(as the <HI>Greeke</HI> word <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> signifieth) <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>
.i. <HI>in se convertitur annus:</HI> which was the reason why the
Egyptians in their mysticall cyphers (called <HI>literae hierogly∣phicae)</HI>
did vse the picture of a serpent, having his taile in his
mouth to signifie an yeare. The time or space of this yeare
hath beene diverse, according to the diversity of nations.
<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Numa.</NOTE> Some allowed no more daies to an yeare, then we doe to
a month; and thence they called it <HI>annum lunarem.</HI><NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. ib</NOTE> Some
allowed fowre monthes, some sixe monthes, some ten: And
thus <HI>Romulus</HI> measured his yeare, counting that a sufficient
time for an yeare, which was sufficiēt for a womās travel in
childbirth: or for an womā to mourne for the death of her
husband.</P>
<Q><L>Quod satis est vtero matris dum prodeat infans,</L>
<L>Hoc anno statuit temporis esse satis.</L>
<L>Per totidem menses à funere coniugis vxor</L>
<L>Sustinet in viduâ tristia signa domo.</L></Q>
<P><PB N="63" REF="36"/>
Thus <HI>Romulus</HI> his yeare contained of monthes ten; of daies
three hundred and fowre: but after this, <HI>Numa,</HI><NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Vid. Geor. Merulam in orat. pro Q. Ligario.</NOTE> or as some
saie, <HI>Tarquinius Priscus</HI> perceiving that the monthes did
not alwaies fall out alike every yeare; but sometimes the
same month would happen in the sommer, sometimes in
the winter, therevpon after long study and many instructi∣ons
from the <HI>Grecians</HI> finding the reason of this confused∣nesse,
he added vnto <HI>Romulus</HI> his yeare fifty daies, so that
the whole yeare afterward was divided into twelue mo∣neths;
because the moone had finished her course 12. times
in that space; Beginning their yeare then at Ianuary: be∣cause
then in his iudgemnt was the fittest time to beginne
the yeare, when the sunne being farthest from vs did begin
to turne his course, and to come vnto vs againe; which is a∣bout
Ianuarie, the sun being about the Tropicke of Capri∣corne.
Afterward vpon a superstitious conceite of the odde
number, <HI>Numa</HI> added one day more vnto <HI>Ianuary,</HI> so that
wheras at the first <HI>Numa</HI> his yeare did agree with the <HI>Gre∣cian</HI>
yeare, both of them containing three hundred fifty
fowre daies; Now the <HI>Romane</HI> yeare contained three hun∣dred
fifty fiue daies, which computation falling out too
short for the true yeare by the space of ten daies, and sixe
howres yearly, it occasioned every eighth yeare the inter∣position
of three whole months, which they called their
leape yeare:<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">G Merula in orat. pro Q. Ligario.</NOTE> This confusednes afterward <HI>Iulius Caesar</HI> by
long study remedied, adding the odde ten dayes vnto <HI>Nu∣ma
Pompilius</HI> his yeare. And least the odd six houres might
at last breed disorder in their computation, hee appointed
that every fourth yeare a whole day should bee inserted,
next after the three and twentieth of Februarie; which in∣serting
they called <HI>Intercalatio</HI> from an old verbe <HI>Interca∣lo,</HI>
and that day they called <HI>Intercalarem.</HI> Now the day fol∣lowing
being the foure and twentieth of Februarie, was
alwaies the sixt of the Kalends of March,<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">G. Merula in orat. pro Q Ligar.</NOTE> and therefore
because of the interposition of that day, they called the
leap-yeare <HI>Annum bissextilem</HI> .i. the yeare wherein there
<PB N="64" REF="37"/>
falled out two dayes which they called <HI>Sext. Calend. Mar∣tij.</HI>
And the day thus interposed, was called <HI>dies bissextus.</HI>
This computation which <HI>Iulius Caesar</HI> found out wee haue
embraced, and do at this day follow, calling our yeare <HI>An∣num
Iulianum,</HI><NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ant Rom. lib. 4.</NOTE> and <HI>Annum magnum,</HI> having relation to
the monthly yeare called <HI>Annus Lunaris;</HI> and sometimes
this great yeare is called, <HI>Annus vertens à vertēdo,</HI> because
it is alwaies turning, and running on.<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Hubert lib. 3 epist. famil. 18.</NOTE> Moreover we must
remēber that the Romans did begin their yeare at March;
whence that month which since hath beene called <HI>Iulius</HI>
in the honour of <HI>Iulius Caesar</HI> was by them called <HI>Quinti∣lis,</HI>
because it was the 5 month: and that month which since
hath beene called <HI>Augustus,</HI> in the remembrance of <HI>Au∣gustus
Caesar</HI> was by them called <HI>Sextilis,</HI> because it was
their sixt month. Thus then the great yeare being divided
into twelue months, every month was divided into three
parts .i. <HI>Calendas, Nonas,</HI> and <HI>Idus.</HI> For the better, vnder∣standing
of which, I shall insert three common verses.</P>
<Q><L>Principium mensis nostri dixêre Calendas:</L>
<L>Sex Maius Nonas, October, Iulius, &amp; Mars,</L>
<L>Quatuor at reliqui<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>tenet Idus quilibet octo.</L></Q>
<P>That is the first day of every month is called the Kalends
of that month. The 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. and 7 of these foure months,
May, October, Iuly, and March, were called the Nones of
that month: but in all the other months the Nones contai∣ned
but the 2. 3. 4. and 5 day, so that the fifth day (for ex∣ample
sake) of Ianuarie was called <HI>Nonae Ianuariae,</HI> or <HI>Ia∣nuarij,</HI>
the fourth <HI>Pridie Nonarum,</HI> or <HI>Nonas Ian.</HI> (For they
vsed alwaies to say <HI>Pridie Cal. Pridie Nonar.</HI> and <HI>Pridie I∣duum,</HI>
in steed of <HI>secundo Cal. Non. Id.)</HI> The third day of Ia∣nuarie,
they called <HI>tertium Nonarum, vel Nonas Ianuar.</HI>
the second day of Ianuarie they called <HI>quartum Nonarum,
vel Nonas Ianuar.</HI> After the Nones followed the Ides,
which contained eight dayes in every month, so that the
15 day of the foure aforesaid months, were called <HI>Idus
Maij, Idus Octob. Iaus Iulij,</HI> and <HI>Idus Martij.</HI> In all the o∣ther
<PB N="65" REF="37"/>
months, the 13<SUP>th</SUP> day was the Ides: as to proceed in
Ianuarie, the thirteenth day was called <HI>Idus Ianuar.</HI> the
twelfth <HI>Pridie Iduum, vel Idus Ianuar.</HI> The eleventh <HI>tertio
Iduum,</HI> or <HI>Idus Ian.</HI> the tenth <HI>quarto Iduum, vel Idus Ian.</HI>
the ninth 5<SUP>o</SUP> <HI>Id. Ian.</HI> the eighth 6<SUP>o</SUP> <HI>Id. Ian.</HI> the seaventh 7<SUP>o</SUP>
<HI>Id. Ian.</HI> the sixt 8<SUP>o</SUP> <HI>Id. Ian.</HI> After the Ides then followed the
Kalends of the next month. As the fourteenth of Ianuarie
was <HI>decimo nono Calendarum,</HI> or <HI>Calendas Februar.;</HI> the fif∣teenth
<HI>decimo octavo Calend. Feb.</HI> the sixteenth <HI>decimo sep∣timo
Cal. Feb. &amp;c.</HI> Where we must note that as often as we
vse <HI>Pridie, tertio, quarto,</HI> or any of those numerals with an
accusatiue case, as <HI>Pridie Calendas, &amp;c.</HI> the <HI>Grammarians</HI>
say that this praeposition <HI>Ante</HI> is eclipsed. It followeth
now that I should treate of the daies, which are the lesser
parts of the yeare: where before we proceed wee will con∣sider
the parts which the <HI>Romanes</HI> divided their day into.</P>
<LIST>
<ITEM>Dies Civilis continet
<LIST>
<ITEM>Lucē cu∣ius
partes
sunt
<LIST>
<ITEM><HI>Diluculum.</HI> The breake of day.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Mane.</HI> The full morning.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Ad meridiem.</HI> The fore noone.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Meridies quasi Medidies.</HI> Mid-day, or
<HI>quasi Merus dies.</HI> Perfect day, Noone.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Demer die.</HI> After noone.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Solis occasus. <HI>Sun-set.</HI></ITEM>
</LIST></ITEM>
<ITEM>Noctem
cuius par∣t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>s
sunt
<LIST>
<ITEM><HI>Crepusculum.</HI> The duske of the evening.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Prima fax.</HI> Candle-tining.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Ʋesper.</HI> The night.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Concubium.</HI> Bed-time.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Nox intempesta.</HI> The first sleepe.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Ad mediam noctem.</HI> Towards mid-night.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Media nox.</HI> Mid-night.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>De media nocte.</HI> A little after mid-night.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Gallicinium.</HI> Cock-crowing.</ITEM>
<ITEM><HI>Conticinium.</HI> All the time from cock-crow∣ing
to the breake of day.</ITEM>
</LIST></ITEM>
</LIST></ITEM>
</LIST>
<P>The day and night againe were each of them divided into
<HI>primam, secundam, tertiam, &amp; quartam vigiliā,</HI> every watch
<PB N="66" REF="38"/>
containing three houres. The first of the night began at six
of the clocke in the evening, and the fourth ended at six
of the clocke in the morning.<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. lib. 1. cap. 12.</NOTE> These watches were distin∣guished
by severall notes and sounds of cornets or trum∣pets,
that by the distinction and diversity thereof, it might
easily be knowne what watch was sounded. Moreover we
must vnderstand that the <HI>Romanes,</HI> vpon a superstitious cō∣ceit,
and observation of misfortunes and evill events fal∣ling
out on some daies, and more happy successe vpon o∣thers,
haue called the former sort of daies <HI>Atros dies,</HI> &amp; the
latter sort <HI>Albos dies,</HI><NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Vid. Erasm Adag. vnione signare.</NOTE> borrowing the names from the <HI>Scy∣thians,</HI>
who vsed to chalke out the fortunate daies in their
Kalenders with white characters, whence <HI>Horace</HI> saith,
<Q>Cressâ non careat pulchra dies notâ.</Q>
Other-some, as their vnfortunate and vnlucky daies, were
noted with a coale or blacke character, according to that,
<Q>Nigro carbone notatus.</Q>
Againe their Kalender distinguished some daies for Holy∣daies,
which they called <HI>Dies festos,</HI> festivall daies, or <HI>dies
Feriatos, &amp; Ferias,</HI> Holy-daies,<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Ascensius in epist. 3. illust. vir. lib. 2.</NOTE> because they did vpon such
daies <HI>Ferire victimas</HI> .i. offer vp sacrifices. Others were di∣stinguished
for working daies, which they called <HI>Profestas
quasi procul à festis.</HI> The third distinction was of halfe-ho∣ly-daies,
which <HI>ab intercidendo,</HI> they called <HI>Dies intercisos</HI>
as it were dayes cut asunder: the one part of them being
allotted for worldly businesses, the other for holy and re∣ligious
exercises.<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 4. c. 3.</NOTE> These <HI>feriae</HI> were either <HI>privatae,</HI> and so
they belōged somtime to whole families, as <HI>Familiae Clau∣diae,
Aemiliae; Iuliae, &amp;c.</HI> sometimes to private persons, as
every one his birth day, particular expiations, &amp;c. or else
they were <HI>Publicae,</HI> such as the whole commonwealth did
obserue: and they were of two sorts, the one called <HI>Anni∣versaria,</HI>
which were alwaies to be kept on a certaine day,
<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. lib. 5. c. 7.</NOTE> and therevpon they were called <HI>feriae statiuae;</HI> the other
<HI>conceptiuae</HI> which were arbitrarie, and solemnised vpō such
daies as the magistrates and priests thought most expedi∣ent,
<PB N="67" REF="38"/>
whereof the <HI>Latinae Feriae</HI> were chiefe: which <HI>Latinae
Feriae</HI> were kept on moūt <HI>Albane</HI> to <HI>Iupiter Latiar,</HI> for the
preservation of all the Latine people in league &amp; confede∣racy
with the <HI>Romanes,</HI> and were solemnised in memorie
of the truce between those two nations. Those <HI>feriae</HI> which
were called<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. lib. 5. c. 7.</NOTE> <HI>Imperatiuae &amp;</HI><NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aenei. lib. 1.</NOTE> <HI>Indictiuae,</HI> because the <HI>Con∣sul,
Praetor,</HI> or chiefe Pontifie, according to their pleasure
<HI>imperabant, &amp; indicebaut has</HI> .i. commanded them, may in
my opinion be contained vnder that member of <HI>Feriae con∣ceptivae,</HI>
in respect of the vncertaintie of them. Another di∣stinction
of daies is found in the Roman Kalender, to haue
beene in <HI>Fastos,</HI> whole court or leet-daies; <HI>Ex parte Fastos,</HI>
Halfe court dayes; <HI>Nefastos,</HI> Non-leet daies: though this
word <HI>Nefastus</HI> be often expounded vnlucky, as in that of
<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Carminun. lib 2. Ode. 13▪</NOTE> <HI>Horace</HI> touching the tree, <HI>Ille &amp; nefasto te posuit die</HI> .i. He
plāted thee in an vnhappy time. These daies were so called
<HI>à fando,</HI> frō speaking; because vpon those daies which were
<HI>Fasti,</HI> the <HI>Praetor,</HI> or L. chiefe Iustice might lawfully keepe
court and administer iustice, which was not done without
the speaking of these three words, <HI>Do, Dico,</HI> and <HI>Addico;</HI>
<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Ioach. Ca∣merar. pro Flacco.</NOTE> <HI>Dabat actionē; dicebat ius; Addicebat tā res, quā homines.</HI>
Where by the way wee must note, that sometimes these
court daies were also called <HI>dies comitiales,</HI> because that
<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Bersman. in suis annot. in Rom Calend ad finem O<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> Fast.</NOTE> vpon every such day as the <HI>comitia</HI> .i. the publike assem∣blies
were held, it was lawfull to keepe court: whence not
only <HI>comitialis dies</HI> doth signifie a law day, but <HI>comitialis
homo</HI> also doth signifie a wrangler in the law, or a litigious
person.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="2" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 2.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Ludis.</HEAD>
<P>THis word <HI>Ludus</HI> hath diverse acceptions, sometimes
it is takē for a iest or scoffe, as <HI>vt me ludos facit?</HI> How
he scoffeth me? Sometimes for a place of exercise
where any feate is learned, as <HI>ludus literarius,</HI> a schoole for
learning; <HI>ludus gladiatorius</HI> a fence-schoole; and <HI>Aperire
<PB N="68" REF="39"/>
ludùm,</HI> to set vp a schoole. Sometimes for any game, pa∣stime,
or sport publiquely exhibited, either that thereby
the Gods might bee appeased, or the applause and fa∣vour
of the people gained. These games from the diversity
of the place where they were had, may be divided into <HI>lu∣dos
compitales, circenses, &amp; scenicos. Compitales</HI> were such
as<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. lib. 6. c. 19.</NOTE> vsually were solēnzied in <HI>compitis.</HI> .i. in the crosse-waies
and open streetes. <HI>Circenses</HI> were circque-shewes, taking
their appellatiō either frō the great circque, or shewplace,
called <HI>Circus Max:</HI> where the games were exhibited; or
from the swords wherewith the players were invironed, as
one would say <HI>Circaenses.</HI> They much resembled those
<HI>Grecian</HI> games, called <HI>certamina Olympica,</HI> where the rū∣ners
with chariots were hemmed in on the one side with
the running river, and on the other with swords pitched
point-wise, that they should hold on the race directly, and
not swarue aside without danger.<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ant lib. 5. cap. 5.</NOTE> Some haue thought thē
to be the same with <HI>ludi Gymnici,</HI> so called from <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, na∣ked;
because that those which did performe these kinde of
exercises did either put off all, or the greatest part of their
clothes, to the intent that they might the more readily and
nimbly performe their games; for which purpose they did
also annoint their bodies with oile:<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Vid. Erasm. adag. operam &amp; oleum pe<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>∣dere.</NOTE> Whence we say when
a man hath lost his cost, and labour, <HI>Operam &amp; oleum per∣didit;
oleum</HI> in this place signifying cost &amp; charges: so that
the proverb was the same with that of<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Macrob. lib Satur.</NOTE> the coble<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>s crow,
<HI>opera &amp; impensaperijt.</HI> The games and Masteries vsed in the
circque were diverse; namely fifty-cuffes, fencing with
swords, shaking the speare, dauncing in plaine ground, lea∣ping, iumping, casting the dart, wrestling, running the race
with chariots, which was called <HI>certamen bigarum vel qua∣drigarum;</HI>
playing at whorle-bats, which was tearmed <HI>bel∣<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>are
coestu;</HI> casting or hurling the great stone called <HI>discus;</HI>
though sometimes this <HI>discus</HI> was made of yron or brasse:
The players thereat were called <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> from <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> and
<GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, to dart or cast out any thing. The third sort of plaies
<PB N="69" REF="39"/>
were <HI>ludi Scenici,</HI> stage-plaies. The reason of this name <HI>sce∣na</HI>
may be seene<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Vid. pag. 14.</NOTE> before.<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Lazius de Repub. Rom. lib. 10. cap. 11.</NOTE> The first institution of them was
occasioned by reasō of a great sicknes, which by no medi∣cinary
help could be removed; The <HI>Romanes</HI> superstitious∣ly
conceiting, that some new games or sports being found
out the wrath of the Gods woulde thereby bee vnarmed.
<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 6. c. 19.</NOTE> Wherevpon about the fowre hundreth yeare after the
building of <HI>Rome</HI> they sent for certaine stage-players out
of <HI>Hetruria,</HI> which they called <HI>Histriones</HI> frō the <HI>Hetruriā</HI>
word <HI>Hister,</HI> which signified such a player. Concerning
the diverse kindes of stage-plaies I read of fowre, called by
the <HI>Grecians, Mimicae, Satyrae, Tragoediae, Comoediae:</HI> by the
<HI>Romanes Planipedes, Attellanae, Praetextatae, Tabernariae.</HI> In
English, <HI>Fables Mimicall, Satyricall, Tragicall, Comicall.</HI>
These Mimicall players did much resemble the clowne in
many of our English stage-plaies, who sometimes would
go a tip-toe in derision of the mincing dames; sometimes
would speak ful-mouthed to mocke the country-clownes;
sometimes vpon the top of their tongue to scoffe the citi∣zen.
And thus, by their imitation of all ridiculous gestures
or speeches, in al kinde of vocations, they provoked laugh∣ter;
whence both the plaies and plaiers were named <HI>Mimi,</HI>
from <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> an Imitator, or one that doth apelike counter∣fet
others: as likewise they were called <HI>Planipedes,</HI> because
the Actors did enter vpon the stage <HI>planis pedibus</HI> .i.<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Alex. ib</NOTE> <HI>Ex∣calceati</HI>
barefooted. The second sort of plaies were called
<HI>Satyrae,</HI><NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Antesignan in suis obser. de metris co∣micis. Teren. praefixis.</NOTE> frō the lascivious and wanton country-Gods cal∣led
<HI>Satyri,</HI> because the Actors in these <HI>Satyricall</HI> playes, did
vse many obscene poems, and vnchast gestures to delight
their spectators. Afterwarde these kinde of actors as wee
may coniect, did assume such liberty vnto themselues, that
they did freely and without controlement, sharpely taxe &amp;
censure the vices even of kings, as wel as of the commons,
insomuch that now wee call every witty poeme, wherein
the liues and manners of men are sharpely taxed, A <HI>satyre,</HI>
or <HI>satyricall</HI> poeme.<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Vid Erasm. adag. <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>.</NOTE> <HI>Satyra mordax fuit &amp; salsum genus
<PB N="70" REF="40"/>
carminis.</HI> These <HI>satyricall</HI> plaies were also called <HI>Attellanae,</HI>
from the city <HI>Attella</HI> in <HI>Campania,</HI> where they were often
acted. The third sort of stage-plaies, were called <HI>Tragoediae,</HI>
from <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> a goat, and <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> an ode or song; because the a∣ctors
thereof had a goat given them as a reward. And like∣wise
they were called <HI>Praetextatae,</HI> frō <HI>Praetexta,</HI> a certaine
<HI>Romane</HI> robe, which these actors did vse to weare in their
plaies. The fourth sort were <HI>comoediae,</HI> frō <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, which sig∣nifieth
villages, and <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>: because these kinde of actors did
go vp and downe the country acting these <HI>Comedies</HI> in the
villages as they passed along. They were likewise called
<HI>Tabernariae à tabulis</HI> .i. from the boards or pentices where∣with
they were sheltred frō the weather, whiles they were
acting. These two last sorts of plaies, namely <HI>Tragedies</HI> &amp;
<HI>Comedies</HI> being still in vse amongst vs, it will be worth our
labour to consider the communities, wherin they agree; &amp;
likewise the proprieties or notes of distinction by which
they differ. I finde three sorts of parts, wherein they agree,
namely <HI>partes primariae, accessoriae, circūstantes;</HI> parts prin∣cipal,
accessory, and circumstances, which are not so truely
parts, as accidental ornamēts added to beautifie the plaies.
The principal parts are 4. in respect of the matter treated
of. For as farre as the declaration or exposition of the mat∣ter
in hand reacheth, without intimation of the event to
ensue, so farre reacheth the first part called <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, which
word signifieth no more then a proposition or declarati∣on.
But when the play inclineth to its heate &amp; trouble, thē
ensueth the second part called <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, which signifieth
the intension or exaggeration of matters. The third part is
called <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> .i. the state and full vigour of the play. The
last part which is an vnexpected change into a suddaine
tranquillity and quietnesse is called <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>: whence by a
<HI>metaphor</HI> it hath beene translated to signifie the end, or
period of any other thing; or rather the inclination vnto
the end, as <HI>vitae, humanae catastrophe,</HI> the end of a mans life.
In respect of the players forsaking the stage, the parts were
<PB N="71" REF="40"/>
fiue; namely the fiue Acts. For the Actors did fiue times in
every <HI>Comedie</HI> and <HI>Tragedie</HI> forsake the stage, and make as
it weare so many interruptions. The occasion whereof is
supposed to haue been this, That the spectators might not
be wearied out with a continued discourse or action, but
that they might sometimes be delighted with variety in∣termixed.
For those breaches and chasmes betweene each
act, were made vp and supplyed, either by the <HI>Chorus,</HI> or
<HI>Musicke.</HI> Where we must note, that every <HI>Tragedy</HI> and <HI>Co∣medie</HI>
must haue fiue <HI>Actus,</HI> and no more, according to
that of <HI>Horace.</HI>
<Q><L>Neuè minor quinto, neù sit productior actu</L>
<L>Fabula.—</L></Q>
Againe we must remember that it is not necessary that the
<GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> should alwaies be cōtained in the first Act, though
many times it happeneth so: for in <HI>Plautus</HI> his bragging
souldier the <HI>Protasis</HI> is found in the second Act: and so like∣wise
haue the other three parts .i. <HI>Epitasis, Catastasis</HI> &amp; <HI>Ca∣tastrophe</HI>
their bounds vnbounded. These Acts are divided
into severall scenes, which sometimes fal out more, some∣times
fewer in every Act. The definition of a scene being
<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Vid. Erasm. Adag.</NOTE> <HI>Mutatio personarum:</HI> Whence we call a subtile <HI>Gnatho,</HI>
which can humor himselfe for all persons and times <HI>omniū
scenarum hominem,</HI> A man fit for all parts. Now amongst
the <HI>Romanes</HI> it was thought vnfit, that aboue three persons
should come on the stage in one scene.
<Q>Nec quarta loqui persona laboret. <BIBL>Hor.</BIBL></Q>
The <HI>partes accessoriae</HI> in a <HI>Comedy</HI> are foure, <HI>Argumentum,
Prologus, Chorus, &amp; Mimus.</HI> The first is the matter or sub∣iect
of the Comedy: the second is the Prologue, which is
either <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, such as doth open the state of the fable, at
which time there needeth no argument; or else <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>,
such as cōmendeth the fable, or the Poet vnto the people;
or lastly <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, such as shall refute the obiections and
cavils of adversaries. The third is <HI>Chorus,</HI> which speaketh
betweene each Act; and this <HI>Chorus</HI> may consist either of
<PB N="72" REF="41"/>
one, or many speakers, &amp; that either male or female:<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. cap. de trag. &amp; com. lib. 5.</NOTE> but
with this caution, that if a male be to be commended, then
must the <HI>Chorus</HI> consist of males; if a female be to be com∣mended,
then must it consist of females. And alwaies what∣soever
the <HI>Chorus</HI> speaketh, it must be pertinent vnto the
Act past, or covertly intimating somewhat ensuing.</P>
<Q><L>—Non quid medios intercinat actus,</L>
<L>Quod non proposito conducat &amp; haereat aptè. Horat.</L></Q>
<P>The fourth and last accessory part, was <HI>Mimus</HI> the clowne
or foole of the play. Of all these parts <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/> tragedy hath onely
a <HI>Chorus.</HI> The <HI>partes circumstantes,</HI> or accidentall orna∣ments
were foure, common to both, <HI>Titulus, Cantus, Salta∣tio,
Apparatus</HI> .i. the title of the play, Musicke, Dauncing,
and the beautifying of the scene. By the Scene in this
place, I vnderstand the partition betweene the players ve∣stry,
and the stage or scaffold. This partition at the acting
of a Tragedy was vnderpropped with stately columnes &amp;
pillars, and beautified with paintings resembling princely
buildings, and the images as well of Gods as Kings. At the
acting of a Comedy country-cottages and private buil∣dings
were painted in the out face of the partition. In the
<HI>Satyricall</HI> plaies the painting was overcast with shadowes
of mountaines and woods: The<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 5. c. 16.</NOTE> first of these partitions
they called <HI>Scenam Tragicam,</HI> the second <HI>Comicam,</HI> the
third <HI>Satyricam.</HI> The differences betweene a <HI>Tragedy</HI> &amp; a
<HI>Comedy</HI> which may be collected out of<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Antesig. in suis observ. de metris co∣micis Teren. praefixis.</NOTE> <HI>Antesignanus</HI> are
these: first in respect of the matter, because a <HI>Tragedy</HI> trea∣teth
of exilements, murders, matters of griefe, &amp;c. a <HI>Come∣dy</HI>
of loue toyes, merry fictions, and petty matters, the one
being <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>; the other <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>. In a Tragedy
the greatest part of the Actors are Kings and Noble per∣sons;
in a Comedy private persons of meaner state and cō∣dition.
The subiect of a Comedy is often feigned, but of a
Tragedy it is commonly true, and once really performed.
The beginning of a tragedy is calme and quiet, the ende
fearefull and turbulent; but in a comedy contrarily the be∣ginning
<PB N="73" REF="41"/>
is turbulent, and the end calme. Another differēce
which <HI>Antesignanus</HI> hath omitted is behouefull for vs to
knowe, namely that the Tragedians did weare vpon the
stage a certaine shooe comming halfe way vp the legge in
manner of buskins, which kind of shooe was called by thē
<HI>Cothurnus,</HI> and from that custome it hath beene occasio∣ned,
that <HI>Cothurnus</HI> is translated to signifie a Tragicall and
loftie stile; as <HI>Sophocleo digna Cothurno,</HI> matters beseeming
<HI>Sophocles</HI> his stile: &amp; sometimes a tragedy it selfe. The Co∣mediās
did vse an high shooe cōming vp aboue the ankle,
much like a kind of shooes which plough-mē vse to weare
to keepe themselues out of the durt. This kinde of shooe is
called <HI>Soccus,</HI> by which word sometimes also is signified a
<HI>Comedy,</HI> as
<Q><L>Hunc socci cepere pedem, grandes{que} Cothurni. Horat.</L></Q>
<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Antesig. ib.</NOTE> All these sorts of stage plaies both <HI>Mimicall, Satyricall,
Tragicall,</HI> and <HI>Comicall,</HI> if they were acted according to the
<HI>Grecian</HI> rite and custome, then were they called <HI>Palliatae,</HI>
from <HI>pallium,</HI> a certaine mantle which the <HI>Grecians</HI> did vse
to weare: if according to the Romane manner, then were
they called from the <HI>Romane</HI> gowne <HI>Togatae.</HI> Another divi∣sion
of playes hath beene taken not from the place where
they were exhibited, but from the final cause or reasō why.
Some were celebrated in the honour of the Gods, &amp; they
were named <HI>Ludi sacri;</HI> others for the performāce of some
vow, being called therefore <HI>Ludi votiui;</HI> others for the
more solemne celebration of funerals, whence they were
called <HI>Ludi funebres:</HI> lastly others for sport and exercise
called therefore <HI>Ludi ludicri.</HI> Vnto those sacred or holy
playes belonged these; <HI>ludi Megalenses,</HI> otherwise called
<HI>Megalesia,</HI> which were sports solemnized in the honour
of <HI>Cybele; Cereales,</HI> sports in the honour of <HI>Ceres; Florales,</HI>
in the honour of the goddesse <HI>Flora; Martiales</HI> in the ho∣nour
of <HI>Mars; Apollinares</HI> in the honour of <HI>Apollo,</HI> &amp;c.
The <HI>votiui ludi</HI> were also performed in the honour of some
God, but they were distinguished from <HI>ludi sacri,</HI> because
<PB N="74" REF="42"/>
these <HI>votivi</HI> were performed only vpon occasion of some
speciall vow made: for whensoever the <HI>Romans</HI> did vnder∣take
any desperate warre, then did some <HI>Roman</HI> magistrate
<HI>Vovere ludos vel templa,</HI> conditionally, that they got the
conquest.<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Ascensius epist. viror. illust. lib. 5.</NOTE> Whiles the magistrate vttered this his vow, he
was said <HI>Vota nuncupare</HI> or <HI>facere vota</HI> .i. to make a so∣lemne
vow vnto the Gods; The vow being thus made, hee
was said to be <HI>votireus.</HI> .i. conditionally bound &amp; obliged
to the performance of this vow, so that the Gods might
challenge the thing vowed as due debt, if they granted his
request. But the request being granted, then was hee said
<HI>damnatus voti, vel voto</HI> .i. simply bound to the performance
of it; so that by a consequence <HI>Damnari voti vel voto,</HI> is to
haue ones desire accomplished. The third sort of plaies,
which wee called <HI>ludos funebres,</HI> was fencing and playing
of prizes, the custome among the Romanes being, that at
the funerals of their friends, they would procure certaine
slaues and captiues to ioyne combate vpon the <HI>Amphithe∣atre,</HI>
vntil one of them had beene killed; whence those fen∣cers
were called <HI>Bustuarij,</HI> from <HI>bustum,</HI> the place where
dead mens bodies were burned. They first began their
fight with certaine cudgels, or yardes called <HI>Rudes</HI> &amp; after
ward went to naked weapons (&amp; that was termed <HI>dimica∣re
&amp; versis armis pugnare,</HI> this word <HI>versis</HI> signifying <HI>muta∣tis</HI>
according to<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Saturn. ser∣mon. l. 2. c. 19.</NOTE> <HI>Lipsius)</HI> whereat they fought till one was
killed; neither was the other so acquitted, but he stood lia∣ble
to vndertake another, &amp; so a third, vntil he had foyled
six or seaven combatants: and if his hap were to prevaile
so often, then did he receaue a garland or coronet of palme
tree, wound about with certaine woollen ribbands called
<HI>Lemnisci.</HI><NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylvius in orat. pro Sex. Roscio.</NOTE> The coronet it selfe was called therefore <HI>palma
lemniscata:</HI> and hence figuratiuely hath <HI>palma</HI> beene tran∣slated
to signifie the victory it selfe; and<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. ib.</NOTE> such a mā as hath
often gotten the prize, we say proverbially, that he is <HI>Plu∣rimarum
palmarum homo.</HI> The reason why the palme tree
rather then any other tree should bee given in token of
<PB N="75" REF="42"/>
victory is rendred by<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Arist. prob. 7. Plut. symp. 8 q 4. A. Gell. lib. 3. cap. 6.</NOTE> divers good authors to bee this;
because the palme tree, though you put never so ponde∣rous
and heavy weight vpon it, yet it will not yeeld, but
rather indeavour the more vpward. After hee had foiled six
or seaven, hee receaved one of those staues or cudgels also,
wherewith they began their combat, in token of libertie;
signifying thereby, that hee should hence for-ward lead
his life free frō shedding of blood. Alluding vnto which
custome this word<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Eras. Adag. Rudem accip.</NOTE> <HI>Rudis</HI> hath beene vsed to signifie any
other kind of freedome, or discharge, wherevpon <HI>Horace</HI>
said of himselfe, that he was <HI>Rude donatus</HI> .i. set at libertie,
and discharged from his paines in poetry. The last sort of
plaies called <HI>Ludi ludicri,</HI> were either military to traine vp
young men in the knowledg of the art military, and those
were called <HI>ludi castrenses:</HI> or else they were only for exer∣cise,
namely rūning the race, iusting, or turnamēts, which
were called sometimes <HI>Troianus ludus,</HI> sometimes<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Suet in Iu∣lio. Caes. c. 39.</NOTE> <HI>Troia</HI>
without any other word added therevnto,<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ant. lib. 5. cap. 29.</NOTE> because <HI>As∣canius
Aeneas</HI> his sonne first brought them out of <HI>Troy</HI> in∣to
<HI>Italy.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="3" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 5.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De mensis &amp; convivijs Romanorum.</HEAD>
<P>BEfore we proceed vnto the description of the <HI>Romane</HI>
tables, and manner of their feasting, we will explaine
those fiue tearmes <HI>Ientaculum, Prandium, Merenda,
Coena,</HI> &amp; <HI>Comessatio:</HI> which fiue words doe signifie the fiue
several feedings each day, which childrē, old men, servāts,
travellers &amp; such like did vsually obserue. <HI>Ientaculum</HI> sig∣nified
their break-fast, and it had its name like as our Eng∣lish
word hath a <HI>Ieiunio</HI> from fasting. In former times it
was called<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Rosin. An∣tiq. l. 5. cap. 27▪</NOTE> <HI>Silatum</HI> from <HI>Sile,</HI> with the root whereof they
were wont to season that wine, which they had at breake∣fast.
For (as<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in symp. l. 8. q 6.</NOTE> <HI>Plutarch</HI> saith) their breakfast was nothing
but a sop dipped in wine. In the same place hee likewise
saith, that in old time they had no dinner, but that which
<PB N="76" REF="43"/>
we call <HI>prandium,</HI> was the same with them as <HI>ientaculum;</HI> &amp;
thus much the Greek word <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> signifying a dinner doth
intimate. For it is so said <HI>quasi</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> from <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, which
<HI>Plutarch</HI> interpreteth the morning. And therefore, when
through <HI>Epicurisme</HI> this dinner time called <HI>prandium</HI> crept
in as a distinct meale, it was called <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> from <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>,
which signifieth in continent, or one which cannot tē∣perate
himselfe.<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in symp. l. 8. q. 6.</NOTE> The name <HI>prandium</HI> is said <HI>quasi</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>
signifying noone-tide. The third time of taking meat, was
called <HI>Merenda,</HI> because it was takē <HI>post meridiem;</HI> we may
english it our afternoones boever; it was called also <HI>Ante∣coenium,</HI>
because it was taken a little before supper.<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Iust. Lips▪ ep cent. 1. ep 65.</NOTE> <HI>Me∣renda
est cibus qui declinante die sumitur, quasi post meridiem
edendus, &amp; proximè coenae; vnde &amp; Antecoenium à quibus<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ā
dicitur.</HI> The fourth time was their supper called <HI>coena, quasi</HI>
<GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, which signifieth as much as common.<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in symp. ib.</NOTE> <HI>Quia antiqui∣tùs
seorsim solebant prandere Romani, coenare cum amicis.</HI>
Their fift &amp; last time of feeding, was called in latin <HI>comis∣satio</HI>
by some, by most<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Laevinus Torrent. in Suet. Vitell. vid. Rosin. an∣tiq. l. 5. c. 27.</NOTE> <HI>comessatio à comedendo.</HI><NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">In orat. pro M. Coelio.</NOTE> <HI>Ioannes
Tistinus</HI> saith that it is a boever takē after supper, or a night
drinking. But the chiefe feast whereat<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Lazius de Repub. Rom. lib. 3 cap. 3.</NOTE> they gaue enter∣tainement
being their supper, we will consider these three
things therin. First <HI>Accumbendi vel discumbēdi rationem</HI> .i.
the manner of their lying at supper (for they sate not at ta∣ble
as we do.) Secondly, the forme &amp; fashiō of their table;
and lastly the parts of their supper. The place where they
supped was commonly called <HI>coenaculum à coena,</HI> as our di∣ning-chamber
is so called from our dinner. It was also cal∣led
<HI>Tricliniū</HI> or <HI>Biclinium</HI> from <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> a bed: for sometimes
there were three beds, sometimes but two about the table,
vpon which the guests did sit, or rather ly along. In this di∣ning
parlour was placed a table, sometimes made quite
round; and for the common sort of people it was made of
ordinary wood, standing vpon three feet; but for men of
better fashion, it was made of better timber, inlaid some∣times
with wood of divers colours, sometimes with silver,
<PB N="77" REF="43"/>
and it stood vpon one whole entire foote made of yvory in
the forme of a great Lyon or Leopard, &amp;c. sometimes this
table was made in the forme of an halfe moone, the one
part of it being cut in with an arch or semicircle, and then
it was called <HI>Sigma,</HI> because it did much resemble the let∣ter
<HI>Sigma,</HI><NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Iust. Lips. cent. 1. ep. 65.</NOTE> which (as it appeareth by certaine marble mo∣numents)
was in old time made like a <HI>Romane</HI> C. If any mā
should demand the reason why they cut their table in that
forme, I must confesse that I haue not read any reason in a∣ny
autor: but my coniecture is this. It is agreed vpon by all
autors, that in the round tables the one quarter was reser∣ved
void frō guests, that the waiters might haue a cōveni∣ent
roomth to attend. Therevpon it seemeth not vnproba∣ble
to me, that this crooked arch was made for the wai∣ters.
I acknowledge that this <HI>Sigma</HI> hath beene translated
diversly by diverse writers, as it appeareth by<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Iust. Lip. ib.</NOTE> <HI>Lipsius.</HI> By
some it hath beene taken for the parlour or supping cham∣ber;
<HI>(Lipsius</HI> in his Antiquities) by others for the supper, or
feast it selfe; so <HI>Coelius</HI> thought. By <HI>Lipsius</HI> since it hath bin
thought a certaine place erected in manner of an hemicy∣cle,
or halfe-moone, against which they did place their
beds: but <HI>Brodaeus</HI> &amp; <HI>Ditmarus</HI> (in my opiniō) haue more
truely taken it for the table it selfe. About the table that
was perfectly round were placed three beds, covered with
tapestry or some other kinde of covering, according to the
wealth and ability of the person: and thus <HI>strato discumbi∣tur
ostro,</HI> the beds being ready furnished the guests lay
downe on them in manner as followeth. Each bed con∣tained
three persons, sometimes fowre, seldome or never
more, except at their great feasts. Many times it fell out,
that each guest had his bed to himselfe, whence<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">A. Gel. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/> Attic lib. 13.</NOTE> <HI>A. Gellius</HI>
saith, that the nūber of guests shoulde begin with the <HI>Gra∣ces,</HI>
and end with the <HI>Muses</HI> .i. they must not be fewer then
three, nor more then nine. This also hath beene the reason
of that Adage.<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 5. c. 21.</NOTE> <HI>Septem convivium, novem convitium faci∣unt.</HI>
If one onely lay vpon the bed, then he rested the vpper
<PB N="78" REF="44"/>
part of his body on his left elbow, the lower part lying at
length vpon the bed: but if many lay vpō one bed, then the
vppermost did lie at the beds head, laying his feet behinde
the second his backe: the second rested his head in the o∣thers
bosome, having a cushion put betweene, laying his
feete behinde the thirde his back; in like maner the third &amp;
fourth did lie. They divided their supper into three partes;
which they called their first, second, and third messe. In the
first messe commonly was served mulberries, lettices, sau∣sages,
and alwaies egges; as likewise in the last messe were
served, nuts, figs, grapes, but alwaies apples:<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Pancirol. li re<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>um deper∣dit cap. de cibi capiendi modo.</NOTE> whence wee
say proverbially <HI>ab ovo ad mala,</HI> from the beginning of the
feast to the end, or simply from the beginning of any thing
vnto the end thereof. The middle messe was the maine sup∣per,
and the chiefe dish thereof was called <HI>caput coenae.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="4" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 4.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Romanis vestibus.</HEAD>
<P>WE may obserue in reading old autors, that as
well the <HI>Romanes</HI> as the <HI>Grecians</HI> had diverse
distinct habits, or outward vestimēts. The <HI>Gre∣cians</HI>
had their <HI>Mantile</HI> called <HI>Pallium;</HI> the <HI>Romanes</HI> their
gowne called <HI>Toga,</HI> and by this different kinde of garment
the one was so certainly distinguished from the other, that
this word <HI>Togatus</HI> was often vsed to signifie a <HI>Romane,</HI> and
<HI>Palliatus</HI> a <HI>Grecian.</HI><NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Sigon. de iudic. lib. 3. cap. 19.</NOTE> <HI>Togati pro Romanis dicti, vt Palliati
pro Graecis.</HI> Before we proceede, we will first obserue what
this <HI>Toga</HI> was, &amp; then how many sorts there were.<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Mic. Toxita in orat. Phi∣lippic. 2<SUP>am</SUP>.</NOTE> <HI>Toga à
tegendo dicta est.</HI> It was made commonly of wooll but ac∣cording
to the worth and dignity of the person, somtimes
of courser, sometimes of finer wooll. As we may collect by
that of <HI>Horace,</HI>
<Q><L>—Mihi sit toga, quae defendere frigus</L>
<L>Quamvis crassa queat—</L></Q>
<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Mic. Toxita ib.</NOTE> We must note with <HI>Toxita,</HI> that no women of any credit
did weare the <HI>Romane</HI> gowne, but insteede thereof did vse
<PB N="79" REF="44"/>
a garment called <HI>stola</HI> from <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> signifying <HI>demitto, quòd
vs{que} ad talos demitteretur:</HI> whence old Poets, when they
would point out vnto vs an infamous or lewde strumpet,
they would tearme her<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. Rom.</NOTE> <HI>Mulierem togatam.</HI><NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 3. cap. 19.</NOTE> This <HI>toga</HI>
sometimes was worne open and vntuckt; then was it called
<HI>Toga aperta:</HI> other times it was tuckt vp, &amp; then it was cal∣led
<HI>toga praecincta.</HI> This cincture or girding vp of the gown
was according to<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Sig. ibid.</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius</HI> threefold; <HI>Cinctura laxior, A∣strictior,</HI>
and <HI>Cinctus Gabinus. Cinctura laxior</HI> or the loose
kinde of girding was such, that notwithstanding the tuck,
yet the taile trailed vpon the ground. <HI>Cinctura astri∣ctior</HI>
the close kinde of girding was such, that after the
gowne had beene lapped or tucked vp, it should not reach
so farre as the feet. The first kinde of these cinctures did ar∣gue
a remisse soft and effeminate minde; the latter did sig∣nifie
the promptnesse or readinesse of the person;<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Sig. ibid.</NOTE> <HI>Vnde,
Altè praecincti pro expeditis dicti sunt.</HI> Thirdly, <HI>Cinctus Ga∣binus</HI>
was a warlike kind of girding, not so that the whole
gown should be tucked vp about the midle, but that it be∣ing
cast quite backward, the party should gird himselfe
with one skirt thereof.<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aenci. lib. 7.</NOTE> This kind of girding was so called
from a certaine citie of <HI>Campania</HI> called <HI>Gabij,</HI> because vp∣on
a time the inhabitants of this citie being at sacrifice,
were set vpon by their enimies; at which time they casting
their gownes behind them and girding one lappet or skirt
about them, went immediatly to warre, even from the
altars, and got the conquest.<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 1. c. 14.</NOTE> In memory of which ever af∣ter,
the <HI>Consul</HI> when hee would proclaime warre girded
himselfe in like manner. Neither had the <HI>Consul</HI> alone a pe∣culiar
garment when he proclaimed warre, but every soul∣dier
in time of warre did weare a different kind of garment
from the gown, which they called <HI>Sagum:</HI> we may english
it a souldiers coat. Whence <HI>Tully</HI> vseth this phrase <HI>ad saga
ire,</HI> which <HI>Erasmus</HI> hath paralleld with this, <HI>Ad certamen
se accingere,</HI> to buckle for warre. Insomuch that <HI>Cedant sa∣ga
togae,</HI> is <HI>aequiualent</HI> to that of the Orators, <HI>Cedant arma
<PB N="80" REF="45"/>
togae.</HI> Touching the difference of the <HI>Romane</HI> gownes I
finde them distinguished by<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Sig de iud. lib. 3. cap. 19.</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius</HI> accordingly as fol∣loweth;
in <HI>Togam Puram, Candidam, Pullam, Praetextam,
Paludamentum, Pictam, Trabeam. Togapura</HI> was the com∣mon
ordinary gown worne by private men at mans estate,
not by women at al, nor children, vntil the sixteenth yeare
of their age, at which time they were said <HI>Excedere ex e∣phebis</HI>
.i. to be past striplings. Notwithstanding the six∣teenth
yeare was not alwaies strictly without exception
observed;<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 5. c. 32▪</NOTE> for <HI>M. Aurelius</HI> was permitted to weare this
gowne being but fifteene yeares old; and <HI>Caligula</HI> did not
weare, it till the nineteenth yeare of his age. This kinde of
gowne besides that it was called <HI>Pura,</HI> it was also some∣times
called <HI>virilis,</HI> sometimes <HI>libera.</HI> It was called <HI>pura</HI> in
respect of its pure white colour, being free from all admix∣tures
of purple or any other colour, &amp; therefore some haue
tearmed it <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, al white, others <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, void of pur∣ple.
It was called <HI>virilis,</HI> because it was given to striplings
now growing to mans estate. Whence wee vse to say of a
stripling past 16 yeares of his age, <HI>virilem togam sumpsit,</HI>
he is now become a man. Lastly, it was called <HI>libera,</HI><NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. Rom. lib. 5. c. 32.</NOTE> be∣cause
then they did receaue some beginning of freedome,
as being about that time freed from their school-masters,
and overseers.<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Aldus Ma∣nutius. vid. Rosin. ib.</NOTE> This kinde of gowne was not made open
but sowed downe to the bottome, and also it was made
without sleeues, so that if at any time they had occasion to
vse their armes, they would take vp their gowne and cast it
quite behind them, or vpon their shoulders. But these strip∣lings
could not for one whole yeares space, cast back their
gownes in that manner for the liberty of their armes with∣out
the imputation of immodesty, as it appeareth by<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Cic. in orat. pro Caelio.</NOTE> <HI>Ci∣cero,
Nobis annus erat vnus ad cohibendum brachium togâ
constitutus.</HI> The like liberty it seemeth was denied those
that stood for places of office;<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Sig de iud. lib. 3. cap. 19.</NOTE> &amp; thence is it, that <HI>Horace</HI>
wisheth such to hire them a servant <HI>—Laeuum
Qui fodiat latus, &amp; cogat trans pondera dextram
Porrigere—</HI>
<PB N="81" REF="45"/>
In which place by <HI>pondera</HI> is vnderstood the Romane
gowne, as<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Sigon. ib.</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius</HI> hath expounded that place. Now for
the vnderstanding of <HI>Toga candida,</HI> we are to learne a dif∣ference
betweene this <HI>candida toga,</HI> &amp; the <HI>toga pura</HI> aboue
spoken of, which is often times called <HI>toga alba,</HI> both of
which were white, but differed in the degree of white∣nesse.
The <HI>toga alba</HI> had only the naturall whitenes of the
wool; the <HI>toga candida</HI> had an artificiall white die: where∣by
the glasse of the white was made more orient and intēsiue.
Or else as<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Sigon. ib.</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius</HI> hath obserued out of <HI>Isidorus, In∣tendendae
albedinis causâ cretam addiderant</HI> .i. they chalked
it to encrease the whitenesse thereof. Whence <HI>Polibius</HI> cal∣leth
it <HI>togam</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, that is, shining or splendent. Moreo∣ver
whereas the <HI>alba toga</HI> was the ordinary Roman gowne
which commonly the <HI>Romane</HI> citizens did weare; this <HI>can∣dida
toga</HI> was only worne by those, which did <HI>ambire ma∣gistratum,</HI>
sue for a magistracy or place of office who du∣ring
the time of their sute were called from their gowne
<HI>candidati:</HI> and <HI>Quintilian</HI> borrowing his metaphor from
them, hath called an young student <HI>eloquentiae candidatum.</HI>
The third sort of gowne which I tearmed <HI>togam pullam,</HI>
was a blacke gowne, and thereof was two severall kinds;
the one cole-blacke, which was worne <HI>luctus causa,</HI> in to∣ken
of mourning, and the mourners were thence called <HI>A∣trati</HI>
and as often as they did weare this gowne, they were
s<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>id <HI>Mutare vestem,</HI><NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 3. cap. 19.</NOTE> which phrase in old autors doth sig∣nify
nothing else, but to goe in mourning apparell: The o∣ther
not cole-blacke, but only fouled or stained, and that
was worne <HI>reatus causa,</HI> in times of arraignement, &amp; those
that wore it were called <HI>sordidati, à sordibus in veste,</HI> from
the spots or staines in the gowne. Where wee must note,
that in processe of time <HI>Togapulla</HI> became the ordinarie
gowne which the common people did weare; at which
time the ordinary gown, which the citizēs of better place
and esteeme did weare, was the <HI>toga candida:</HI> wherevpon
there did then grow a distinction of the citizens vnknown
<PB N="82" REF="46"/>
to the former age, saith <HI>Rofinus,</HI> namely that some were
tearmed <HI>candidati,</HI> others <HI>pullati. Candidati</HI> were those, not
which became suiters for places of office (as in old time it
signified) but those which did liue in better repute then o∣thers,
from whence it is, that<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Fenestella de mag. Rom. cap 3.</NOTE> hee whose office was to read
the Emperours letters in the Senate was called <HI>Candidatus
principis▪</HI> or <HI>Quaestor candidatus.</HI> It did somewhat resemble
the office of our King his Maiesties chiefe Secretary. <HI>Pulla∣ti</HI>
were those of the commonalty or inferiour sort. The
fourth sort of gowne was the <HI>togapraetexta,</HI> so called, <HI>quia
eipurpura praetexta erat,</HI> because it was garded about with
purple silke. This kinde of gowne at the first was vsed only
by the Romane priests, and chiefe magistrates: Neither was
it lawfull for such as did weare that gown to be arraigned,
or sentence to be giuen on them vntill that gowne was put
off. In continuance of time this <HI>togapraetexta</HI> was permit∣ted
first to Noble mens children; afterward to all Romane
children in generall: where vpon<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Pet. Pellita∣rius in orat. pro A. Cae<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>in</NOTE> <HI>Togatus à praetextato
differt, vt privatus à magistratu &amp; vir à puero,</HI> and <HI>aetas prae∣textata,</HI>
is taken for childhood; and <HI>praetextati</HI> sometimes
for magistrates, but commonly for young children. The
fifth sort of gowne was called <HI>Paludamentum;</HI> It was a
military garment, which<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 5. c. 18.</NOTE> none but the L. Generall or the
chiefe captaines did vse to weare.<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 3. c. 29.</NOTE> <HI>Isidorus</HI> saith it was not
only garded with purple, but with skarlet, and gold lace,
whence it was sometimes called<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Sigon. ib.</NOTE> <HI>togapurpurea,</HI> somtimes
<HI>coccinea.</HI> It was much like the habit which the <HI>Grecian</HI> Em¦perour
was wont to weare called <HI>Chlamis;</HI> yea now it is
<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. li. 5. c. 31.</NOTE> called <HI>Chlamis;</HI> wee may english it an <HI>Heralds</HI> coate of
Armes. The sixt sort of gowne was called <HI>togapicta,</HI><NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud lib. 3. c. 19.</NOTE> be∣cause
in it were embroadered goodly pictures with needle
worke: it was also called <HI>Purpurea,</HI> not because of any pur∣ple
gard (in which respect the <HI>praetexta,</HI> and the <HI>paludamē∣tum</HI>
were called <HI>purpureae)</HI> but because it was all over with
a purple die. It was by some tearmed <HI>toga palmata,</HI> because
in it many palme branches being the reward and token of
<PB N="83" REF="46"/>
victory were wrought; whence by others it was called <HI>to∣ga
triumphalis,</HI> because Emperours in their triumphes did
weare such gownes. The last sort of gowne was <HI>Trabea,</HI>
whereof there were<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Serv Aenei. lib 7.</NOTE> three severall kinds; the one woven
all of purple, which was consecrated vnto the Gods; the
second was purple woven vpon white, and this only kings
&amp; <HI>Consuls</HI> might weare; the third was skarlet woven vp∣on
purple, and this the <HI>Augures</HI> only did weare.<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. li. 5. c. 18.</NOTE> This last
sort was therefore called <HI>trabea auguralis,</HI> the second <HI>tra∣bea
regia,</HI> the first <HI>trabea consecrata.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="5" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 5.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Tunica.</HEAD>
<P>THose coats which were worne vnder the gown were
called <HI>Tunicae;</HI> and that they were worne vnder the
gowne it appeareth by that Adage, <HI>Tunica pallio proprior
est</HI> .i. every one for himselfe first; or according to our eng∣lish
proverbe, Close sitteth my shirt, but closer sitteth my
skinne.<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 3. cap. 20.</NOTE> This <HI>tunica</HI> was both narrower and shorter then
the gowne: at first it was made without sleeues, afterward
with sleeues, and by it, as well as by the gowne were the
citizens distinguished. The first sort of coats was made of
white cloath commonly,<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Salmuth in Pancirol. lib. rerum deper∣dit. cap. de fi∣bula.</NOTE> but purfled over and embroa∣dred
with studs of purple in manner of broad nayle heads;
whence it was called <HI>Laticlavia,</HI> or <HI>Latus clavus;</HI> and the
persons wearing this coat were Senators called thence <HI>La
ticlavij.</HI> The second sort belonged vnto the <HI>Roman</HI> knights
and it differed in making from the first, only that the pur∣ple
studs or embroadred workes of this, were not so broad
as the former: whence the coat was called <HI>Angusticlavia,</HI>
or <HI>Angustus clavus,</HI> and the persons wearing it were called
<HI>Angusticlavij.</HI> The third sort belonged vnto the populacy
and poorer sort of <HI>Romanes,</HI> it was made without any
purfled workes, being called <HI>Tunica recta.</HI> This coate
was given togither with the <HI>Virile</HI> gowne to strip∣lings
past sixteene yeares olde, and to new maried wo∣men.
<PB N="84" REF="47"/>
And as the <HI>recta tunica</HI> was given with the <HI>virile</HI>
gowne; so was the <HI>tunica clauatae</HI> given togither with the
<HI>toga praetexta:</HI> and the <HI>laticlavia,</HI> otherwise called <HI>tunica
palmata,</HI> given with the <HI>toga picta.</HI> The fourth and last sort
belonged vnto women, being a long coate reaching down
vnto the heels; they called it <HI>stolam.</HI> Vpon it they did weare
an outward garment<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Ro<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="3 letters" DISP="•••"/> Ant lib. 5. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/>. 35</NOTE> called <HI>palliū,</HI> and sometimes <HI>palla,
quia palàm gestabatur.</HI><NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 span" DISP="〈…〉"/> lib. 3. cap. 19.</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius</HI> saith, that this <HI>palla</HI> was a
certaine gowne vsed by stage-players: howsoever certaine
it is, that not onely women, but men also and children did
weare this kinde of garment. Besides the <HI>Romane</HI> gowne &amp;
coat there remaine other parts of their apparrell to be spo∣ken
of: such are these which follow, <HI>Lacerna,</HI> which some
do english a cloake, but<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Sigon. ibid.</NOTE> <HI>Festus</HI> would haue it to be a little
kinde of hood, which men should weare to defende them∣selues
from the raine and weather; It was made that either
side might be worne outward; &amp; at first it was worne only
in warre, so that <HI>lacernati</HI> stood in opposition with <HI>togati.</HI>
<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Sigon. ibid.</NOTE> <HI>Isidorus Togatos pro vrbanis, lacernatos pro militibus vsur∣patos
scribit.</HI> Afterward as we may coniect, it was made lō∣ger
in maner of a cloake, for it was diverse times worne vp∣on
their coates insteed of gownes. Another kinde of gar∣ment
was the <HI>Penula,</HI> so called <HI>quasi pendula,</HI> we may tran∣slate
it a long hanging cloake. A third was called <HI>Mitra,</HI>
which sometimes did signifie a certaine attire for womens
heads, as a coyfe or such like; though this kinde of attire
was more properly called <HI>Calantica:</HI> other times it signifi∣ed
a girdle, which more properly was called <HI>zona;</HI> This <HI>zo∣na</HI>
chiefly signified a souldiers belt, or a marriage girdle:
The souldiers belt was lined within in the inside, where
when they went to warre, they did put their mony▪ whence
<HI>Horace</HI> saith of a man that hath lost his mony, <HI>zonam per∣didit.</HI>
Young maides when they were marryed were wont
to haue a marriage girdle tyed about their middle, which
their husbande at the first night of their marriage shoulde
vntie: whence <HI>zonam soluere</HI> hath beene translated to de∣flowre
<PB N="85" REF="47"/>
a Virgine: this marriage girdle in former times was
called <HI>Cestus,</HI> from whence commeth the latin word <HI>ince∣stus,</HI>
and the english word Incest: which in truth signifieth
all kinde of pollution committed by vndoing or vntying
this girdle called <HI>cestus:</HI> but now in a more strict acception
it signifieth onely that kinde of naughtinesse, which is cō∣mitted
betweene two of neere kin<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>:<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Caelius in orat pro Mi∣lone.</NOTE> and that other follie
which is committed with a strangers wife, is now properly
called <HI>adulterium;</HI> &amp; that which is cōmitted with a maide
or widdow <HI>stuprum.</HI> The last thing touching their apparell
is their shooes.<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq Rom. lib. 5. c. 36.</NOTE> <HI>Calceamentorum genera duo fuerunt, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>alce∣us,
&amp; solea:</HI> For the soale of the shoe called in latin <HI>solea,</HI>
sometimes <HI>crepidula,</HI> and in <HI>Cicero</HI> his time <HI>gallica,</HI> was ty∣ed
on to the bottome of the foote with leather straps or
buckles, and so worne insteede of shoes: the diverse kindes
of these shooes did distinguish the <HI>Romane</HI> people also. To
omit the difference in colours, we may reduce the chiefe
kindes to fiue heads, <HI>Mullei, Vncinati, Perones, Cothurni,
Socci.</HI> All these sort of shooes were made halfe way vp the
legge, as the Turkish shooes are according to <HI>Iosephus
Scaliger:</HI> and they were either laced close to the legge, as
many of our bootes are now adaies; or clasped with taches
or haspes. The first sort called <HI>Mullei</HI><NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Salmuth. in Pancirol. lib. rerum. deper∣dit. cap. de fi∣bula.</NOTE> from the fish <HI>mullus,</HI>
being like vnto it in colour, were also called from their
claspes <HI>calcei</HI><NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Appositam nigrae lunam subtexit alutae. <HI>Iuvenal.</HI></NOTE> <HI>lunati,</HI> because the claspes were made in
forme of an halfe moone, which halfe mooned claspe re∣sembling
a <HI>Romane</HI> C, signified an hundred;<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Salmuth. in Pancirol. lib. rerum deper∣dit. cap. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/> fi∣bula.</NOTE> intimating
thereby, that the number of the <HI>Senators</HI> (they onely being
permitted to weare this kinde of shooe) were at first a full
hundred and no more. <HI>Vncinati calcei,</HI> were those, which
the souldiers were wont to weare. <HI>Perones</HI> (as we may cō∣iecture)
were laced vp the legge; for <HI>Tertullian</HI> making but
two sort of shooes, saith there were the <HI>Mullei</HI> called frō
their claspes <HI>lunati,</HI> &amp; the <HI>perones</HI> made without such halfe
mooned claspes, called also <HI>calcei puri, quoniam ex puro co∣rio
facti;</HI> and these <HI>perones</HI> or <HI>puros calceos</HI> all the other <HI>Ro∣manes</HI>
<PB N="86" REF="48"/>
did weare<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Salmuth in Pancirol. lib. rerum deper∣dit. c. de fibu∣la.</NOTE> with this note of distinction, that the
magistrates shooes were beset with precious stones, pri∣vate
mens were not. Thus much cōcerning both the kinds
&amp; fashiō of the shooes may bee collected out of <HI>Rosinus</HI> in
the place aboue quoted. The description &amp; vse of the <HI>Co∣thurnus</HI>
&amp; <HI>Soccus</HI> may be seene in the tract<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Vid. pag. 37.</NOTE> <HI>de Romanis lu∣dis.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="6" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 6.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De nuptijs &amp; nuptiarum renunciatione.</HEAD>
<P>BEfore we come vnto the solemne ceremonies vsed by
the <HI>Romanes</HI> in their mariages, we will first shew the
manner of their contracts,<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Salmuth in Panciroll. lib. rerum de∣perdi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>arum c. de nupti<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>s.</NOTE> which were called by the
<HI>Romanes, Sponsalia à spondendo;</HI> because in their contracts
each did promise other to liue as man and wife. Now the
manner of contracting was commonly thus: They did for
the greater security write downe the forme of the cōtract
vpon tables of record, as it appeareth by <HI>Iuvenal. Satyr.</HI> 16.</P>
<Q><L>Si tibi legitimis pactam iunctam{que} tabellis</L>
<L>Non es amaturus—</L></Q>
<P>These tables were also sealed with the signets of certaine
witnesses there present, who were tearmed from the act of
their sealing <HI>Signatores.</HI> Moreover before they would be∣gin
the ceremonies of their contract, the mā procured one
soothsayer, and the woman another, with whom first they
would consult. Whence <HI>Iuvenal.</HI></P>
<P>—<HI>Veniet cum signatoribus auspex.</HI> The token or signe
which these soothsaiers in time of observing accounted
most fortunate was a crow:<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. lib. 2.</NOTE> <HI>Ea enim cornicum societas est,
vt ex duabus socijs alterâ extinctâ vidua altera perpetuò ma∣neat.</HI>
The man also gaue in token of good will a ring vnto
the woman, which shee was to weare vpon the next finger
to the little of the left hand;<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Aul. Gell.</NOTE> because vnto that finger a∣lone
a certaine artery proceedeth from the hart. The word
<HI>nuptiae</HI> which signifieth mariage had its derivation a <HI>Nubo</HI>
<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 5. c. 37</NOTE> which verbe in old time signified to cover: the custome
<PB N="87" REF="48"/>
being that the woman should be brought vnto her husbād
with a vaile (called <HI>Flammeus)</HI> cast over her face. Againe
because of the good successe that <HI>Romulus</HI> and his follow∣ers
had in the violent taking away of the <HI>Sabine</HI> women,
<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iur. Rom. l. 1. c. 9.</NOTE> they continued a custome that the man should come and
take away his wife, by a seeming violence from the lap or
bosome of her mother or her next kinne. Shee being thus
taken away her husband did dissever and divide the haire
of her head with the top of a speare, wherewith some fen∣cer
formerly had beene killed. This speare was called by
them <HI>hasta celebaris,</HI><NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Salmuth in Pancirol. lib. rerum deper∣dit. cap. de nuptiis.</NOTE> and the ceremony did betoken, that
nothing should disioine them but such a speare or such like
violence. We must note that<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Fr. Silv. in orat. pro L. Flacco.</NOTE> three manner of waies a wo∣man
became a mans lawfull wife <HI>vsu, cōfarreatione, coemp∣tione.</HI>
A woman became a mans lawfull wife <HI>vsu</HI> .i. by pre∣scriptiō
or long possessiō, if that she were wedded with the
consent of her overseers, and so did liue with the man as
with her lawfull husband a whole yeares space, <HI>nullo inter∣rupto
vsu</HI> .i.<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 1. c. 9.</NOTE> shee beeing not absent three nightes in the
whole yeare from him. And some haue thought that the
counterfeited violence in taking away the maide from her
friends was vsed onely in this kinde of mariage. A woman
became a mans wife <HI>confarreatione</HI> .i. by certaine solemni∣ties
vsed before a Pontifie or chiefe-bishop, when the wo∣man
was given vnto the man vsing a set forme of words,
ten witnesses being present and a solemne sacrifice beeing
offred, at which the maryed couple should eat of the same
barly cake, which formerly had beene vsed in sacrifice.
Which sacrifice was tearmed from <HI>farre confarreatio,</HI> and
the mariage it selfe <HI>Farracia,</HI> and<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Cic. orat. pro Muraena.</NOTE> sometimes <HI>sacra</HI> sim∣ply;
the dissolution of this kinde of mariage <HI>Diffarrea∣tio.</HI>
A woman became a mans wife <HI>coemptione</HI> .i. by buying
and selling, when the woman did vnder a feigned forme of
sale buy her husbād, by giving him a piece of coine.<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Sig. de jure Rom lib. 1 c. 9.</NOTE> <HI>Vete∣ri
Romanorum lege, nubentes mulieres tres ad virum asses
ferre solebant: at{que} vnum quidem quem in manu tenebant, tā∣quam
<PB N="88" REF="49"/>
emendi causa marito dare.</HI><NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Cic. orat. pro Muraena. Itē. Fr. Sil. ib.</NOTE> In which kind of mariage
the man was not named by his proper name, nor the womā
by hers, but the man was named <HI>Caius,</HI> and the womā <HI>Caia</HI>
in the memory of the chast and happy mariage of <HI>Ca<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>a Ca∣cilia</HI>
wife to <HI>Tarquinius Priscus:</HI> from whence sprang a cu∣stome
among them, that the new maried bride when shee
was brought home vnto her husbands house, was to vse
this proverbe, <HI>Ʋbi tu Caius, ibi ego Caia;</HI> by which wordes
shee signifyed that shee was now owner of her husbands
goods as well as himselfe: and therefore <HI>Erasmus</HI> hath ex∣pounded
that saying by these words, <HI>Vt tu dominus, ita e∣go
domina.</HI> If any of these ceremonies were omitted,<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Hieron. Fe∣rarius in Phi∣lippic. corat.</NOTE> then
was the mariage tearmed <HI>Nuptiae innuptae,</HI> in which sense
we call our enimies giftes no giftes, <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>.
These ceremonies being ended, towards night the woman
was brought home to her husbands house with fiue tor∣ches,
signifying thereby the need which married persons
haue of fiue Gods or Goddesses .i. <HI>Iupiter, Iuno, Venus, Sua∣dela,</HI>
and <HI>Diana,</HI> who often times is called <HI>Lucina</HI> (the rea∣son
being rendred by <HI>Ovid:</HI>
<Q><L>—Dedit haec tibi nomina lucus,</L>
<L>Aut quia principium tu dea lucis habes.)</L></Q>
The matter whereof these torches were made, was a cer∣taine
tree, from which a pitchy liquor did issue: it was cal∣led
<HI>Teda,</HI> and thence haue the Poets figuratiuely called
both the torches, and the wedding it selfe <HI>Tedas.</HI> When the
woman had beene thus brought to the dore, then did shee
annoint the posts of the dore with oyle,<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aenei. lib. 4.</NOTE> from which cere∣mony
the wife was called <HI>vxor quasi vxor.</HI> This ceremo∣ny
of annointing being ended, the bridemen did lift her o∣ver
the threshold and so caryed her in by a seeming force,
because in modesty shee would seeme not to goe without
violēce into that place where she should loose her maiden
head: At her carying in al the company did cry out with a
lowd voice <HI>Talassio, Talassio:</HI> for which custome<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. vita Pompeii</NOTE> <HI>Plutarch</HI>
allegeth many reasons; this being one. Among those who
<PB N="89" REF="49"/>
ravished the daughters of the <HI>Sabines,</HI> there were founde
some of the meaner and poorer sort carying away one of
the fairest women: which being knowne certaine of the
chiefe citizens would haue taken her from them, but they
began to cry out that they caried her to <HI>Talassius,</HI> a man
well beloued among the Romanes; at which naming of
<HI>Talassius</HI> they suffered her to be caried away, themselues
accompanying hir, and often crying <HI>Talassio, Talassio.</HI> Frō
whence it hath beene continued as a custome among the
<HI>Romanes</HI> ever after at their mariages to sing <HI>Talassio, Talas∣sio:</HI>
as the Greeks did <HI>Hymen, Hymenaee.</HI> From this custome
of leading or bringing home the new maried bride, com∣meth
that comicall phrase <HI>Ducere vxorem,</HI> to mary a wife.
Shee being thus brought home, receaued the keyes of her
husbands house, whereby was intimated that the custody
of al things in the house was then cōmitted vnto her.<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 2. c. 5.</NOTE> The
mariage bed was called <HI>Genialis lectus,</HI> as we may suppose
<HI>quasi Genitalis.</HI> The next day after the mariage the bride∣woman
receaued gifts from her friends, which the lawyers
termed <HI>Nuptialia dona.</HI><NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Vid. Fr. Silv pro Clientio.</NOTE> But <HI>Cicero</HI> expoundeth these <HI>dona
nuptialia,</HI> to bee certaine tokens which the husband sent
vnto his wife before the betrothing. If after the mariage a∣ny
discontent had fallen out betweene the man &amp; his wife
<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 1. c. 9.</NOTE> then did they both repaire vnto a certaine chappell built
in the honour of a certaine Goddesse called <HI>Dea viriplaca
à viris placandis,</HI> whence after they had beene a whiles
there, they returned friends. We hauing thus seen the rites
and ceremonies which the <HI>Romanes</HI> vsed in their contracts
and mariages, it would not bee impertinent to annexe the
manner of their divorcements, which vpō iust causes were
permitted. There<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Rosin. An∣tiq. l. 5. cap. 38.</NOTE> were two manner of divorcements, the
one between parties only contracted; the second between
parties maried. The first was properly called <HI>Repudium,</HI> in
which the party suing for the divorcement, vsed this forme
of words <HI>cōditione tuâ nō vtar.</HI> The second was called <HI>Di∣vortium,</HI>
wherein the partie suing for it vsed these wordes,
<PB N="90" REF="50"/>
<HI>Res tuas tibi habeto: vel Res tuas tibi agito.</HI> Both these kinds
were tearmed <HI>Matrimonij renuntiationes,</HI> a renouncing or
refusall of mariage. Where wee must note that insteed of
this verb <HI>renunciare,</HI> divers good autors do vse this phrase
<HI>Mittere,</HI> or <HI>Remittere nuncium:</HI> As <HI>C. Caesar Pompeiae nun∣cium
remisit, C. Caesar</HI> hath divorce <HI>Pompeia.</HI> And alluding
herevnto,<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Ep. fam. l. 5.</NOTE> <HI>Cicero</HI> saith <HI>virtuti nuncium remisit</HI> .i. Hee hath
cast off all goodnesse, hee hath even divorced vertue. Se∣condly
we must note that this verbe <HI>Renuncio,</HI> doth not on¦ly
signifie to renounce or to refuse, but many times in <HI>Tully</HI>
it signifieth to declare or pronounce a magistrate elected,
as <HI>Renunciare consulem, praetorem, &amp;c.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="7" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 7.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">Quo apparatu, quibus{que} ceremonijs apud veteres
defuncta corpora igni tradebantur.</HEAD>
<P>THE <HI>Romanes</HI> in ancient time when they perceaued a
body dying, had such a custome, that the next of the
kinne should receaue the last gaspe of breath from
the sicke body into his mouth, as it were by way of kissing
him: (to shew therby how loath &amp; vnwilling they were to
be deprived of their friēds) &amp; likewise should close the eies
of the party being deceased. Whence <HI>Anna</HI> said vnto her
sister <HI>Dido</HI> now dying
<Q><L>—<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Virg Aen. 4.</NOTE> Extremus si quis super halitus errat</L>
<L>Ore legam—</L></Q>
And <HI>Penelope</HI> wishing that her sonne <HI>Telemachus</HI> might
out liue herselfe and his father, writeth to her husband in
this manner <HI>Ille meos oculos comprimat, ille tuos.</HI>
After the body had thus deceased, they kept it seven daies
vnburied, washing the corps every day with hote water, &amp;
sometimes annointing it with oyle, hoping that if the bo∣dy
were only in a slumber and not quite dead, it might by
these hot causes be revived.</P>
<Q><L>Per calidos latices &amp; ahena vndantia flammis</L>
<L>Expediunt, corpus{que} lavant frigentis &amp; vngunt.</L></Q>
<P><PB N="91" REF="50"/>
In these seaven daies space, all the dead mans friendes met
together now and then making a great out cry or shout
with their voices, hoping that if the dead body had beene
onely in a swoune or sleepe, he might thereby be awaked.
This action was tearmed <HI>conclamatio,</HI> whence when wee
haue done the best we can in a matter, and cannot effect it,
we say proverbially <HI>conclamatum est:</HI> for this third concla∣mation
or generall outcry (which was alway vpon the sea∣venth
day after the decease) was even the last refuge, at
which if the body did not reviue, then was it caryed to bu∣rial
being invested with such a gowne as the parties place
or office formerly had required. Those who had the dres∣sing,
chesting or embaulming of the dead corps were cal∣led
<HI>Pollinctores:</HI> After they had thus embaulmed the corps,
they placed it in a bedde fast by the gate of the dead mans
house, with his face and heeles outward toward the street,
according to that of <HI>Persius.</HI>
<Q><L>—Tandem{que} beatulus alto</L>
<L>Compositus lecto, crassis{que} lutatus amomis</L>
<L>In portam rigidos calces extendit—</L></Q>
This ceremony was properly called <HI>corporis collocatio:</HI> and
fast by this bedde neere the gate also was erected an altar
called in Latine<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. lib. 3. c. 7.</NOTE> <HI>Acerra,</HI> vpon which his friendes did e∣very
day offer incense vntil the buriall. The gate in the out∣side
was garnished with cypresse branches, if the dead mā
were of any wealth or note: For the poorer sort, by reason
of the scarcity of the tree, could vse no such testimony of
their mourning.<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Lucanus.</NOTE> <HI>Et non plebeios luctus testata cupressus.</HI>
In these seaven daies space certaine men were appointed
to provide all things in readinesse for the funerall: Which
things were commonly sold in the<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 5. c. 26.</NOTE> Temple of <HI>Libitina,</HI>
from whence those providers were tearmed <HI>Libitinarij;</HI>
though sometimes this word <HI>Libitinarius</HI> doth signifie as
much as <HI>capularis</HI> an old decrepit mā, ready for the graue.
Vpon the eighth day a certaine cryer in manner of a bell∣man,
went about the towne to call the people to the solē∣nization
<PB N="92" REF="51"/>
of the funerall, in this forme of words:<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ant. ib. 5.</NOTE> <HI>Exequi∣as
L. Titio L. Filio quibus est commodum ire. Iam tempus est.
Ollus ex aedibus effertur.</HI> After the people had assembled
themselues together, the bed being covered with purple or
other rich coverings, the last conclamation being ended, a
trumpeter went before all the company, certaine poore
women called <HI>praeficae</HI> following after, and singing songs in
the praise of the party deceased. Where wee must note that
none but the better sort had a trumpet soūded before thē;
others had only a pipe.<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. lib. 3.</NOTE> <HI>Senatoribus &amp; patricijs tubâ; mino∣ribus
&amp; plebeiis tibiâ canebant siticines;</HI> this word <HI>Siticines</HI>
signifying either a trumpetter or piper, because they did
both <HI>ad sitos</HI> .i. <HI>mortuos canere.</HI> Againe, except it were one
of the Senators or chiefe citizens, hee was not caried out
vpon a bed, but in a coffin vpon a beere. Those that caried
this bed were the next of the kinne, so that it fell often a∣mong
the Senators themselues to beare the corps, and be∣cause
the poorer sort were not able to vndergoe the char∣ges
of such solemnities, therevpon were they buried com∣monly
in the duske of the evening; and hence <HI>à vespertino
tempore,</HI> those that caried the corps were tearmed <HI>vespae</HI> or
<HI>vespillones.</HI> In the buriall of a Senator or chiefe officer cer∣taine
waxen images of all his predecessors were caried be∣fore
him vpon long poles or speares, together with all the
ensignes of honour which hee deserved in his life time.
Moreover if any servants had beene manumized by him,
they accompanied the mourners lamenting for their ma∣sters
death. After the corps followed the dead mans chil∣dren,
the next of the kinne, and other of his friends <HI>atrati,</HI>
.i. in mourning apparell. The corps being thus brought vn∣to
their great Oratory called the <HI>Rostra,</HI> the next of the kin
<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Suet. C. Iuli∣us Caesar. c. 6.</NOTE> <HI>laudabat defunctum pro rostris</HI> .i. made a funerall oration
in the commendation principally of the party deceased,
but touching the worthy acts also of those his predeces∣sors,
whose images were there present. The oration being
ended, the corps was in olde time caried home againe in
<PB N="93" REF="51"/>
manner as it was brought forth,
<Q>Sedibus hunc refer ante suis &amp; conde sepulchro.</Q>
But afterward by the law of the twelue tables it was pro∣vided,
that no man besides the Emperour and Vestal Nuns
should be buryed within the city; though some vpon es∣peciall
favour haue obtained it. The manner of their burial
was not by interring the corps, as in former times it had
beene, but burning them in a fire (<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Salmuth in Pancir. lib. re∣rū deperd. ca. de exequijs.</NOTE> the reason therof being
to prevent the cruelty of their enimies, who in a mercilesse
revenge would at their conquests digge vp the buryed bo∣dies,
making even the dead also subiects of their implaca∣ble
wrath.) This fire before the burning was properly cal∣led
<HI>Pyra;</HI> in the time that it burned it was called <HI>Rogus,</HI>
<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Servius Ae∣neid 5.</NOTE> <HI>quod tunc temporis Rogari solerent manes;</HI> after the bur∣ning
then was it called <HI>Bustum quasi benè vstum.</HI> This <HI>Pyra</HI>
was alwaies built in forme of a tabernacle, as it is<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Sup. pag 30.</NOTE> aboue
more at large to be seene: whither after the dead mā had
beene brought, his friends were wont to cut off one of his
fingers, which they would afterward bury, with a second
solemnity. The charges at funerals growing by this means
to be doubled, the law of the 12. tables provided in these
words <HI>Homini mortuo ossa ne legito, &amp;c:</HI> that no mans fin∣ger
should be cut off, except he died either in the warre, or
in a strange country. Where we must obserue, that <HI>lego</HI> in
this place doeth signifie as much as <HI>adimo</HI> or <HI>aufero,</HI> in
which sense we cal him <HI>sacrilegum, qui legit</HI> .i. <HI>qui adimit &amp;
aufert sacra.</HI> After the dead body had beene laid vpon the
<HI>pyra,</HI> then were his eies opened againe to shew him heaven
if it were possible:<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 3.</NOTE> and withall an halfe penny was put in
his mouth, they superstitiously conceiting, that that halfe-penny
was <HI>naulum Charontis,</HI> the pay of <HI>Charon,</HI> the suppo∣sed
ferry-man of hell, who was to cary mens soules in his
boate over the <HI>stygian</HI> lake after their decease. About this
<HI>Pyra</HI> were first many boughes of Cypresse tree to hinder
the evill sent of the corps to be burned. The dead body be∣ing
thus laid vpon the <HI>Pyra,</HI> the next of the kin turning his
<PB N="94" REF="52"/>
face averse from the <HI>pyra,</HI> did kindle the fire with a torch:
After this commonly certain fencers hired for this purpose
did combate each with other till one of them was killed;
they were tearmed <HI>bustuarij</HI> frō <HI>bustum.</HI> The bloud of those
that were slaine, served insteede of a sacrifice to the infer∣nall
Gods, which kinde of sacrifice they tearmed <HI>Inferiae.</HI>
<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Servius.</NOTE> <HI>Inferiae sunt sacra mortuorum, quae inferis solvuntur.</HI> Anon
after the body had been burned, his nearest friends did ga∣ther
vp the ashes &amp; bones, which being washed with milk
&amp; wine were put into certain pitchers called <HI>vrnae:</HI> whence
this word <HI>vrna</HI> is often vsed by Poets to signifie a graue or
sepulchre, as
<Q>—Vna requiescit in vrnâ. Ovid. Met. lib. 4.</Q>
<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq lib. 5.</NOTE> Though properly <HI>sepulchrum</HI> was in old time a vault or
arched-roofe, rounde about the wals whereof were placed
certaine coffines called <HI>loculi,</HI> within which those former
<HI>vrnae</HI> were laid vp &amp; kept, namely two or three in each cof∣fine.
Now these funerall solemnities were commonly to∣wards
night, insomuch that they vsed torches; these tor∣ches
they properly called<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Servius in Aeneid lib. 1.</NOTE> <HI>funalia à funibus cerâ circun∣datis,
vnde &amp; funus dicitur.</HI><NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Hub. in Cic. ep. fam. lib. 4.</NOTE> Others are of opinion that <HI>fu∣nus</HI>
is so said from the greeke word <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, signifying death
or slaughter. The bones of the burned body being thus ga∣thered
vp, then did the Priest besprinckle the cōpany with
cleane water thrise, and the eldest of the mourning womē
called <HI>praeficae,</HI> with a lowd voice pronounced this word,
<HI>Ilicet,</HI> thereby dismissing the company, (the word signify∣ing
as much as <HI>Ire licet;)</HI> Then presently did the companie
depart taking their farewel of the dead body in this forme
of words: <HI>Vale, vale, vale: nos te ordine quo natura permise∣rit
sequemur.</HI> If any of these ceremonies had beene omit∣ted
<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Hier. Ferra∣rius in Cic. orat. Philip.</NOTE> then was it tearmed <HI>sepulitura insepulta,</HI> in the same
sense as <HI>nuptiae</HI> formerly were tearmed <HI>innuptae.</HI> The old &amp;
aged men were invited after the buriall to a feast, or fune∣rall
banquet called <HI>silicernium</HI><NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Servius in Aeneid. lib. 5.</NOTE> <HI>quasi filicaenium</HI> .i. <HI>coena su∣pra
silicem posita,</HI> their custome being to eate that feast vp∣on
<PB N="95" REF="52"/>
an altar of stone, and because this feast was onely eaten
at funerals, and by the elder sort,<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Antesig in Tere. Adelph. Act. 4.</NOTE> hence figuratiuely this
worde <HI>silicernium</HI> doeth sometimes signifie an old creeple
ready for the graue. The poorer people insteede of a feast,
received a dole or distribution of raw flesh: this dole was
tearmed <HI>Ʋisceratio.</HI> Moreover there was a potation or
drinking of wine after the buriall called <HI>Murrata</HI> or <HI>Mur∣rhina
potio,</HI> which afterward the law of the 12. tables for
the avoiding of expences did prohibit: as likewise for the
moderating of griefe in the mourners it did prohibit the
vse of this word <HI>Lessum, [Neve lessum funeris ergô habento]</HI>
for that word was often ingeminated in their mourning as
a dolefull eiulation, or note of inward sorrow. This sorrow¦ing
or mourning was in some cases vtterly prohibited, in
others limited;<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. lib. 3. c. 7.</NOTE> Namely an infant dying before hee was
three yeares old, should not be mourned for at all; because
hee had scarcely yet entered into his life. Neither might
children mourne for their fathers, or wiues for their hus∣bands
any longer then ten monthes, within which time
without speciall dispensation or licence, it was not lawfull
for the widdow to marry another husband. Here we may
with <HI>Raeuardus</HI> obserue a distinction betweene <HI>lugere</HI> and
<HI>Elugere. Lugere</HI> signified no more then to mourne some
part of the time prescribed; <HI>Elugere</HI> to mourne the whole
and full time.</P>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 N="3" TYPE="book">
<DIV3 N="1" TYPE="section">
<PB N="96" REF="53"/>
<HEAD>Lib. 3. Sect. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">Of the Romane assemblies.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Comitijs.</HEAD>
<P><SEG REND="decorInit">H</SEG>Ithervnto haue we insisted vpō the descrip∣tion
of the most remarkeable parts of the
<HI>Romane</HI> city, togither with the severall di∣visions
of the <HI>Romane</HI> people, as also the <HI>Ro∣mane</HI>
religion: where we haue seene the ge∣nerall
divisions of their Gods, their sacrifi∣ces,
with their ceremonies therevnto belonging; and other
collaterall tracts, as <HI>appendices</HI> vnto religion. Now are we
to proceede to that part of governement which is politi∣call
or civill, where we will first speake of their civill magi∣strates,
then of so many of their civill lawes, as I haue ob∣served
needfull for the vnderstanding of <HI>Tully;</HI> &amp; that prin∣cipally
in his orations: for the more easie conceiving of
both I haue premised a chapter or two <HI>De Comitijs.</HI></P>
<DIV4 N="1" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Comitijs, id{que} Calatis praecipuè, &amp; de Rogationibus.</HEAD>
<P><SEG REND="decorInit">E</SEG>Very assembly of all the <HI>Romane</HI>
people, being called togither by a
lawfull magistrate to determine a∣ny
matter by way of giving voi∣ces,
is <HI>à co<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>undo</HI> tearmed <HI>Comitia,</HI>
simply, without the adiection
of any other word; or <HI>Comitia
calata,</HI> that is, assemblies called to∣gither,
from <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, or the obsolete
latin verbe <HI>calo,</HI> which signifieth to call: though afterward
<PB N="97" REF="53"/>
those assemblies onely, which were held either for the in∣auguring
of some pontifie, some <HI>Augur,</HI> some <HI>Flamen,</HI> or
him that was called <HI>Rex sacrorū,</HI> or for the making of their
wils &amp; testaments were called <HI>Calata comitia.</HI> Whence the
will that was made in these assemblies was called <HI>Testa∣mentum
calatis comitijs.</HI> This kinde of assembly is some∣times
called <HI>comitia</HI><NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Ioan. Tifli∣nus in orat. pro coelio.</NOTE> <HI>pontificia</HI> and <HI>comitia sacerdotum,</HI> in
that sense as others are called <HI>Cōsularia,</HI> or <HI>Aedilitia comi∣tia;</HI>
namely because the pontifies in these, is the <HI>Consuls,</HI> &amp;
<HI>Aediles plebis</HI> in the others were chosen. There followeth
three other kindes of assemblies: for either the people did
assemble themselues by parishes, called <HI>Curiae;</HI> or by hun∣dredths,
called <HI>Centuriae;</HI> or by wards, called <HI>Tribus.</HI> The
first sort of assemblies they called <HI>comitia Curiata,</HI> the se∣cond
<HI>comitia Cēturiata,</HI> the last <HI>comitia Tributa.</HI><NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Sigon. de iure Rom. li. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. cap. 17.</NOTE> Where
by the way we must note, that that thing which was de∣termined
by the <HI>maior</HI> part in any parish, hūdreth, or ward
was said to be determined by that whole parish, hundreth
or ward, &amp; that which was determined by the <HI>maior</HI> part
of parishes,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Pars putat vt ferrent iuvenet suffragia soli<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> Pontibus infir∣mos praecipitas∣se senes. <HI>Ovid. Fast.</HI></NOTE> hundreths, or wards, was said to bee approued
<HI>comitijs Curiatis, Centuriatis, vel Tributis.</HI> Secōdly we must
note that neither children vntill they were seventeene
yeares old, nor old men after the sixtieth year of their age,
were allowed to suffrage in these assemblies, whence arose
that adage <HI>Sexagenarij de ponte deijciendi:</HI> and old mē were
hence called <HI>Depontani,</HI> for the explication of which see
<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Pag. 13.</NOTE> before. Likewise those whom for some notorious crime
the cēsors had disfranchised, had no autority of suffraging:
They were tearmed <HI>Aerarij</HI> because they did <HI>pro capite suo
tributi nomine,</HI><NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Sigon. de iure Rom. lib. 1. cap. 17.</NOTE> <HI>aera pendere.</HI> Here before we speake of those
three severall kinds of assemblies, we will consider the mā∣ner
of their proceedings in propounding cases vnto the as∣semblies.
<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Philip. Be∣roaldus in o∣rat. Phil. 11.</NOTE> The custome was at first, that the <HI>Romanes</HI>
should bestow their suffrages <HI>Viuâ voce,</HI> but afterward
that every one might with freer libertie giue his voice,
they commanded certaine wooden tables, wherein the
<PB N="98" REF="54"/>
names of those that stood for offices were written, to bee
caried about, every suffrager receaving so many tables, as
there were suitors: then did the people giue backe that ta∣ble
with whom they would suffrage. But if a law were to
be enacted, thē every suffrager receaued two tables, in the
one or which were written these two great letters V. R; in
the other was written a great <HI>Romane</HI> A. Those who deli∣vered
these tables vnto the people, did stand at the lower
end of<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Vid. pag. 13.</NOTE> those bridges (which were erected vp for the suffra¦gers
to ascend vnto the <HI>ovilia)</HI> whence they were called <HI>à


diribendo</HI> .i. from distributing <HI>Diribitores.</HI> At the other end
of the bridges were placed certaine chests or little coffers,
into which the suffragers which did approue the law did
cast in the first table; those that disliked it, did cast in the
second: for by those two letters V. R. which were written
in the first, is meant <HI>Vti Rogas</HI> .i. Be it as thou hast asked,
this word <HI>Fiat</HI> being vnderstood. By A. in the second table
was meant <HI>Antiquo</HI> .i. I forbid it, the word signifying, as
much as <HI>antiquum volo;</HI> I like the old law, I loue no inno∣vations.
The tables being thus cast into the chests, certaine
men appointed for that purpose in manner of <HI>Scrutators</HI>
(they called them <HI>Custodes,</HI> and sometimes<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Plin. l. 33. cap 2.</NOTE> <HI>Nongenti)</HI> did
take the tables out of the chests, and so number the voices
by making so many points or pricks in a void table, as they
found tables alike: which kind of accounting occasioned
these and the like phrases; <HI>Suffragiorum punctanō tulit sep∣tem,</HI>
and <HI>Omne tulit punctum;</HI> where <HI>punctum</HI> is vsed for <HI>suf∣fragium.</HI>
The voices being thus numbred, it was pronoun∣ced
by the common cryer what was decreed. Because the
vse of those tables is now growne quite out of vse, I shall
make bold to insert that, which with much labour I haue
collected out of severall autors touching these tables. It is
certaine that a long time the vse of paper was not known,
whence men were wont to write sometimes vpon the in∣ward
rinds of trees, called in Latine <HI>Libri</HI> (so that to this
day we call our bookes <HI>Libri,</HI> because in olde time they
<PB N="99" REF="54"/>
were made of those rinds of trees:) sometimes they did
write in great leaues made of that rush <HI>Papyrus,</HI> growing
in <HI>Aegypt,</HI> from which we haue derived our english word
<HI>Paper,</HI> and the latine word <HI>Papyrus,</HI> now signifying our
writing paper; but the <HI>Romans</HI> at this time did vse to write
in tables of wood, covered with wax, called in latine <HI>cera∣tae
tabulae.</HI> They wrote their wills and testaments in tables,
<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">P. Pellitar. in orat. pro A. Coecinna.</NOTE> <HI>Hinc secundum &amp; contra tabulas bonorum possessio;</HI> The
possession of goods either according or against the testa∣tor
his will. Because of the wax wherewith these tables
were covered, <HI>cera</HI> is often vsed in the same sense, as <HI>Haere∣des
primae cerae</HI> .i. <HI>primae tabulae &amp; in primo gradu instituti;</HI> by
which words I think are vnderstood such heires as<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 1. c. 1.</NOTE> <HI>Alex∣ander</HI>
calleth <HI>Haeredes ex toto asse</HI> .i. heires to the maine in∣heritance,
opposing them to those which did receaue only
legacies, whom he calleth there <HI>Haeredes in imâ cerâ, secū∣dos
haeredes, &amp; legatarios.</HI><NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylvius pro <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/></NOTE> <HI>Sylvius</HI> not vpon improbable
grounds doth thinke that <HI>Tully</HI> doth vnderstand by <HI>Haere∣des
secundi,</HI> such heires as were nominated to succeed the
chiefe heire or heires if they died. They wrote their ac∣counts
in tables, hence <HI>Tabulae accepti &amp; expensi,</HI> signifying
reckoning books. They wrought their statutes also in ta∣bles,
whence <HI>Tabulae publicae,</HI> are englished statute books,
or rather bookes of record. Those writings or instruments
which the Senate or Emperour caused to be hanged vp in
the market place, to release and discharge any banckrupt
from paying his debts, they tearmed<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in orat. Catilin. 2<SUP>am</SUP>.</NOTE> <HI>tabulas novas;</HI> wee
may english them letters of protectiō. They wrought their
inventories of goods set at sale in tables calling them <HI>ta∣bulas
auctionarias:</HI> yea they indited their epistles and com∣mon
letters in tables, insomuch that <HI>tabellae</HI> are expounded
missiue letters, and <HI>tabellarius</HI> which properly signifieth a
carier of tables, is now vsed to signifie a letter-carier.<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in orat. Catilin. 3.</NOTE> The
manner how they sealed their letters was thus: they did
bind another table vnto that, wherein the inditement was,
with some strong thread sealing the knot of that thread
<PB N="100" REF="55"/>
with wax, whence <HI>Cicero</HI> saith <HI>Linum incidimus</HI> .i. we ope∣ned
the letters.<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">P. P<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>llitar. in orat. pro A. Coecinna.</NOTE> Lastly they wrote their bookes in tables,
whence from them we doe at this day call our bookes <HI>co∣dices
à caudicibus, caudex</HI> signifying properly the truncke,
or stocke of a tree, whereof these tables or bookes were
made. We must note withall that they wrote not with inck
or quill, but with an instrument of steele or yron, having
<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Vid. Erasm. Adag.</NOTE> a sharpe point at the one end, and being broad, yet keene
and well edged at the other: with the sharpe point they did
write what they pleased, with the broad ende they did
scrape out what they had written: whence <HI>stylum invertere</HI>
is to say and vnsay a thing, to turne his punch the wrong
end downeward, as it were to scrape out that which one
had formerly written. And as wee vse this word <HI>Manus</HI> to
signifie the writing it selfe, according to that of<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Cic. orat. contra Catil.</NOTE> <HI>Tully,
cognovit manum, &amp; signum suum:</HI> so in the like sense we vse
this word <HI>stylus,</HI> to signifie the peculiar tenure or straine
of phrase, which any man observeth in the composing of
an oratiō, epistle, or such like; in which sense <HI>Tully</HI> vseth it
as the <HI>antithetō</HI> to <HI>gladius,</HI> in that speach of his<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Cic. orat. pro Muren.</NOTE> <HI>Cedat forū
castris, otiū militiae stylus gladio;</HI> though in another place he
vseth it to signify, if not a sword yet a pocket dagger, as <HI>Et∣si
meus ille stylus fuisset;</HI><NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Mic. Toxita in orat. Phi∣lippic. 2.</NOTE> in which place <HI>stylus</HI> doth signifie
as much as <HI>pugio.</HI> Now that wee may returne to the matter
whence we haue digressed, wee will proceed to shew the
maner how they enacted their laws. Al the <HI>Romans</HI> had not
power and autority of preferring a law, but onely eight of
their magistrates which they called <HI>Magistratus maiores:</HI>
namely the <HI>Praetor,</HI> the <HI>Consuls,</HI> the <HI>Dictator,</HI> the <HI>Interrex,</HI>
the <HI>Decemviri,</HI> the military Tribunes, the Kings, and the
<HI>Triumviri,</HI> vnto these eight was added one of those whom
they called <HI>Magistratus minores,</HI> namely the <HI>Tribunus
Plebis.</HI> If any of these Magistrates thought it fit to preferre
a law, then did he first write it downe at home, and consult
with some lawyer, whether or no it might be for the good
of the common wealth, whether it would not weaken anie
<PB N="101" REF="55"/>
former law, or whether it was not formerly included in
some other law, &amp;c. These and many other cautions were
to be considered, before it was preferred, yea some would
haue the approbation of the whole Senate after the advise
of their lawyer, though diverse times that hath been omit∣ted.
And the lawyer alone allowing it, the law was hanged
vp publiquely in the market place for the space of three
market-daies, which kinde of publishing the law was tear∣med
<HI>Legis Promulgatio quasi provulgatio,</HI> during which
time of promulgation, reasons were alledged <HI>pro &amp; con:</HI> by
the spectators: and all the people had so much time to con∣sult
of the conveniency thereof, and every one vpon iust
reason, had free liberty to admonish him that preferred the
law, either to amend it, or to surcease the proposeall. After
the third Market-day, (for vnlesse it were vpon an extra∣ordinary
occasiō, no assembly might be called vpon a mar∣ket-day,
because of the country folks businesses, they also
having freedome of suffraging) the magistrate did convo∣cate,
the people to that place where the law was to be pro∣posed:
there the Towneclarke or notary reading the law,
the common cryer proclaimed it, then did he which pro∣mulged
it make an oration vnto the people, perswading
them that it might passe. Sometimes others of his friends
would second him with orations in his behalfe, as likewise
others that disliked it, would by orations disswade the peo∣ple,
shewing the inconveniency thereof. After the orations
had been ended, an vrne or pitcher was brought vnto cer∣taine
Priests there present, into which were cast the names
of the tribes, if the <HI>comitia</HI> were <HI>tributa,</HI> or of the centuries
if they were <HI>centuriata,</HI> or of the parishes if <HI>curiata:</HI> then
<HI>sortibus aequatis</HI> .i. the lots being shakē togither, they drew
their lots; and that tribe or centurie whose name was first
drawn, was called <HI>Tribus vel Cēturia praerogativa, à praero∣gando,</HI>
because they were first asked their voices: that <HI>cu∣ria</HI>
vpon which the first lot fel, was called<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 6. c. 7</NOTE> <HI>Principium,</HI> be∣cause
that <HI>curia</HI> did first suffrage. Those Tribes vpō whom
<PB N="102" REF="56"/>
the other lots fel, namely the second, third, fourth, &amp;c: were
tearmed <HI>Tribus Iurevocatae.</HI> From this distinction it is that
such a man as hath the voices of the praerogatiue tribe, or
century, is said to haue<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 span" DISP="〈…〉"/></NOTE> <HI>Omen praerogativum:</HI> which good
fortune whosoever could attaine vnto, was in great hope
of obtaining the other voices of the <HI>Iurevocatae;</HI> for they
never or very seldome would swarue from the determina∣tion
of the prerogatiue tribe or centurie. Whiles the peo∣ple
were busie in their lottery, in the mean time if any<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 span" DISP="〈…〉"/></NOTE> Tri∣bune
of the cōmons would <HI>intercedere</HI> .i. forbid the procee∣ding,
he might be heard, &amp; the whole assembly therevpō
should bee dismissed: likewise they were dismissed if either
he which first promulged the law did alter his opiniō, or if
the <HI>consul</HI> commaunded supplications to bee offred vp in
the behalfe of their Emperour, or any of those holy daies
called <HI>Feriae Latinae vel Imperativae</HI> to bee observed vpon
that day; or if any of the people assembled were taken with
the falling sicknesse (by reason whereof that disease is cal∣led
by the<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 span" DISP="〈…〉"/></NOTE> Physitions at this day, <HI>Morbus comitialis:)</HI> last∣ly
the assemblies were dissolved by reason of the soothsay∣ings,
which kinde of dissolution was caused either by the
civill magistrate his observing of signes and tokens in the
heaven, and that was called <HI>Spectio,</HI> and sometimes <HI>de coelo
observatio;</HI> the very act of this observation, though no vn∣lucky
token did appeare dissolved the assembly: or else it
was caused by the <HI>Augures,</HI> and civill magistrate promis∣cuously,
whensoever any evill token was seene or heard ei∣ther
by the magistrate or <HI>Augur</HI> (amongst which thunder
was alwaies counted the vnluckyest) at which time the as∣semblies
were in like maner to be dissolved: this maner of
dissolution was tearmed <HI>obnunciatio or Nunciatio.</HI><NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Stadius in Flor. l. 3. c. 7.</NOTE> <HI>Obnū∣ciabat,
qui contra auspicia aliquid fieri nunciabat.</HI> Both these
kindes are easily to be collected out of that speech in <HI>Tully</HI>
<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Cic. orat. Philip. 2.</NOTE> <HI>Nos augures nunciationem solam habemus, consules &amp; reli∣liqui
magistratus etiam spectionē.</HI> Here we may fitly in way
of conclusiō vnto this tract, adde a iust difference to be ob∣served
<PB N="103" REF="56"/>
between these phrases, <HI>Promulgare, Rogare, Ferre, et
Figere legem. Promulgare legem</HI> was to hang vp a law not
yet asked, to the publique view of the people, to be exami∣ned
by them touching the conveniencie thereof. <HI>Rogare
legem</HI> was to vse a certaine oration vnto the people, to per∣swade
the conveniencie of the law, which oration because
it began with this forme of words, <HI>Velitis, iubeatisnè Qui∣rites?</HI>
.i. O yee <HI>Romanes</HI> is it your wil and pleasure that this
law shall passe or no? Hence was it tearmed <HI>legis rogatio.
Ferre legē</HI> was when the law had beene approved of by the
people, then to write it downe vpon record, and so to lay it
vp into the treasure-house;<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Fr. Maturā∣tius in Phil. 1.</NOTE> <HI>Cùm approbata fuisset lex, in aes
incidebatur, &amp; in aerario condebatur, &amp; tunc demùm lata di∣cebatur.</HI>
Lastly, <HI>Figere legem</HI> was to publish the law after it
had been approved &amp; recorded<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Corn. Tacit annal. l. 11.</NOTE> by hanging it vp in tables
of brasse in their market places, or at their church doores:
hence it is that wee vse<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Fr. Matur. in Philip. 12.</NOTE> <HI>tabulam figere</HI> in the same sense,
namely to enact or establish a law, &amp; <HI>refigere legem</HI> to dis∣proue
or cancell a law.<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Sig. de jure prou. lib. 3. c. 1.</NOTE> And that which was determined
<HI>Comitijs curiatis</HI> was tearmed <HI>lex curiata,</HI> that which was
<HI>Comitijs centuriatis, lex centuriata,</HI> that which was <HI>comitijs
tributis</HI> was not called a law, but <HI>Plebiscitum.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="2" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 2.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Comitijs Curiatis.</HEAD>
<P><HI>COmitia curiata</HI> were those, wherin the <HI>Romane</HI> peo∣ple
being divided into thirty parishes did giue their
suffrages: they were so called from <HI>curia</HI> signifying
a parish. And vntill <HI>Servius Hostilius</HI> his time, who did first
institute the <HI>comitia centuriata,</HI> all things which were de∣termined
by the suffrages of the people, were determined
by these <HI>curiata comitia:</HI> But after the other two sortes of
assemblies had beene established, these <HI>curiata</HI> were vsed
onely either for the enacting of some particular lawes, or
for the creating of some certaine priests called <HI>Flamines.</HI>
For the better vnderstanding hereof we must remēber, that
<PB N="104" REF="57"/>
though at first these thirty parishes were parts of the three
Tribes (each tribe being divided into ten parishes,) yet in
processe of time the encrease of the <HI>Romane</HI> people was
such, that a great part of the <HI>Romane</HI> fields were filled with
buildings &amp; places of habitation, insomuch that the tribes
of the <HI>Romanes</HI> were encreased to thirty fiue: but the pari∣shes
(because none that dwelt out of the citty were tied to
the rites and ceremonies of the <HI>Romane</HI> religion) did not
encrease, so that the parishes did not alwaies remaine parts
of the tribes. Hence it followeth that all the <HI>Romanes</HI> had
not power to suffrage in these assemblies, but those alone,
who dwelt within the city: for no other could be of anie
parish. The place where these assemblies were held, was the
great hal of iustice called from these assemblies <HI>Comitium.</HI>
Before these assemblies were held, it was required that
some lawfull magistrate for some competent time before
hand should solemnely proclaime them, and the thirtie ser∣jants
(each parish hauing for that purpose his serjant)
should call the people together; as likewise three <HI>Augures</HI>
or at least one should bee present to assure them by their
observatiōs, either of the favor or displeasure of the Gods.
Vpon these premises the matter was proposed vnto the
people, who if they liked it, thē they proceeded vnto their
election; if otherwise they disliked it, then did the <HI>Tribu∣nus
plebis intercedere</HI> .i. forbid their proceedings: wherevp∣on
their assemblies were presently dissolved.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="3" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 3.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Comitijs Centuriatis.</HEAD>
<P>AS those former assemblies were called <HI>Curiata à cu∣rijs,</HI>
so were these called <HI>Centuriata à Centurijs. Ser∣vius
Tullius</HI> caused a generall valuation of every ci∣tizens
estate throughout <HI>Rome,</HI> to be taken vpō record to∣gether
with their age: and according to their estates and
age, he divided the <HI>Romanes</HI> into six great armies or bands
which he called <HI>Classes;</HI> though in truth there were but fiue
<PB N="105" REF="57"/>
of speciall note: the sixt contained none but the poorer
sort and those of no worth or esteeme. The valuation of
those in the first <HI>Classis</HI> was not vnder two hūdred pounds,
and they alone by way of excellency were termed <HI>Classici:</HI>
and hence figuratiuely are our best and worthiest authors
called <HI>Classici scriptores,</HI> Classicall authors. All the others
though they were enrolled in the second, third, or any o∣ther
<HI>Classis,</HI> yet were they said to be <HI>Infra classem.</HI> The va∣luation
of the second band was not vnder seuen score
pounds. The valuation of the third was not so little as an
hundred pounds; of the fourth not lesse then forty pounds;
of the fifth not lesse then twentie fiue pounds. The sixt con∣tained
the poorer sort, whom <HI>Horace</HI> calleth <HI>Tenuis census
homines,</HI> men of small substance; and also they were called
<HI>Proletarij, à munere officio{que} prolis edēdae,</HI> as if the only good
that they did to the common weale, were in begetting of
children: and sometimes they were called <HI>Capite-cēsi,</HI> that
is such as paid either very little or nothing at all towardes
subsidies, but only they were registred among the citizens
as it appeareth by<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Sig. de Rom lib. 1. cap. 4.</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius.</HI> These six great bands or ar∣mies
were subdivided into hundreths called in Latine <HI>Cē∣turiae.</HI>
The first <HI>Classis</HI> contained fourescore centuries of
footmen, and eighteene of horsemen: the second contai∣ned
twentie centuries of footmen, and two of workemen,
which followed after to make military engins &amp; weapons:
the third also, as likewise the fourth contained twentie cē∣turies
of footmen, but to the fourth were added two other
centuries of trumpeters, drummers, and such like, who vp∣on
iust occasion did <HI>Classicum canere,</HI> sound the alarme and
vpon iust occasion did againe <HI>receptui canere,</HI> sound the re∣trait:
the fifth <HI>Classis</HI> contained thirtie centuries of foote∣men:
the sixt or last <HI>Classis</HI> contained one centurie: so that
in all the six <HI>Classes</HI> were contained one hundred foure∣score
and thirteene centuries. Where we must note that al
the centuries of footmen did consist the one halfe in every
<HI>Classis</HI> of the younger sort, who were to make war abroad
<PB N="106" REF="58"/>
vpon the enimies; the other halfe of old men, who remai∣ned
at home for the safety of the citie. All that hath beene
hitherto spoken of these <HI>Centuriata comitia,</HI> may be collec∣ted
out of <HI>Sigonius</HI> in the place aboue quoted. The chiefe
cōmander of every centurie was called <HI>Centurio;</HI> the rod or
tip-staffe, wherewith he did strike his souldiers to keep thē
in aray, was called by <HI>Pliny, Centurionum vitis.</HI> So then we
may perceaue, that those <HI>Centuriata comitia</HI> were those,
wherein the people did giue their voices by centuries, or
hundreds. Now the cēturies did not consist of those alone
which had their places of habitatiō at <HI>Rome,</HI> but of certaine
<HI>Municipall</HI> states also, &amp; such colonies or other states, that
could<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ant lib. 6. cap. 10.</NOTE> <HI>Plenum civitatis ius cū iure suffragij adipisci.</HI><NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. Rom, lib. 6. c. 16.</NOTE> Now
the custome in old time was, that al these centuries should
march in their armour after the magistrate which assem∣bled
them, into the <HI>Campus Martius,</HI> there to giue their
voices. But this custome continued not long, for thereby
they did disarme the citie, and giue their enimies (if any
should assayle them in time of their assemblies) the greater
advātage: for their greater securitie therfore, they appoin∣ted
a flagge to bee hanged out vpon the mount <HI>Ianiculus,</HI>
some few armed men standing there in watch &amp; ward for
the safegard of the citie: and when the assembly was to bee
dissolved, then did the watch depart, and the flag was takē
downe: neither could any thing after that bee determined;
but if they cōtinued their assemblies, then did they proceed
to the giuing of their voices, in old time thus. Those cētu∣ries
of the first <HI>Classis</HI> being the wealthier had the preroga∣tiue
of suffraging first, and because this first <HI>Classis</HI> contai∣ned
more centuries then all the rest, therefore, if they could
agree among themselues, the other centuries were never
asked their voices. This kind of suffraging being somwhat
partiall in as much as the richer and wealthier being pla∣ced
in the first <HI>Classis</HI> did oversway the elections against
the poorer sort of people; thence did the after ages appoint
that that cētury should haue the prerogatiue of suffraging
<PB N="107" REF="58"/>
first, vpon whom the lot fell. The other centuries were all
called<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq Rom. lib. 6. c. 20.</NOTE> <HI>Centuriae Iurevocatae,</HI> and did giue their voices not
by lots (as the <HI>Tribus Iurevocatae</HI> did) but the elder and
wealthier centuries did suffrage next after the prerogatiue
centurie, accordingly as their place required.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="4" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 4.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Comitiis Tributis.</HEAD>
<P>FOR the better vnderstanding of these assemblies by
Tribes or wards, it will bee needfull first to learne, that
this word <HI>Tribus</HI> in this place doth signifie a certaine regi∣on,
ward, or locall place of the citie, or the fields belonging
therevnto according to that,<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">A. Gel. l. 15. cap. 27.</NOTE> <HI>Tributa comitia erant cùm
ex regionibus &amp; locis suffragabantur.</HI> It was so called either
<HI>à tributo dando</HI> every several region or quarter paying such
a tribute; or <HI>quia primò tres tantùm fuerunt,</HI> the whole citie
being at first divided only into three regions, or wardes,
each nationall tribe having his seuerall region or locall
tribe to dwell in. The first nationall tribe called <HI>Ramnenses</HI>
did in habit the mount <HI>Palatine,</HI> and the mount <HI>Coelius,</HI> &amp;
those two hills made the first locall tribe. The second na∣tionall
tribe called <HI>Tatienses</HI> did inhabite the <HI>Capitoll,</HI> and
the <HI>Quirinall</HI> mountaine, which two mountaines made the
second locall tribe. The third nationall tribe did inhabite
the plaine betweene the <HI>Capitoll</HI> and the <HI>Palatine</HI> hill, and
that plaine was called the third locall tribe. Of these tribes
more is spoken in the<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Vid. pag. 22.</NOTE> first division of the Romane people.
Only here we must note thus much, that in processe of time
after the citie was enlarged, and the number of the Roman
citizens encreased, these locall tribes were also augmēted,
so that they amoūted at the last to the number of 35. some
of them being called <HI>Vrbanae,</HI> others <HI>Rusticae;</HI><NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 1. c. 3.</NOTE> <HI>Vrbanae ab
vrbis regionibus, Rusticae ab agri partibus erant nuncupatae.</HI>
And of these two sorts the <HI>Tribus rusticae</HI> were accounted
the more honourable. Moreover wee must remember, that
a man might be reputed of this or that tribe, although hee
<PB N="108" REF="59"/>
had no place or habitation therein. Concerning the place
where these <HI>Tributa comitia</HI> were had, sometime they fell
out to be in the <HI>Campus Martius;</HI> sometimes in their great
hall of iustice called <HI>Comitium;</HI> sometimes in the <HI>Capitoll;</HI>
many times in other places, according to the discretion of
the magistrate which caused these assemblies.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="5" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 5.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Candidatis.</HEAD>
<P>IT shall not be impertinent to annexe some necessary ob∣servations
touching the <HI>Romane</HI> petitors or suiters for
bearing office: where we wil obserue these three phrases
<HI>ambire magistratum, inire magistratum,</HI> and <HI>abire magistra∣tu.</HI>
The first signifieth, to sue for an office, the second to en∣ter
into the office, the third to depart out of the office. A∣gaine
the difference of these phrases, <HI>Conficere legitima suf∣fragia,
&amp; Explere suffragia.</HI><NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. Rom. l. 6. c. 20▪</NOTE> The first signifieth to haue so
many voices as the law doth require. The second signifi∣eth
to haue more voices then any other competitor, but
not so many as the law requireth.</P>
<P>These persons were tearmed <HI>Candidati, à togâ candidâ,</HI>
from the white gowne which they did weare, as appeareth
more at large<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Pag. 18.</NOTE> where we haue spokē <HI>De Romanâ togâ.</HI> That
they might the easier procure the good will of the people,
<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ant. Rom. l. 7. c. 8</NOTE> these foure things were expected from them. First <HI>No∣menclatio,</HI>
the saluting of every citizen by his name; for the
better discharge of which, they had a certaine follower,
which should, by way of prompting, tell every citizens
name as he passed by, and hence this prompter was some∣times
called <HI>Nomenclator,</HI> which word doth properly sig∣nifie
a common crier in a court of Iustice, such as call men
to their appearance, whence they had their name from <HI>No∣men
&amp; calo,</HI> an old latin word to call; sometimes <HI>Monitor;</HI>
sometimes <HI>Fartor ab infarciendo in aures.</HI> Secondly, <HI>Blan∣ditia,</HI>
that is, a friendly compellation by the addition of
some complementall name, as well met friend, brother, fa∣ther,
<PB N="109" REF="59"/>
&amp;c. Thirdly, <HI>Assiduitas,</HI> that is, an hote canvasing or
soliciting men without intermission. Lastly, <HI>Benignitas,</HI> a
bountifull or liberall largesse, or dole of mony called <HI>Cōgi∣arium</HI>
from the measure <HI>Congius</HI> containing a gallon, be∣cause
their<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">G. Trapez. in Phil. 2<SUP>am</SUP>.</NOTE> dole was at the first made of oile or wine di∣stributed
in those measures. Howbeit <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> any dole
gift or larges in mony or otherwise is called <HI>cōgiariū.</HI> The
distributors of this dole were called<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 2. c. 29.</NOTE> <HI>divisores &amp;</HI><NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Barth La∣tomus in orat pro M. Coelio</NOTE> <HI>seque∣stres,</HI>
although sometimes <HI>sequester</HI> signified a briber or
corrupter of a Iudge. Likewise their bounty or liberality
consisted in providing great dinners, and exhibiting great
shewes vnto the people, &amp;c.</P>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="3" TYPE="section">
<PB N="110" REF="60"/>
<HEAD>Lib. 3. Sect. 2.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">Of the Romane Magistrates.</HEAD>
<DIV4 N="1" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De magistratibus Romanis.</HEAD>
<P><SEG REND="decorInit">W</SEG>E being to treate of the <HI>Romane</HI> magistrates
will first see what the definition of a magi∣strate
is. A magistrate is he<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iur. Rom. l. 1. c. 20.</NOTE> who receiveth
by publique autority the charge and over∣sight
of humane affaires belonging to the
commō wealth. These <HI>Romane</HI> magistrates
were either to be chosen only out of the better sort of <HI>Ro∣manes,</HI>
called the <HI>Patricij;</HI> or else onely out of the commo∣nalty.
<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Provinc. l. 3. cap. 1.</NOTE> The first were thence called <HI>Magistratus patricij,</HI>
the second <HI>Magistratus plebeij.</HI> The <HI>Patricij</HI> had power to
hinder the assemblies of the people; namely their <HI>Comitia</HI>
by observing signes and tokens from the heavens: howbe∣it
some of them had greater power, others lesse; insomuch
that some were called <HI>Maiores magistratus, quoniam habe∣bant
maiora auspicia</HI> .i.<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Fenest. de magist. Rom. cap. 1.</NOTE> <HI>magis rata.</HI> Others were called <HI>mi∣nores
magistratus, quoniam habebant minora auspicia.</HI> Of
these in their order.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="2" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 2.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Rege &amp; Tribuno Celerum.</HEAD>
<P>IN the infancie of <HI>Rome,</HI> it was governed by a king vntill
<HI>Tarquinius Superbus</HI> his time, who by maintaining that
shamefull act of his sonne towards <HI>Lucretia</HI> did so in∣cense
<PB N="111" REF="60"/>
the people, that they did not only for the present ex∣ile
him, but decreed that their city should never after that
be governed by a king. This king had absolute rule &amp; go∣vernement
over the city. For the safety of his person he had
three hundred chosen young men alwaies to be attendant
about him, much like vnto our kings Maiesties Guard here
in <HI>England,</HI> or rather his <HI>Pensioners.</HI> They were called<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Plutarch. in Romulo.</NOTE> <HI>Ce∣leres
à celeritate,</HI> from their readines in assistance: some∣times
they were called <HI>Trossuli,</HI><NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Plin. lib. 33. cap. 2.</NOTE> because they alone with∣out
the helpe of any foote-men did take a certaine city in
<HI>Etruria</HI> called <HI>Trossulum.</HI> Other times they haue beene cal∣led
<HI>Flexumines,</HI> wherof as yet there hath beene no certaine
reason rendred. Each hundred of them had their severall o∣verseer
called <HI>Centurio:</HI> and over them al there was one ge∣nerall
overseer and chiefe commaunder, whom they called
<HI>Praefectum vel Tribunum Celerum,</HI> his place being next to
the king. A second sort of attendants about the king were
called <HI>Lictores à ligando,</HI> according to that, <HI>Lictor colliga
manus.</HI> They did somewhat resemble our Serjants there be∣ing
in number twelue of them. Their office was to carie
certaine bundles of birchen rods with an axe wrapped vp
in the middest of them: the rods in latin were called <HI>Fasces,</HI>
the axe <HI>Securis.</HI><NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Ioac. Came∣rarius in orat pro Flacco.</NOTE> The reason why they carryed both axes
and rods was to intimate the different punishment that be
longed vnto notorious and petty malefactors. The reason
why they were wrapped vp togither was not onely that
they might be thereby more portable,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Immedicabile vulnus Ense re∣cidatur &amp;c.</NOTE> but that the anger
of the magistrate might be somewhat allayed, whiles they
were vnbinding. Hence because these <HI>Fasces virgarum &amp;
securium,</HI> did betoken honour and chiefedome in place &amp;
autority, by the figure <HI>synecdoche</HI> this word hath beene v∣sed
to signifie honour and dignity, as <HI>Fascibus suis abroga∣tis,</HI>
he being discharged of his magistracie or dignity.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="3" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="112" REF="61"/>
<HEAD>CHAP. 3.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Senatu, &amp; quis Princeps Senatus, &amp; qui Sena∣tores
Pedarij?</HEAD>
<P>TOuching the election of the <HI>Senators,</HI> the number of
them, and the distinction of them into <HI>Senatores ma∣iorum</HI>
&amp; <HI>Senatores minorum gentium,</HI> sufficient hath
beene delivered<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Sup. p. 23.</NOTE> in the second division of the <HI>Roman</HI> peo∣ple;
as likewise<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Sup. p. 24.</NOTE> in the third division hath been shewne the
habit or gowne, by which the <HI>Senators</HI> were distinguished
from the <HI>Romane</HI> gentlemen. Here therefore it shall be suf∣ficient
for vs to vnderstand, that every solemne meeting or
consistory of these <HI>Senators</HI> was called <HI>Senatus.</HI> The fore∣man
of them (which could bee no other then such as had
been either <HI>Consul</HI> or <HI>Censor,</HI> was called <HI>Princeps Senatus,</HI>
and his opinion was alwaies first asked. Now among those
that had borne those foresaid offices it was in the <HI>Censors</HI>
power to make whom he would fore-man. The decree of
this consistory was called <HI>Senatus-consultum.</HI> And manie
times it is written with these two letters onely S. C. The
place where this cōsistory was had they called <HI>Senaculum.</HI>
None was<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Mart. Phi leticu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. in Cic l 1. ep. fam. 1.</NOTE> ordinarily admitted into the place of a <HI>Sena∣tor,</HI>
before the fiue &amp; twentieth yeare of his age: &amp; of those
that were admitted, some were allowed to ride vnto the
Senate-house in a Curule chaire, others went on foote:
<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Mart. Phi∣leticus. ibid.</NOTE> whence these latter were called <HI>Senatores Pedarij.</HI> They
determined their acts which they called <HI>Senatus consulta</HI>
sometimes by departing downe their benches, &amp; dividing
thēselues into sides, those which did approue that which
was proposed sided with the party who did <HI>Referre ad Se∣natum</HI>
.i. propose the matter vnto the Senate; the others de∣parted
vnto the contrary side, or if they came not downe at
all, but sate still on the benches, then did they signifie by
holding vp or beckning with their hands what side they
would take. Now if the <HI>maior</HI> part were easie to be discer∣ned,
then they rested there, tearming that act to be decreed
<PB N="113" REF="61"/>
<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Hubert. in Cic. lib. 1. ep. fam. 2.</NOTE> <HI>per discessionem:</HI> and hence these &amp; the like phrases haue
taken their beginning, <HI>In illius sententiam iturus sum,</HI> and
<HI>Manibus pedibus{que} discedere in alicuius sententiam</HI> .i. to bee
fully perswaded of ones opinion. Now if both companies
were almost equall, so that the <HI>maior</HI> part could not easily
be discerned, then did they proceed to giue their voices, &amp;
that which was thus determined was said to bee decreed
<HI>per singulorum sententias exquisitas</HI> .i. by voices. Here wee
may obserue that to those, who were favourably heard in
<HI>Senate, His Senatus dari d<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ebatur;</HI> and<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Ascensius in Cic. l. 1. epist. fam. 4.</NOTE> likewise they were
said, <HI>Stare in Senatu:</HI> as on the contrary they were said <HI>Ia∣cere,</HI>
whom the <HI>Senate</HI> neglected or rather cōdemned.<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Cic. orat. de arusp. respons▪</NOTE> <HI>Cū
mihi stanti iacens minaretur,</HI> saith<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Rosin. An∣tiq. l 7. cap. 7.</NOTE> <HI>Tully.</HI> If any Senator
were absent without a lawfull excuse, then was he fined, &amp;
for the payment thereof he did put in a pledge, which if he
did not ransome, then did the common Treasurer <HI>Caedere
vel concidere pignora</HI> .i. straine or seaze vpon the pledges,
making common sale thereof, in which sense those two
phrases are vsed, namely, <HI>capere pignora, &amp; auferre pignora,</HI>
.i. to straine or seaze vpon a mans goods.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="4" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 4.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Consulibus.</HEAD>
<P>AFter the expulsion of <HI>Tarquinius Sup.</HI> the last <HI>Roman</HI>
King, all the citizens in <HI>Rome</HI> assembled, and con∣cluded
that the government of their city, which be∣fore
was in the hand of one alone governour, called their
King, should now bee divided betweene two:<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. Rom. l. 7. c. 9.</NOTE> whom at
first (before there was any such subordinate office as a <HI>Prae∣torship)</HI>
the <HI>Romanes</HI> called <HI>Praetores, quod praeirent populo.</HI>
Not long after they were called <HI>Iudices à iudicando.</HI> In pro∣cesse
of time they were known by no other name then <HI>Cō∣sules
à consulendo populo.</HI><NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Cic. orat. Philid. 5.</NOTE> No citizen, was ordinarily cre∣ated
<HI>Consull</HI> before the forty third yeare of his age. Neither
might any be chosen without speciall dispensation either
of their absence out of <HI>Rome,</HI><NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Suet. Iul. Caes. cap. 18.</NOTE> or in time of their triumph
<PB N="114" REF="62"/>
which was the reason that <HI>Iulius Caesar</HI> was glad to for∣goe
his triumph at that time, when hee was Consul with
<HI>Bibulus.</HI> The signes or tokens of this <HI>Consular</HI> dignitie
were the twelue <HI>Lictors</HI> carying their bundles of rodds &amp;
axes<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. lib. 3. c. 3.</NOTE> the first month before one <HI>Consul,</HI> &amp; the second be∣fore
the other; as formerly they had done before their
Kings.<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Fenest. de magist. Rom.</NOTE> The reason why each <HI>Consul</HI> had not twelue <HI>Li∣ctors</HI>
alwaies, was because the tyranny of the <HI>Consuls</HI> might
then seeme to be doubled and to exceed the tyranny of the
Kings: another token was a certaine chaire of estate called
<HI>Sella <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>burnea</HI> .i. an yvory chaire, so called from the matter
whereof it was made, and<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">A. Gell l. 3. cap. 18.</NOTE> because this chaire was com∣monly
caried about in a certaine coach or chariot, where∣in
the <HI>Consul</HI> did ride, hence from <HI>Currus</HI> which signifyeth
a chariot, it is also called <HI>Sella curulis:</HI> where<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Stadius i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> Flor. l. 1. c. 5.</NOTE> note that
this word <HI>Curulis</HI> is sometimes vsed substantiuely, &amp; then
it signifieth some chiefe magistracy or office amongst the
<HI>Romanes.</HI> The gowne, by which they were distinguished
from other magistrats or private men, was a certaine pur∣ple
gowne, which from the great embroadred workes was
called <HI>Trabea,</HI> and hee that did weare it was thence called
<HI>Trabeatus,</HI> according to that, <HI>Trabeati cura Quirini.</HI> It will
be worthy our observation to note, that the <HI>Romanes</HI> did
date their deeds and charters in old time by naming the
yeare wherein their citie was first founded; as to say <HI>Ab∣vrbe
condita</HI> the twentieth, thirtieth, or fortieth yeare, &amp;c.
But in processe of time their manner of dating was by sub∣scribing
the names of their present <HI>Consuls:</HI> as to say, such a
thing was determined <HI>L. Valerio, M. Horatio Consulibus,</HI>
such and such being <HI>Consuls.</HI> Whence <HI>Suetonius</HI> speaking
of <HI>Iul. Caesar,</HI> saith, he was appointed to be <HI>Flamen Dialis,
sequentibus consulibus</HI> .i. the next yeare following. Those
alone who had borne the office of a <HI>Consul,</HI> not every one
that was capeable thereof were said to be <HI>Ʋiri consulares.</HI>
<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">I. Tislinus in orat. Cic. pro Coelio.</NOTE> At the first those who were created <HI>Consuls</HI> remained in
their office the space of an whole yeare, being <HI>designati ad
<PB N="115" REF="62"/>
consulatum</HI> vpon the twentie fourth of October.<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">P. Ramus in orat. Ca<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>il. 1.</NOTE> <HI>At con∣sulatum
non inierant ante Calendas Ian</HI> .i. the first of <HI>Ianua∣ry.</HI>
The reason of this chasme, or <HI>interim</HI> betweene their de∣signation
vnto their office, and their entry into it, was (as
we may probably coniect) that the competitors might
haue some time to enquire <HI>de Ambitu</HI> .i. whether there was
no vndirect and vnlawful meanes vsed in their canvassing.
In processe of time either by voluntary resignation or de∣position
or death many <HI>Consuls</HI> haue beene chosen in the
same yeare, and they were called<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylvius in Cic. Orat. pro Muren.</NOTE> <HI>Non ordinarij, &amp; suffecti
Consules.</HI> At such times all their deedes were dated by the
names of the two first <HI>Consuls</HI> which began the yeare:
whence those two first, and likewise all those that conti∣nued
in their office the whole yeare were called<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. Rom. l. 7. c. 9.</NOTE> <HI>Consu∣les
Honorarij,</HI> and <HI>Consules Ordinarij.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="5" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 5.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Censoribus.</HEAD>
<P>THE <HI>Consuls</HI> finding themselues encombred with so
many businesses of a different nature, did by consent
of the <HI>Senate</HI> choose two peculiar officers called
<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Fenest. de Magist. Rom. cap. 17.</NOTE> <HI>Censores à censendo;</HI> because they cessed and valued every
mans estate, registring their names, and placing them in a
fit century. For it did concerne the <HI>Romanes</HI> to knowe the
number, and likewise the wealth of their people, to the end
they might be informed of their owne strength, &amp; so shape
their course accordingly, either in vndertaking warres,
transplanting Colonies, or in making provision of victuals
in time of peace. A second and maine part of their office
was in reforming manners to which end they had power
to enquire into every mans life. This part of their autoritie
was noted out vnto vs by this phrase being called <HI>Virgula
censoria.</HI> If any one had plaied the ill husband, &amp; neglected
his farme, or left his vine vntrimmed, the <HI>Censors</HI> tooke no∣tice
thereof. They did <HI>Senatu &amp; Tribu movere</HI> .i. They did
depose Senatours, and pull downe men from a more hono∣rable
<PB N="116" REF="63"/>
Tribe to a lesse honourable. They did punish <HI>Capitis
diminutione</HI> .i. with losse of freedome: and that was three∣fold
<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">I. Tis<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>in. in Cic. orat. pro A. Coecinna.</NOTE> <HI>Maxima, Media, &amp; Minima.</HI> The least degree of dis∣franchising
was the pulling of a man downe from an high
Tribe to a lower. <HI>Diminutio media,</HI> was an exilement out
of the city without the losse of ones freedome. It is<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">I. Camerar. in orat. Cic. pro Muren.</NOTE> com∣monly
set downe in this forme of words, <HI>Tibi aqua, &amp; igni
interdico. Diminutio maxima</HI> was the losse of ones Tribe,
city, and freedome. These <HI>Censors</HI> were reputed of the
best rancke of Magistrats in <HI>Rome:</HI> they remained in their
office an whole fiue yeares space ordinarily. I say ordinari∣ly,
because<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Fenest. de Rom. magist. cap. 7.</NOTE> through the abuse of their place, the office
hath been somtimes made annuall.<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Pomp. Lae∣tus de Rom magist<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>. de Censor.</NOTE> That fiue yeares space
the <HI>Romanes</HI> did call <HI>Lustrum,</HI> because they did once in e∣very
fiue yeares revolution <HI>Lustrare exercitum Romanum,</HI>
by sacrifice purge the <HI>Romane</HI> army. Hence we say <HI>duo Lu∣stra,</HI>
10 yeares; <HI>tria Lustra,</HI> 15 yeares, &amp;c. The performance
of this <HI>Lustration</HI> belonged also vnto the <HI>Censors:</HI> for after
the <HI>Censors</HI> had performed the one part of their office in
registring the iust valuation of every citizens estate,<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Panciroll. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/> rerum de∣pe<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>di<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>arum <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/> de <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/> capiendi mo∣do.</NOTE> they
did lead a Sow, a Ramme, and a Bull three times about the
army, and in the end sacrificed them to <HI>Mars:</HI> and thus to
purge an army, is <HI>condere Lustrum;</HI> though sometimes <HI>con∣dere
lustrum</HI> doth signifie, to muster an army. These sacrifi∣ces,
as likewise all others of the like nature, that is, where∣in
there was a Sow, a Ramme, and a Bull sacrificed, were
tearmed sometimes<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 5. c. 27.</NOTE> <HI>Suovetauralia,</HI> somtimes <HI>Solitauralia,</HI>
sometimes<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Pomp. Lae tus de mag. Rom. cap. de Censor.</NOTE> <HI>Taurilia.</HI> Moreover it did belong vnto these
<HI>Censors</HI> to farme out the tributs, imposts, tollage, &amp;c.<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Pancirol. l. rerum deper∣dit. cap de ci bi capiendi modo.</NOTE> At
the fiue yeares end, the acts of both their <HI>Censors</HI> were re∣gistred
vpon bookes of record, which records were laid
vp in a certaine religious house dedicated to the <HI>Nymphs.</HI>
Whence<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Cic pro Milone.</NOTE> <HI>Cicero</HI> speaking of <HI>Clodius,</HI> saith, <HI>Qui aedem
Nympharum incendit vt memoriam publicam, incensis tabu∣lis
publicis impressam aboleret.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="6" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="117" REF="63"/>
<HEAD>CHAP. 6.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Praetoribus.</HEAD>
<P>THe <HI>Consuls</HI> by reason of their many troubles in war,
having no time to administer iustice vnto the <HI>Ro∣mane</HI>
people, did for their better help therein create
two new officers for the executing of iustice, the one to
examine and iudge of matters within the city between ci∣tizen,
and citizen; the other to decide controversies be∣tweene
forreiners: The first they<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Pighius ae∣quipet. comp</NOTE> called <HI>Praetorem vrba∣num,</HI>
and <HI>Praetorem maiorem;</HI> the other <HI>Praetorem peregrinū,
&amp; Praetorem minorem:</HI> we may english them Lord-chiefe-Iustices.
Where we must note that at the first there was on∣ly
the <HI>Praetor Vrbanus,</HI> vntill the cases and suits in law be∣came
so many, that one was not sufficient to heare them
all:<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 2. c. 15.</NOTE> yea at last the number of the <HI>Praetors</HI> came to sixteene:
namely when those two were added for the providing of
corne and graine: whence they were called <HI>Praetores cere∣ales;</HI>
<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Fenest. de mag. Rom. cap. 19.</NOTE> nay there were at last eighteene <HI>Praetors,</HI> there being
two others added to iudge of controversies touching feof∣mēts
of trust called thēce <HI>Praetores fidei cōmissarij.</HI><NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylvius in orat. pro Muraen.</NOTE> <HI>Causarū
duo genera sut: aliae privatae, aliae publicae; has criminosas, illas
civiles appellant.</HI> In those cases which were private .i.<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">I Saxonius in Cic. orat. pro S. Roscio</NOTE> tou∣ching
equity and vprightnesse of any act or the restitution
of any mony or goods vnlawfully detained from the right
owner, it belonged principally vnto the<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 7. c. 11.</NOTE> two first <HI>Praetors</HI>
to iudge:<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">I. Saxonius ibid.</NOTE> but vnder them vnto the <HI>Centumviri,</HI> who of∣ten
times are called by <HI>Tully, Recuperatores,</HI> &amp; <HI>Iudices ha∣stae;</HI>
the court <HI>Hasta centūviralis;</HI> because one of the marks
and speciall ensignes was a speare erected vp in the place
the court was kept. Those cases which were publique or
criminall, as treason, murder, buying of voices in the can∣vassing
for offices, &amp;c: were called also, <HI>causae capitales,</HI> and
<HI>capitis dimicatio</HI> .i.<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in orat. pro Mur</NOTE> such cases wherein if the party accused
had bin found guilty he was <HI>capite damnatus:</HI> by which
phrase we must not vnderstand alwaies <HI>Vltimum suppliciū,
<PB N="118" REF="64"/>
sed aliquando exilium: quo scilicet caput</HI> .i. <HI>civis eximitur à
civitate.</HI><NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. l. 9. c. 18.</NOTE> These cases at the first were heard by the kings &amp;
<HI>Consuls;</HI> afterward by certaine appointed therevnto by the
people, being called from their inquisition <HI>quaesitores parri∣cidij.</HI>
In continuance of time the examination and hearing
of these publique cases was turned over vnto certaine ma∣gistrates,
who because they were to continue their office a
full and entire yeare (whereas the others had their authori∣tie
no longer then they sate in iudgement) were thence for
distinction sake called <HI>Praetores Quaesitores,</HI> and the cases
were tearmed <HI>Quaestiones perpetuae:</HI><NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 7. c. 11</NOTE> because in these cases
there was one set forme of giving iudgement perpetuallie
to remaine; wheras in those private or civil causes the <HI>Prae∣tor</HI>
did commonly every yeare change the forme of giving
iudgement by hanging vp new edicts.<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Rosin Ant lib. 6. cap. 18.</NOTE> Here we must note
that these <HI>Quaesitores Parricidarum,</HI> otherwise called <HI>Prae∣tores
Quaesitores,</HI> had not the examination of all publique
cases, but sometimes vpon extraordinary occasions either
the <HI>Consuls,</HI> the <HI>Senate,</HI> or the people themselues would
giue iudgement. Now as those former <HI>Praetors</HI> had a speare
erected vp, whereby their court for private causes was
knowne; so had these <HI>Quaesitores</HI> a sword hanged out in to∣ken
of their court.<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 1. cap. 7.</NOTE> <HI>Praetorum insignia duo fuere, hasta, &amp;
gladius; illa ad iurisdictionem, hic ad quaestionem significan∣dam.</HI>
The officers which did attend these <HI>Praetors</HI> were
<HI>Scribae</HI> .i. certaine notaries much resembling the Clearkes
of our Assises, their offices being to write according as the
<HI>Praetors</HI> or chiefe Iustices did bid them, taking their name
<HI>à scribendo.</HI> The second sort were called <HI>Accensi ab accien∣do,</HI>
from summoning, because they were to summon men to
their appearance. They much resembled our bayleiffes er∣rant.
The third sort were <HI>lictores,</HI> of which before:<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Fenest. de Rom. magist. cap. 19.</NOTE> The au∣thority
of the vrbane <HI>Praetor</HI> was so increased in time, yea
his honour was such, that whatsoever hee commaunded, it
had the name of <HI>Ius honorariū.</HI><NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">P. Pellit. in Cic orat. pro A. Coecinna.</NOTE> Others are of opiniō that
onely the <HI>Praetors</HI> edict was that <HI>Ius honorariū,</HI><NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Pighius Ae∣quipet comp.</NOTE> the <HI>Prae∣tor
<PB N="119" REF="64"/>
Vrbanus</HI> being wont at the entrance into his office to
collect a set forme of administration of iustice out of the
former lawes and severall edicts of former <HI>Praetors,</HI> accor∣ding
vnto which he would administer iustice all the yeare
following. And vnlesse the people might be ignorāt of the
contents thereof, he caused it to be hanged vp to the pub∣lique
view. This forme of iustice was tearmed <HI>Edictum, ab
edicendo</HI> .i.<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">P. Pellit. in Cic. orat. pro A. Caecinna.</NOTE> <HI>imperando;</HI> because thereby hee did command,
or forbid something to be done. Whence <HI>Pellitarius</HI> in the
place now quoted doth translate <HI>consulum edicta,</HI> Manda∣tory
letters, that it might be distinguished from other ma∣gistrates
edicts. It was commonly called <HI>Praetoris edictum.</HI>
And as <HI>Pighius</HI> observeth in the place aboue quoted, it
was called <HI>edictum perpetuum;</HI> not absolutely, because the
vertue thereof was perpetuall (for that expired together
with the <HI>Praetors</HI> office, and therefore<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Cic. in. Ver∣rin. 2.</NOTE> <HI>Tully</HI> calleth it <HI>legē
annuam:)</HI> but in respect of other edicts made in the middle
of the year vpon extraordinary and vnexpected occasions,
which latter sort of Edicts<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Cic. in Ver∣rin 5.</NOTE> <HI>Tully</HI> calleth <HI>peculiaria &amp; no∣va
edicta.</HI> Afterwarde<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Sigon. de iudic. lib. 1. cap. 6.</NOTE> <HI>Salvius Iulianus</HI> collected an Edict
out of all the old edicts of the former <HI>Praetors,</HI> wherein al∣most
all the whole civill law was contained and this was
called properly <HI>Edictum perpetuū,</HI> because that all the <HI>Prae∣tors</HI>
ever after did administer iustice according to that E∣dict
by the appointment of <HI>Hadrianus</HI> being then Empe∣rour.
The edict being given out, the administration of iu∣stice
consisted in the vse of one of these three words, <HI>Do,
Dico, &amp; Addico</HI> .i.<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">I. Camerar. in Cic. orat. pro. Flacco.</NOTE> <HI>Dat actionem, Dicit ius, Addicit tā res,
quàm homines.</HI> For explanation whereof we must knowe,
that this worde <HI>Addico</HI> is sometimes <HI>verbum Augurale,</HI>
sometimes <HI>Forense,</HI> sometimes a tearme of art belonging
vnto the discipline of the <HI>Augures,</HI> and so the birds are said
<HI>Addicere,</HI> when they shew some good and lucky token,
that the matter consulted about is approved by the Gods;
the opposite herevnto is <HI>Abdicere.</HI> Sometimes this verbe
<HI>Addico</HI> is a tearme of law signifying as<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">M. Toxita in orat. pro Pub. Quint.</NOTE> much as to deli∣ver
<PB N="120" REF="65"/>
vp into ones hands, or into ones possession: whence we
doe not onely call those goods that are delivered by the
<HI>Praetor</HI> vnto the right owner <HI>Bona addicta,</HI> but those deb∣tors
also which are delivered vp by the <HI>Praetor</HI> vnto their
creditors to worke out their debt, are tearmed <HI>servi Addi∣cti:</HI>
yea moreover because in all port-sales it was necessary
that the <HI>Praetor</HI> should <HI>Addicere bona</HI> deliver vp the goods
sold: hence doth this word often signifie to sell, as <HI>Addice∣re
sanguinem alicuius,</HI> to take mony to kill a man, to sell a
mans life. Touching the reason of their name they were
called <HI>Praetores à praecundo, quoniā iure prae<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>bāt.</HI> And<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Fr. Matu∣rantius. in Philippic. 13.</NOTE> those
alone were properly tearmed <HI>viri Praetorij,</HI> which had
borne this office, not they which were capeable thereof: in
the same sense we say <HI>Ʋiri censorij</HI> and <HI>viri Aedilitij, &amp;c.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="7" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 7.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Imperatoribus, Caesaribus, sive Augustis.</HEAD>
<P>VVHen <HI>C. Iulius Caesar</HI> had overcome <HI>Pompey</HI> his
sonnes in <HI>Spaine,</HI> at his returne to <HI>Rome</HI> the <HI>Se∣nate</HI>
welcomed him with new invented titles of singular
honour, styling him <HI>Pater patriae, Consul in decennium, Di∣ctator
in perpetuum, Sacro sanctus</HI> and <HI>Imperator:</HI> all which
titles were afterward conferred vpon <HI>Octavius Caesar;</HI> and
all the Emperours succeeding desired to be called <HI>Impera∣tores
&amp; Caesares</HI> from him. Where we must vnderstand that
this name <HI>Imperator</HI> was not altogether vnknown before,
for by that name the <HI>Romane</HI> souldiers were wont (even at
that time) to salute their L. Generall after some special cō∣quest.
<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Servius Aen. lib. 6.</NOTE> These <HI>Romane</HI> Emperours were afterward called
also <HI>Augusti</HI> from <HI>Octavius Caesar</HI> whom when the Senate
studyed to honour with some noble title, some were of
minde that he should be called <HI>Romulus,</HI> because he was in
manner a second founder of the city. But it was at length
decreed by the advise of <HI>Manutius Plancus,</HI> that he should
be styled by the name of <HI>Augustus:</HI> which we may Eng∣lish
<HI>Soueraigne,</HI> and they counted this a name of more re∣verence
<PB N="121" REF="65"/>
and maiestie then that former name of <HI>Romulus,</HI>
because all consecrated and hallowed places were called
<HI>Loca augusta.</HI> The authoritie of these Emperours was very
great, even as great as the Kings in former times.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="8" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 8.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Principibus iuventutis Caesaribus, &amp;
nobilissimis Caesaribus.</HEAD>
<P>A<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. l. 7. c. 13.</NOTE> custome was receaued amongst the <HI>Romane</HI> Em∣perours
in their life time to nominate him whom
they would haue to succeed them in their Empire: &amp;
him they called <HI>Princeps iuventutis Caesar,</HI> and <HI>Nobilissimus
Caesar.</HI> The like custome was practised by <HI>Charles</HI> the fifth
Emperour of <HI>Germany,</HI> and so hath beene continued by his
successors; namely, that one should be chosen whom they
called <HI>Rex Romanorum,</HI> who should be so farre invested in
the title to the Empire by the meanes of the present Em∣perour,
that vpon the death, resignation, or deposition of
the then being Emperour, he immediatly should succeed.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="9" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 9.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Praefecto vrbis.</HEAD>
<P><HI>ROmulus</HI> for the better government of the city ap∣pointed
a certaine officer called <HI>Vrbis Praefectus</HI> to
haue the hearing of all matters or causes betweene
the master and the servant, betweene orphanes and their
overseers, betweene the buyer and the seller, &amp;c. After∣ward
in time of the <HI>Romane</HI> Emperours this <HI>Vrbis praefectus</HI>
did assume vnto himselfe such authoritie, that hee would
examine and haue the hearing of all causes, of what nature
soever, if they were <HI>Intra centesimum lapidem,</HI> within an
hundred miles of <HI>Rome</HI> (for<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Despaute∣<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>us in sua syntaxi.</NOTE> <HI>Lapis</HI> in old time signifyed a
mile, because at every miles end a great stone in manner of
a mark-stone was erected.) In the absence of the King or
Consuls, he had all authoritie which belonged vnto them
resigned vnto him. I am not ignorant, that some doe make
<PB N="122" REF="66"/>
this latter kind of praefecture or Lieuetenantship a differēt
office from the former: but I should rather thinke them to
be one and the same, only his authoritie to bee more enlar∣ged
in the Kings absence, and of this opinion doe I finde
<HI>Fenestella, Alexand. Neop.</HI> and<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 1. c. 20.</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="10" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 10.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Decemviris legibus scribendis.</HEAD>
<P>FOR the better administration of iustice the<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Fenest. de mag. Rom. cap. 14.</NOTE> <HI>Romanes</HI>
appointed three men, namely those who were reputed
the gravest and wisest amongst them to goe to <HI>Athens</HI>
there to pervse the <HI>Grecian</HI> lawes, to the intent that at their
returne, both a supply might bee made of those lawes that
were wanting in <HI>Rome,</HI> and the other which were faultie
might thereby be rectified and amended. At the returne of
those three men, the <HI>Consuls</HI> were deposed, and both their
authority and ensignes given vnto these <HI>Decemviri.</HI> The
lawes which they brought from <HI>Athens</HI> were written at
first in ten tables of brasse: afterward two other tables were
added. At which time those lawes began to be knowne &amp;
distinguished from others by the name of <HI>Leges 12 tabula∣rum.</HI>
And according to those lawes iustice ever after was
administred to the <HI>Romane</HI> people. At first by these ten mē
appointed therevnto, whose autority was as large even as
the Kings and <HI>Consuls,</HI> in old time only it was annuall: one
of them only had the ensignes of honor caried before thē;
one alone had the authoritie of convocating the <HI>Senate,</HI>
confirming their decrees and the discharge of all state bu∣sinesses.
<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. Rom. l. 7. c. 19</NOTE> The other did little differ from private mē in their
habit; only when the first had ruled a set time, the others
succeeded by turnes. This kind of government did not
continue long in <HI>Rome,</HI> for in the third yeare all their pow∣er
was abrogated, because of their tyranny and oppression
vsed by them towards the Romane people.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="11" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="123" REF="66"/>
<HEAD>CHAP. 11.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Interregia potestate.</HEAD>
<P>AFter the death of <HI>Romulus</HI><NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Dion. Hali∣car. l. 2.</NOTE> the <HI>Senators</HI> divided thē∣selues
into several companies called <HI>Decuriae</HI> comit∣ting
the governmēt of the kingdome to that <HI>Decury</HI>
.i. to those ten men vpon whom the lot fell, calling thē the
<HI>Interreges:</HI> where we must knowe, that these ten did not
rule altogether, but each man ruled for the space of fiue
daies, whence<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Rosin. lib. 6. cap. 16.</NOTE> <HI>Rosinus</HI> calleth this magistracy <HI>Magistra∣tum
quin queduanum.</HI> After that fiue daies government had
passed through the <HI>first,</HI> then did they goe to lots to haue a
second <HI>decury</HI> chosen, and so a third, &amp;c. This office of an
<HI>Interrex</HI> remained even in the <HI>Consuls</HI> time, so that if by
some extraordinarie occasion the <HI>Consuls</HI> could not bee
created,<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. li. 5. c. 6.</NOTE> then they chose one to whom alone they com∣mitted
the whole governement of the kingdome, and him
they called <HI>Interregem.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="12" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 12.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Dictatore.</HEAD>
<P>VVHensoever the <HI>Romanes</HI> found themselues en∣combred
with dangerous warres, or any other
eminent dangers, they presently chose a <HI>Dictator,</HI> to whō
alone was committed the authority and rule of the whole
kingdome, differing from a King onely in respect of his
name, &amp; the continuance of his office. Touching his name
he was so called, <HI>quoniam dictis eius parebat populus.</HI> His of∣fice
continued but six months and at the expiration there∣of
if need required he was chosen againe for another six
months. He was also called<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Pighius in Tyrannif.</NOTE> <HI>Populi Magister,</HI> in as much
as none could make their appeale from him vnto the peo∣ple.
As soone as himselfe was established in his office hee
chose a subordinate officer whom he called<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Stadius in Flor. l. 1. c. 11.</NOTE> <HI>Equitum ma∣gister:</HI>
his authoritie much resembled his whom they called
<HI>Vrbi praefectum:</HI> for as the <HI>Praefectus vrbi</HI> in the absence of
<PB N="124" REF="67"/>
the absence of the king, so this <HI>Magister Equitum</HI> in ab∣sence
of the <HI>Dictator</HI> had full and vncontroleable authori∣tie
of doing what he would.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="13" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 13.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Tribunis militum.</HEAD>
<P>THese<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Rosin an∣tiq. lib. 7. c. 20.</NOTE> military <HI>Tribunes</HI> were of two sorts. The one
had all power and authoritie, which beelonged vn∣to
the <HI>Consuls;</HI> and thence were called <HI>Tribuni militum
consulari potestate.</HI> The occasion of them was this: The pro∣tectors
of the commons called <HI>Tribuni plebis</HI> did earnestly
labour that the commonalty might bee made as capeable
of the cōsular dignitie as the Nobility:<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ibid.</NOTE> This was follow∣ed
so hot that in the end though the nobilitie would not
graunt them way vnto that dignitie vnder the name of
<HI>Consuls;</HI> yet in effect they would grant it them. Namely the
Consuls should be deposed, and in their steed other magi∣strats
should be chosen; part out of the the nobility, part
out of the commonalty, who though they were not
called <HI>Consuls,</HI> but <HI>Tribuni,</HI> yet were they of <HI>Consular</HI> au∣thoritie:
By which they were distinguished from the other
sort of Military <HI>Tribunes,</HI> who had power and authoritie
only in matters military, and were known by the name of
<HI>Tribuni militum</HI> without any addition.<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. lib. 6. c. 18.</NOTE> Sometimes there
was one of these 3. words praefixed <HI>Rutuli</HI> or <HI>Rufuli, Suffe∣cti</HI>
and <HI>comitiati;</HI> not therby to intimate vnto vs any distin∣ction
of office or place, but to signify their manner of ele∣ction.
For if they were chosen by the <HI>Consuls,</HI> then were
they called <HI>Tribuni Rutuli</HI> or <HI>Rufuli,</HI> because they had their
authoritie confirmed vnto them by vertue of an act or law
preferred by <HI>Rutilius Rufus,</HI> when he was <HI>Consul.</HI> If they
were chosen by the souldiers themselues in their campe,
then were they called <HI>Tribuni fuffecti</HI> .i. <HI>Tribunes</HI> substitu∣ted
or put in the place of another. Whence we may cōiect
that the souldiers were not permitted to make any electiō,
but in time of need, when their former <HI>Tribunes</HI> were ta∣ken
<PB N="125" REF="67"/>
from them by some violent or vnnaturall death. The
last sort called <HI>Comitiati</HI> were so called because they were
chosen by the <HI>Romane</HI> assemblies called in Latine <HI>Comitia.</HI>
They were named <HI>Tribuni,</HI> because at the first institution
of them (whether we vnderstand the Consular <HI>Tribunes</HI> or
this latter sort) there were but three of each. In processe of
time notwithstanding I find the number not only of those
<HI>Consular Tribunes,</HI><NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ant. lib. 7. cap. 20.</NOTE> but of those other also to haue beene
encreased to six accordingly as the thousands in a legion
were multiplied. These latter sort of Tribunes, in respect of
their military discipline which was to see the souldiers be∣ing
faultie to bee punished, wee may english <HI>Knights
Martiall:</HI> In respect that their authoritie was over footmē
only, we may english them <HI>Seriants maior:</HI> only this diffe∣rence
there was, to every thousand of footmen in any le∣gion;
there were as many military Tribunes vnder their
chiefe commander called <HI>Imperator.</HI> But in our english ar∣mies
there is but one <HI>Seriant maior,</HI> who alone vnder the
L. Generall hath command over all the footmeen, be there
never so many thousands.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="14" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 14.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Triumviris Reipub: constituendae.</HEAD>
<P>THis tyranny of the <HI>Triumviratus</HI> began by a conspi∣ration
betweene <HI>Augustus Caesar, Antonius,</HI> &amp; <HI>Le∣pidus.</HI>
For these three vnder the pretence of revēging
<HI>Iul: Caesar</HI> his death obtained chiefe power and authority
for the space of fiue yeares thorough out <HI>Rome,</HI><NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Fenest. de magist. Rom, cap. 21.</NOTE> preten∣ding
that they would settle the common wealth, which at
that time by reason of <HI>Iul: Caesars</HI> death was much out of
order. Those fiue yeares being expired, they refused to re∣signe
their authority, exercising excessiue cruelty towards
all the <HI>Romanes</HI> of what degree soever.<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Suet Octa. Aug. cap. 27.</NOTE> This kinde of go∣vernement
remained but ten years, neither ever were there
any other then those three aboue named. They had power
to enact any new law, to reverse any former Act without
<PB N="126" REF="68"/>
the consent of the <HI>Senate,</HI> or commons. They might pre∣scribe
and bannish any <HI>Romane</HI> at their pleasure; and as of∣ten
as we read <HI>de Triumvirat<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/></HI> simply without any adiun∣ction,
or <HI>de Triumvirat<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> Senatus legendi,</HI> wee are to vnder∣stand
it of this, though some vpon vnsure grounds doe dis∣ioine
them.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="15" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 15.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Quaestoribus ararij.</HEAD>
<P>THis office of the <HI>Quastors</HI> seemeth not vnlike to a
publique Treasurers, which collecteth the subsidies,
customes, mony, yearely revenues, and all other pai∣ments
belonging to any state or corporation. And hence
<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Fenest. de Rom. mag. c. 3.</NOTE> <HI>quoniā publicae pecuniae quaerendae praepositi erant,</HI> they took
their name <HI>Quaestores:</HI> Sometimes they are called <HI>Quaesto∣res
Ʋrbani,</HI> to distinguish them from the provinciall <HI>Quae∣stors,</HI>
which bare office in the <HI>Romane</HI> provinces: somtimes
they are called <HI>Quaestores aerarij,</HI> to distinguish them from
those that were called <HI>Quaestores parricidij,</HI> or <HI>rerum capi∣talium,</HI>
of which you may see more in the tract <HI>de Praetori∣bus.</HI>
<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 2. c. 8.</NOTE> Lastly they were called <HI>Quaestores aerarij,</HI> to distin∣guish
them from the <HI>Tribuni aerarij</HI> .i. those Martiall trea∣surers,
or Clarkes of the band, which did receiue the soul∣diers
pay from these city-Treasurers, and so pay it to the
souldiers. The office of these city-Treasurers (then being
at first but two) was to receiue al the city-accounts; to dis∣burse
at all occasions of publique expenses; to take an oath
of him that the souldiers had saluted by the name of <HI>Impe∣rator,</HI>
that he had truely informed the <HI>Senate</HI> both of the
number of enimies slaine, as also of the number of citizens
lost: otherwise he might bar the Emperour of his triumph.
Moreover whatsoever spoiles were taken in warre they
were delivered vp vnto these citty-<HI>Quaestors,</HI> and they sel∣ling
them laide vp the mony in the great Treasure-house
called <HI>Aedes Saturni.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="16" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="127" REF="68"/>
<HEAD>CHAP. 16.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Tribunis Plebis.</HEAD>
<P>THe<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">I. Rosa. in Epit. rerum Rom.</NOTE> <HI>Romane</HI> commonalty finding themselues oppres∣sed
by the wealthier sort, departed vnto the <HI>Aven∣tine</HI>
mount, threatning the <HI>Romane</HI> nobility, that they
would forsake their city, and never againe adventure them
selues in war for the defence thereof; vnlesse they did finde
some release and casement from those excessiue payments
of vse and interest vnto their creditours: yea beside the re∣mission
of their present debts, before they would returne
vnto their city again, they would haue certaine magistrats
chosen, which should be<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ant. l. 7. c. 23.</NOTE> <HI>Sacrosancti</HI> .i. such as might not
be hurt or violently vsed, not so much as in words: and if
any had violated that law, whereby they were made <HI>Sacro∣sancti,</HI>
then was he accounted <HI>homo sacer</HI> .i. an excommuni∣cate
person, or such an one whose soule should be vowed
vnto some God; insomuch that if any after had killed him,
he should not be lyable vnto iudgement:<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 6. c. 14.</NOTE> <HI>quoniam illius a∣nima
dijs devota amplius humani commercij non sit.</HI> To these
<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. lib. 7. c. 23.</NOTE> magistrats the protection of the commons was commit∣ted,
who because they were at first chosen out of the <HI>Mi∣litary
Tribunes,</HI> therfore did they alwaies retaine the name
of <HI>Tribunes,</HI> being called that they might be distinguished
from the others, <HI>Tribuni Plebis,</HI> Protectours of the com∣mons.
At the first institution of them they were in number
but 2, as<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Pighius in suo Tyranni fug.</NOTE> some haue thought:<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Pomp. Lae∣tus.</NOTE> Others say fiue: afterward
(as it is yeelded by al writers) they encreased vnto tē. Their
autority at first consisted chiefely in this, that they had po∣wer
to hinder any proceedings in the <HI>Senate,</HI> which they
thought might proue preiudiciall vnto the commons; so
that they had not autority to enact any new decrees, as af∣terward
by abusing their authority they did.<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Stadius in Flor. lib. 3. c. 2.</NOTE> <HI>Sed eorū au∣toritas
magis in intercedendo, quàm iubendo.</HI> And hence was
it that in old time these protectours of the commons were
not permitted to come into the Senate: but<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Pighius in suo Tyranni fug.</NOTE> they sate with
<PB N="128" REF="69"/>
out at the dore, whether whatsoever was determined with
in the Senate was sent vnto them, to be pervsed by them,
and if they did approue it, then did they subscribe a greate
<HI>Romane</HI> T being the first letter of this word <HI>Tribuni.</HI><NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. lib. 7. cap. 23. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/></NOTE> The
houses of these Tribunes stood open night and day, as a
cōmon refuge or place of succour for all that would come;
<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Pighius in suo Tyranni-fug.</NOTE> neither was it lawfull for them to bee absent out of the
towne one whole day through out the yeare.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="17" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 17.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Aedilibus, &amp; Praefect<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> annonae.</HEAD>
<P>VVE may read of three sorts of <HI>Romane</HI> magistrates
called <HI>Aediles;</HI> the two first had their names <HI>ab
aedibus curandis,</HI> having in their charge to repaire both tem¦ples
&amp; private dwelling houses which belonged vnto the
city. The first sort were called <HI>Aediles curules, â sella curu∣li,</HI>
from the chaire of state, wherein it was permitted them
to ride; and these were chosen<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Philet. in l. 2. Cic. epist. fam. 10.</NOTE> out of the <HI>Senators.</HI> The
second sort were called <HI>Aediles plebeij,</HI> and they were ad∣ded
vnto the former at the earnest suit of the cōmons, they
being to be chosen out of them. Where we must note that
they were not so added that both sorts should rule at one
&amp; the selfe same time,<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 4. c. 4.</NOTE> but that the <HI>Curules</HI> should rule the
one yeare, and the <HI>Plebeij</HI> the other. To these <HI>Aediles</HI> it did
belong, beside the reparation of temples and private hou∣ses,
to looke vnto the weights &amp; measures in cōmon sale:
for they had power to examine <HI>Actiones redhibitorias,</HI> that
is, such actions, by vertue of which he that had sold any
corrupt or sophisticated wares, was constrained to take
them againe. Moreover they had the charge of the pub∣lique
conduits or water conveyances, of provision for so∣lemne
plaies, &amp;c. Of the third sort there were also two,
who were in a manner Clarkes of the Market.<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. Ibid.</NOTE> For vnto
them belonged the looking vnto the victuals sold in the
market, and corne: Whence they were called by them <HI>Ae∣diles
cereales;</HI> &amp;<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Pighius in suo tyrannif.</NOTE> by the <HI>Greekes</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>. This office, for
<PB N="129" REF="69"/>
ought that can bee collected out of those that treate of it,
differeth but little from his, whō the <HI>Romanes</HI> called <HI>An∣nonae
Praefectum;</HI> onely this, the <HI>Aediles Cereales</HI> were <HI>ma∣gistratus
ordinarij;</HI> the <HI>Praefectus extraordinarius,</HI> namely,
<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. l. 7. c. 38.</NOTE> such as was chosē only in time of extraordinary dearths;
he having for that time larger authority then those ordina∣rie
clarkes of the market. For as it appeareth by <HI>Rosinus</HI> in
the place now quoted, this <HI>Praefectus</HI> had power of himself
to examine all such cases or questions as should arise tou∣ching
the dearth: as suppose we hoarding of corne, fore∣stalling
the market, &amp;c.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="18" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 18.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Triumviris.</HEAD>
<P>BEside that <HI>Triumviratus Reip: constituendae,</HI> of which
we spake before, there were divers kindes of <HI>Trium∣virates;</HI>
namely <HI>Triumviri capitales,</HI> three high Shi∣reiffes,
who had the charge of prisons and were to see ma∣lefactors
punished: for which purpose eight <HI>Lictors</HI> did at∣tend
thē. There were also<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 3. c. 16.</NOTE> <HI>Triumviri Mensarij,</HI> three mē,
we may tearme them Bankers, who had autoritie to pay
out of the common treasury poore mens debts. Sometimes
there were appointed fiue to this office, whence they were
called also<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">I. Camerar. in orat. Cic. pro Flacco.</NOTE> <HI>Quinqueviri Mensarij,</HI> both being called <HI>Mē∣sarij</HI>
from <HI>Mensa,</HI> a table, whereon they told their mo∣ny.
Another sort of <HI>Triumviri</HI> there were appointed to
presse souldiers, whence they were called <HI>Triumviri con∣quirendi
iuvenes idoneos ad arma ferenda.</HI> Wee read also of
certaine <HI>Triumviri,</HI> which were elected as chiefe captaines
to guid and conduct the people in trans<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>lanting colonies;
and thence were they named <HI>Triumviri Coloniae deducen∣dae:</HI>
but sometimes for this purpose they elected seaven, ten,
or twentie, and so named them <HI>Quinqueviri, Septemviri,
Decemviri,</HI> and <HI>Ʋigintiviri Coloniae deducendae.</HI> Three o∣ther
sorts of <HI>Triumviri</HI> remaine, which were offices of
small account; as the <HI>Triumviri monetales,</HI> three Masters
<PB N="130" REF="70"/>
of the Mint, who thence were called <HI>Triumviri A.A.A.
F.F.</HI> .i. <HI>Auro, Argento, Aere, Flando, Feriundo;</HI> for they had
the charge of coyning the mony. Secondly, <HI>Triumuiri va∣letudinis,</HI>
Three Pest-men, which were to oversee those
that lay infected with any contagious sicknesse. Thirdly,
<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. die<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. l. 3. c. 16.</NOTE> <HI>Triumviri nocturni,</HI> three Bell-men which were to walke
the towne at night, and to giue notice of fire.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="19" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 19.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De praefectis Aerarij.</HEAD>
<P><HI>AƲgustus Caesar</HI> desiring for the better safetie of the
citie to maintaine many bands of souldiers, which
should alwaies bee in readinesse for the defence of
the citie, desired of the citie an yearly subsidie for the main¦tenance
of those souldiers: but being denied it, hee built a
certaine Treasure-house, which hee called <HI>Aerarium mili∣tare,</HI>
whereinto he cast his mony for himselfe, &amp; <HI>Tiberius;</HI>
and promised to doe so every yeare. Afterward when hee
saw the Treasury not to be enriched enough, either by that
mony which himselfe bestowed, or by the contributions
of others, he appointed that the twentieth part of all inhe∣ritances
and legacies (except it were to the next of the kin,
or to the poore) should fall vnto this Treasurie. For the
charge &amp; custody hereof he appointed three of those soul∣diers,
which alwaies attended about him for the safegard
of his person, calling them <HI>Praefectos Aerarij.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="20" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 20.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Praefecto praetorio.</HEAD>
<P>ALL captaines and governours to whom the rule of
an army belonged were in ancient time called<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Pancirol. in notitiam im∣per. orient. cap 5.</NOTE> <HI>Prae∣tores;</HI>
This word <HI>Praetor</HI> signifying then three chiefe
officers among the <HI>Romanes:</HI> First a <HI>Consul;</HI> secondly a L.
chiefe Iustice; thirdly a L. Generall in warre; all of them
being called<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Pighius in Aequipet. compos.</NOTE> <HI>Praetores, quasi Praeitores qurniam iure &amp; ex∣ercitu
praeibant.</HI> Answerable to which threefold acception
<PB N="131" REF="70"/>
this word <HI>Praetorium</HI> hath three severall significations:
sometimes it signifieth a Princes palace or manour house;
sometimes a great hall or place where iudgment was wont
to be given; and lastly the L. Generall his pavilion in the
campe;<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Asconius in Verrinam 3.</NOTE> from which last signification it is that those soul∣diers
that gaue attendance about that pavilion for the gard
of their captaines person are sometimes called <HI>Milites
Praetoriani,</HI> sometimes <HI>Cohors praetoria;</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Christr Fr. Sylvius in Catil. 2<SUP>am</SUP>.</NOTE> and hee to whom
the oversight of these souldiers was committed was thence
called <HI>Praetorio praefectus.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="21" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 21.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Advocato fisci.</HEAD>
<P>FOR the right vnderstanding of this office wee must
first note a difference betweene these two wordes,
<HI>Aerarium,</HI> and <HI>Fiscus. Aerarium</HI> was a common trea∣sury
belonging vnto an whole state or corporation, whēce
all publike and commō expences are to be supplied. <HI>Fiscus</HI>
was the Kings or Emperors private coffers: it may be eng∣lished
the <HI>Kings Exchequer.</HI> The keeper thereof was called
<HI>Advocatus Fisci.</HI> There are many other pettie offices with
in the citie, which I haue purposely omitted, because there
is but seldome mention of them in old autors; and as oftē
as they are mentioned, their names doe explaine their of∣fice.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="22" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 22.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De praecipuis magistratibus provincialibus.</HEAD>
<P>OVer the Provinces at first ruled certaine magistrats
sent from <HI>Rome</HI> by commission from the <HI>Romane</HI>
Senate, called <HI>Praetores,</HI> whose office was to admi∣nister
iustice vnto the Provinciall inhabitants: yea, and if
occasion served, to make warre also vpon their enimies; &amp;
this was the reason that the number of the <HI>Praetors</HI> did so
increase alwaies, namely accordingly as the number of
<PB N="132" REF="71"/>
Provinces did encrease. The warres and tumults in the
Provinces sometimes were so great, that the <HI>Praetour</HI> was
not sufficient both to manage warre and execute iustice:
wherevpon the <HI>Senate</HI> thought fit to send another magi∣strate
into the Provinces, whom they called a <HI>Consul,</HI> be∣cause
properly the managing of warre belonged vnto the
<HI>Consul.</HI> So that there were at first two ordinary Pro∣vinciall
magistrates, a <HI>Consul</HI> to manage warre, and
a <HI>Praetour,</HI> or L. chiefe Iustice to sit in iudgement. And if
these two by a second grant from the <HI>Senate</HI> did continue
in their office aboue the space of an yeare, then were they
called <HI>Proconsules, &amp; Propraetores.</HI> But in processe of time
this custome was altered. For then none could bee <HI>Procon∣suls,</HI>
but those alone who had beene <HI>Consuls</HI> in <HI>Rome;</HI> nei∣ther
could any be <HI>Propraetours,</HI> which had not beene <HI>Prae∣tors</HI>
at <HI>Rome.</HI> Their manner being, that the next yeare after
the expiration of their offices in <HI>Rome</HI> they should departe
into some certaine province to beare the same offices a∣gaine
being not called <HI>Consules</HI> or <HI>Praetores</HI> as before, but
<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 3. c. 3.</NOTE> <HI>Proconsules &amp; Propraetores;</HI> and for this cause alwaies, so
soone as the <HI>Consuls</HI> had beene created, the <HI>Senate</HI> did ap∣point
certaine Provinces for the <HI>Consuls,</HI> which being ap∣pointed
the <HI>Consuls</HI> did either agree between themselues,
who should go to the one, who to the other; and that was
tearmed <HI>comparare provincias;</HI> or else they did decide the
question by lots, and that was tearmed <HI>sortiri provincias;</HI>
howbeit sometimes the <HI>Senate</HI> did interpose their autori∣ty,
and dispose the same. Vnder the Emperours the gover∣nours
of some Provinces were appointed by the <HI>Senate,</HI> &amp;
the people, and those were called <HI>Proconsules,</HI> and the Pro∣vinces,
<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">I. Camerar. pro L. Flacco</NOTE> <HI>Provinciae Consulares,</HI> others were appointed by
the Emperours, and they were called <HI>Propraetores,</HI> and the
Provinces <HI>Praetoriae Provinciae.</HI> For all this, which hath bin
noted touching the Provinciall Magistrates, it is almost
<HI>verbatim</HI> translated out of<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Rosin. An∣tiq. l. 10. c. 24.</NOTE> <HI>Rosinus.</HI> To which we adde
this, namely that every <HI>Proconsul</HI> and <HI>Propraetor</HI> did vsual∣ly
<PB N="133" REF="71"/>
choose a Lieuetenant such a one as should bee assistaunt
vnto him in matters of governement,<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Pomp. Lae∣tus de magist. Rom.</NOTE> whom they called
<HI>Legatum.</HI> So that this word <HI>Legatus</HI> signified three several
<HI>Magistrates</HI> amongst the <HI>Romanes,</HI> two whereof may bee
proved out of<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Prou. l. 2. c. 2.</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius;</HI> first that it signified such a Lieue∣tenant
or L. Deputy vnder a <HI>Proconsul</HI> or <HI>Propraetour</HI> in a
Province: secondly, that it signified such a one as is imploi∣ed
in the delivery of a message or embassage from one
Prince or State to another: we commonly call them <HI>Em∣bassadors.</HI>
<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. Rom. l. 10. c. 7.</NOTE> Lastly it signified a Lieuetenant or chiefe cap∣taine
in warre, whose place was next vnder the L. General.
Moreover every <HI>Proconsul</HI> and <HI>Propraetour</HI> had with them
certaine Treasurers, called <HI>Quaestores Provinciales.</HI> These
provinciall treasurers<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Prov. l. 2. c. 3.</NOTE> were chosen by the <HI>Romane</HI> people
commonly, namely such a number as the number of Pro∣vinces
did require. After the election they between them∣selues
did cast lots who should go vnto the one, who vnto
the other Provinces:<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Sig. ibid.</NOTE> sometimes extraordinarily by ver∣tue
of speciall Act or decree this or that speciall man hath
obtained this or that Province without any lottery. By the
way we must note, that all Provinciall <HI>Quaestors</HI> could not
be called <HI>Proquaestores,</HI> as all Provinciall <HI>Consuls</HI> and <HI>Prae∣tours</HI>
were called <HI>Proconsules</HI> &amp; <HI>Propraetores.</HI><NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. Rom. l. 7. c. 45.</NOTE> For these
only were called <HI>Proquaestores,</HI> which did succeede these
Provinciall <HI>Quaestors,</HI> when they did either die in their of∣fice
or depart out of the Province, no successor being ex∣pected
from <HI>Rome:</HI> at which times it was lawfull for the
<HI>Proconsul</HI> or <HI>Propraetor</HI> to choose his <HI>Proquaestor.</HI> Moreo∣ver
there were beside these <HI>Legati &amp; Quaestores</HI><NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Prov. l. 2. c. 2.</NOTE> other mi∣litary
officers; such as are the <HI>Tribuni militum, Centuriones,
Praefecti, Decuriones,</HI> togither with other inferiour officers,
as their Secretaries, Baylieffes, Cryers, Serjants, and such
like.</P>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="3" TYPE="section">
<PB N="134" REF="72"/>
<HEAD>Lib. 3. Sect. 3.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">Of the Romane Lawes.</HEAD>
<DIV4 N="1" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Legibus.</HEAD>
<P><SEG REND="decorInit">H</SEG>Aving spoken of the civill Magistrates, wee
will now also descende vnto the civill law:
where first we will note among other diffe∣rences
betweene <HI>Ius</HI> and <HI>Lex</HI> principally
these. First <HI>Lex</HI> signifieth only the law, but
<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 1. cap. 7.</NOTE> <HI>Ius</HI> signifieth also that place, wheresoever
the law or iustice was administred; not only if it were ad∣ministred
out of the tribunall in the <HI>Comitio,</HI> or great
hall of Iustice, which was tearmed by the lawyers <HI>Agere
pro Tribunali:</HI> but also if it were administred in a private
house, or in ones iourney; so that it were by a lawfull Ma∣gistrate,
and out of the curule chaire; and this was tearmed
by the Lawyers, <HI>Agere de Plano:</HI> and hence is it, that <HI>In ius
vocare</HI> signifieth to cite one into the court. Secondly <HI>Lex</HI>
signifieth onely the written law, but <HI>Ius</HI> signifieth equitie;
so that<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in orat. pro Mil.</NOTE> <HI>Ius permaneat sempèr, nec vnquam mutetur: Lex
verò scripta saepiùs.</HI> Notwithstanding these two words are
vsed promiscuously one for the other; &amp; therefore leaving
all curious differences between those words (whether the
<HI>Romane</HI> lawes were truely <HI>Iura</HI> or <HI>Leges)</HI> thus much wee
may obserue, that the laws vsed among them were of three
sorts; either they were such as were made by severall <HI>Ro∣mane</HI>
kings, and afterward collected &amp; digested into a me∣thod
by <HI>Papirius,</HI><NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in epist. virorū illus. l. 5. ep. 1<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>.</NOTE> from whom it was called <HI>Ius Papirianū:</HI>
<PB N="135" REF="72"/>
or they were such as the <HI>Decemviri</HI> brought frō <HI>Athens,</HI>
and were called <HI>Leges 12 tabularum:</HI> or lastly they were
such as the <HI>Consuls,</HI> the <HI>Tribuni Plebis,</HI> &amp; such Magistrates
did preferre, whence every severall law bore the name of
him or them that preferred it. My purpose is to explaine on¦ly
this latter sort; and that not all of them, but such alone as
I haue obserued in <HI>Tully,</HI> and that chiefly in his orations.
My proceeding shall bee first to shew the divers kindes of
iudgements; and then to descend vnto the lawes thēselues,
beginning with those which shall concerne the <HI>Romane</HI>
religion, and then proceeding to the others, which con∣cerne
the common wealth.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="2" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 2.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Iure publico &amp; privato.</HEAD>
<P>THe Cases to be decided by the law were either pub∣like
or private; &amp; accordingly were the iudgemēts,
<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Sig de iure Rom. l. 2. c. 18.</NOTE> <HI>Velprivata, in quibus ius suum privatus quis{que} perse∣quebatur:
vel publica, in quibus iniuria quae reip. facta erat
vindicabatur.</HI> The private (as we observed before) belōged
vnto the <HI>Praetori vrbano &amp; peregrino</HI> .i. the L. chiefe Iusti∣ces,
who did either giue iudgement themselues, and then
were they said <HI>Iudicare;</HI> or they did appoint others to sit in
iudgement, and<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Sig. de Iud. lib. 1. cap. 7.</NOTE> then were they said <HI>Iudicium dare:</HI> Yea
in their absence there were ten called <HI>Decemviri Stlitibus
iudicandis</HI> .i.<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. l. 7. c. 29.</NOTE> <HI>Super lites iudicandas,</HI> who in the same man∣ner,
as the <HI>Praetor,</HI> might either giue iudgement thēselues,
or appoint others; for they were even in<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 3. c. 16.</NOTE> one place and in
steed of <HI>Praetors.</HI> Those which either the <HI>Praetor</HI> or the <HI>De∣cemviri</HI>
did appoint to debate the cases vnder them, were
taken out of the <HI>Centumviri</HI> .i.<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Pet. Ramus in 2<SUP>am</SUP> de le∣ge Agrar.</NOTE> out of certaine Commissi∣oners
chosen for that purpose; namely three out of every
Tribe or warde; so that in all the number of them amoūted
vnto an hundred and fiue, but in round reckoning they
went for an hundred; and from a certaine speare that was
wont to be erected vp in token of this court, hence was the
<PB N="136" REF="73"/>
<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 1. c. 28.</NOTE> Court called either <HI>Praetoria Decemviralis,</HI> or <HI>Centumvi∣ralis
hasta.</HI> In some cases their forme of acquittance was
thus,<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 1. cap. 29.</NOTE> <HI>secundum illum litem do;</HI> whence<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Quin. Roscio.</NOTE> <HI>Tully</HI> saith, <HI>Quo
minùs secundum eos lis detur, non recusamus</HI> .i. wee doe not
deny, but they may be acquitted. Those that were cast in
their suit, were said <HI>Lite vel causâ cadere.</HI> The publique Ca∣ses
belonged ordinarily (except the <HI>Consuls,</HI> the <HI>Senate,</HI> or
the people did interpose their authoritie) vnto those whō
we called <HI>Praetores Quaesitores.</HI> Some haue<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 2. c. 18</NOTE> thought them
to be the same with those, whom <HI>Rosinus</HI> calleth <HI>Iudices
Quaestionum,</HI> and that I thinke not altogether vpon vnsure
grounds: first because most of these publique cases, which
they tearmed <HI>Quaestiones,</HI> had their<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 2. c. 4.</NOTE> severall <HI>Praetors</HI> to
enquire them; whence they were called <HI>Quaesitores,</HI> &amp; may
in my opinion be called <HI>Iudices Quaestionū,</HI> especially see∣ing
that those which would haue them bee different offi∣cers,
cannot well shew the difference of their offices. Now
as the Vrbane <HI>Praetor</HI> had an hundred cōmissioners vnder
him: so had these <HI>Praetores Quaesitores</HI> certaine Iudges cho∣sen
<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 2. cap. 6.</NOTE> by the Vrban or forreigne <HI>Praetor,</HI> when he tooke his
oath, and that not according to his pleasure as many as hee
would, or whom he would, but sometimes more, somtimes
fewer, sometimes only out of the <HI>Senators,</HI> sometimes only
out of the order of <HI>Romane</HI> Gentlemen, sometimes out of
both; sometimes also out of other orders,<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Sig. ibid.</NOTE> according as
the law appointed, which oftē times varied in those points.
The Iudges how great soever the number was,<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> Sig. de iur. Rom. l. 2. c. 18.</NOTE> were cal∣led
<HI>Iudices selecti,</HI> and were divided into severall compa∣nies
called <HI>Decuriae.</HI> These iudges were vpon any citation
frō any of the <HI>Praetors,</HI> to giue their assistance in the Court
vpon the day appointed by the <HI>Praetor.</HI> Now the manner
how they did proceed in their iudgement followeth in the
exposition of one of the lawes, and therefore I will referre
the reader thither. Only let him by the way vnderstand,
that whereas <HI>Tully</HI> is quoted in every law, it is not so much
for the proofe of the law, as to signifie, that he in that place
<PB N="137" REF="73"/>
maketh mention thereof. For the proofe of the lawes I re∣ferre
the Reader to <HI>Rosinus</HI> and <HI>Sigonius:</HI> touching the ex∣positions
my marginall quotations doe proue sufficiently.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="3" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 3.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Legibus religionem spectantibus.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Lex Papiria.</HEAD>
<P>L. <HI>Papirius Trib. Pleb.</HI> established a law touching the
consecration or hallowing of places,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Do∣mo.</NOTE> that it should
be vnlawfull for any to consecrate either houses,
grounds, altars, or any other things <HI>Iniussu plebis</HI> .i. with∣out
the determination of the <HI>Roman</HI> people in their assem∣blies
called <HI>Comitia Tributa,</HI> which determination was al∣waies
tearmed <HI>Plebiscitum.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Roscia Lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>L. Roscius Otho Trib. Pleb.</HI> preferred a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Philip. 2. Item pro Muraen.</NOTE> that whereas
heretofore the <HI>Romane</HI> Gentlemen did stand promiscuous∣ly
with the Commons at their theatrall shewes, now there
should bee fourteene benches or seats built for those <HI>Ro∣mane</HI>
Gentlemen which were worth H-S. <HI>quadringenta</HI> .i.
about 3000<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> of our <HI>English</HI> mony. As for other Gentlemē
whose substance was vnder that rate, they had a certaine
place allotted them by themselues, with a punishment im∣posed
vpon them, if they offered to come into any of those
14. benches.</P>
<P>Here we must note that this character H-S standeth for
a silver coine in <HI>Rome</HI> called <HI>Sestertius,</HI> and is by <HI>Rosinus</HI> in
this place improperly vsed for <HI>Sestertium.</HI> For this charac∣ter
H-S is by our Printers false printed, the true character
<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Fr. Matur. in Philip. 2.</NOTE> being LL-S signifying <HI>duas Libras</HI> (as the the two LL
doe intimate) and <HI>Semissem</HI> which is intimated by the
letter S. Where if <HI>Libra</HI> doth signify no more then the <HI>Ro∣mane</HI>
coyne called AS, then is this opinion touching the
character LL-S easie to be confirmed. For divers authors
<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Chr. Hegē∣dorphinus in Verrinam 1.</NOTE> rendring a reason of the name <HI>Sestertius,</HI> say it was so cal∣led
<PB N="138" REF="74"/>
<HI>quasi Semitertius</HI> .i. such a coyne as conteineth <HI>Duos so∣lidos
asses &amp; semissem.</HI> This <HI>Sestertius,</HI> was such a common
coyne among the <HI>Romanes,</HI><NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">P. Nannius in Verrin. 5.</NOTE> that <HI>Nummus</HI> and <HI>Sestertius</HI>
became at length one to be vsed for the other.<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Ch. Hegen dorph ius in Verrin. 5<SUP>am</SUP>.</NOTE> <HI>Mille hu∣iusmodi
ses<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ertij vel nummi faciunt vnum sestertium in neu∣tro
genere, &amp; conficiunt plus minus viginti quin{que} coronas.</HI>
According to which rate <HI>quadringenta sestertia</HI> amount∣eth
to 3000<SUP>l</SUP>: and every particular <HI>Sestertius</HI> is according
to this rate, in value about three halfe-pence farthing <HI>q.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Clodia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Publius Clodius Trib. Pleb.</HI> made a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Sex∣tio item de Arusp. respon▪</NOTE> by vertue wher∣of
the priest called <HI>Pessinuntius sacerdos</HI> (from the place
where he did first exercise those holy rites in the honour of
the mother Goddesse) should bee depriued of his Priest∣hood,
and the Temple built in the honour of this Goddesse
should be bestowed vpon <HI>Brotigarus</HI> of <HI>Gallo-Graecia.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Domitia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Cn. Domitius Ahenobarbus Trib. Pleb.</HI> enacted a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Agtar. 2.</NOTE> that
the Colleges of priests should not as they were wont, ad∣mit
whom they would into the order of Priesthood: but it
should be in the power of the people. And because it was
contrary to their religion, that Church-dignities should
be bestowed by the common people, hence did he ordaine
that the lesser part of the people, namely seventeene Tribes
should elect whom they thought fit, and afterward hee
should haue his confirmation or admission from the Col∣lege.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Lex incerti nominis de vacatione sacerdotum.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Cicero</HI> in his orations mentioneth a law (not naming
the author thereof) whereby the priests were priviledged
from their service in all warres,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Philip. 8. &amp; pro Font.</NOTE> except onely in vproares
or civill tumults.<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">B. Latomus in Philip 7.</NOTE> And these privileges were tearmed <HI>Va∣cationes.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="4" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="139" REF="74"/>
<HEAD>CHAP. 4.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Civitate, &amp; iure civium Rom.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Porcia lex de civitate.</HEAD>
<P>M. <HI>Porcius Trib. Pleb.</HI> established a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Ra∣bi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. &amp; saepè a∣liàs.</NOTE> that no magi∣strate
should beate any <HI>Romane</HI> citizen with rodds.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Lex Sempronia.</HEAD>
<P><HI>C. Sempronius Gracchus Trib. Pleb.</HI> preferred a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Clu∣entio. &amp; saepè aliàs.</NOTE>
whereby he disabled the magistrate frō punishing any <HI>Ro∣mane</HI>
citizen, either with roddes, or with his axe .i. with
death, without the allowance of the people. Secondly by
vertue of this law, if any magistrate did condemne any <HI>Ro∣mane</HI>
citizen <HI>Indictâ causâ,</HI> hee should bee liable to the
iudgement and censure of the people. A third clause to this
law was, <HI>Ne quis coiret, conveniret, quo quis iudicio publico
circumveniretur Indictâ causâ.</HI> He was said to be condem∣ned
<HI>causâ indictâ,</HI> which was condemned before hee had
spoken for himselfe. Although<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">P. Ramus in orat. pro Ra∣birio.</NOTE> <HI>Indicere pro non dicere, si∣cut
&amp; invidere pro non videre vix reperiatur; tamen indictū
&amp; invisum, pro non dicto, et non viso saepè reperiuntur.</HI><NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in orat. pro Clu∣entio.</NOTE> They
were properly said <HI>Coire,</HI> which did worke vnder hand a∣gainst
a man, that he might be condemned; wee may tran∣slate
it in this place, to <HI>Conspire.</HI><NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">I. Camerar. in orat. Cic. pro L. Flacco▪</NOTE> The verbe <HI>Circumvenio</HI>
doth commonly signifie as much as <HI>Circumscribo,</HI> to de∣ceaue
or cheat one:<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in orat. pro Clu∣entio.</NOTE> but in this place, to oppresse one with
false iudgement, procured by briberie or confederacy.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Lex Papia de peregrinis.</HEAD>
<P>The privileges of the <HI>Romane</HI> citizens became so great,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Balbo▪</NOTE>
that almost all the inhabitants of the confederate nations,
would forsake their owne dwellings, &amp; vse meanes to be∣come
free denisons in the <HI>Romane</HI> city; insomuch that the
Embassadours of the Allies, &amp; associates, did grieue much
and complaine of the losse of their inhabitants: wherevp∣on
a law was made by <HI>Papius,</HI> that all forreiners &amp; strange
commers should bee expelled out of the city.<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. offic. l 3.</NOTE> To the same
effect was <HI>Lex Iunia,</HI> and also <HI>Licinia Mutia de peregrinis:</HI>
<PB N="140" REF="75"/>
the first being preferred by <HI>Mar. Iunius Pennus:</HI> the second
by <HI>L. Licinius Crassus,</HI> and <HI>Q. Mutius Scaevola.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Servilia lex de civitate.</HEAD>
<P><HI>C. Servilius Glaucia</HI> preferred a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic pro Bal∣bo.</NOTE> <HI>Vt si quis Latinus,</HI>
If any of the Latine associates could proue an action of
bribery against a <HI>Senatour,</HI> then should he be made a free∣man
of the city.</P>
<P>Quis Latinus] <HI>Here we will obserue with</HI><NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Ital. l. 1. c. 2.</NOTE> Sigonius, <HI>that
the</HI> Latine <HI>people were not alwaies called</HI> Latini &amp; Italici<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>
Sed &amp; socij, &amp; Latini socij; &amp; socij nominis Latini, &amp; socij
nomen{que} Latinum, &amp; socij ab nomine Latino, &amp; socij ac La∣tium
dicti sunt.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Sylvani &amp; Carbonis lex de Peregrinis.</HEAD>
<P>Silvanus <HI>and</HI> Carbo <HI>being</HI> Tribuni Pl: <HI>preferred a law,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro. Ar∣chia.</NOTE>
vt qui foederatis civitatibus adscripti essent, si tum, cùm lex
ferebatur, in Italia domicilium habuissent, ac sexaginta die∣bus
apud praetorem professi essent, cives Romani essent.</P>
<P><HI>Adscripti.]</HI> For the right vnderstanding hereof, we must
note, that there were<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in orat. pro lege Manil.</NOTE> two sorts of citizens; some <HI>cives na∣ti</HI>
.i. citizens by birth; others <HI>civitate donati</HI> .i. citizens by
donation, or gift: who because they were added vnto, and
registred with the first sort of citizens, were thence called
<HI>Adscripti cives.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Professi apud Praetorem.]</HI> This verbe <HI>profiteri</HI> is some
times<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">P. Ramus in or. Cic. Agra<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> 2.</NOTE> <HI>Comitiale verbum,</HI> and signifieth as much as <HI>profite∣ri
nomen</HI> .i. to tender ones name vnto a magistrate: &amp; this
construction it beareth in this place.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Cornelia de Municipijs.</HEAD>
<P><HI>L. Cornelius Sylla</HI> preferred a law, that all <HI>Municipall</HI> states
should loose their freedome in the <HI>Romane</HI> city,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic pro Do∣mo.</NOTE> and also
their privilege of having commons in the <HI>Romane</HI> fields.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Gellia Cornelia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>L. Gellius Publicola,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Bal∣bo.</NOTE> and <HI>Cn: Cornelius Lentulus</HI> being
Consuls decreed a law, that all those private persons vpon
whom <HI>Cn: Pompeius</HI> in his wisedome shoulde bestow the
freedome of the <HI>Romane</HI> citizens, should ever be accoun∣ted
free denisons.</P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="5" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="141" REF="75"/>
<HEAD>CHAP. 5.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De legibus ad comitia spectantibus.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Aelia lex.</HEAD>
<P>Q. <HI>Aelius Paetus</HI> asked a law in time of his Consulship,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. multis in locis.</NOTE>
<HI>vt quoties cum populo ageretur</HI> .i. as oftē as any <HI>Romane</HI>
Magistrate did assemble the people to giue their voices, the
<HI>Augures</HI> shoulde obserue signes and tokens in the firma∣ment,
and the magistrates should haue power <HI>obnunciandi,
&amp; intercedendi</HI> .i. to gainesay and hinder their proceedings.</P>
<P><HI>Ageretur cum populo.]</HI> Here we may note the difference
betweene these two phrases, <HI>Agere cum populo,</HI> and <HI>Agere
ad populum.</HI><NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">A. Gel. l. 13. cap. 14.</NOTE> He was said <HI>Agere ad populum,</HI> whosoever
made any speech or oration vnto the people, &amp; this might
be done vpon any day indifferently: But then onely was it
said <HI>Agi cum populo,</HI> when the people were assembled to
the giving of their voices by a lawfull magistrate, and
this could not be done,<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Bersman. de vet. dier. ra∣tione ad finē Ovid Fast. Cic. in suis orat. saepè.</NOTE> but vpō one of those daies, which
they called <HI>Dies Comitiales.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Fusia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Pub: Furius sive Fusius Philus</HI> being <HI>Consul</HI> ordained a
law, that vpō some certaine daies, although they were <HI>dies
Fasti</HI> .i. Leet-daies, yet no magistrate should s<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>mmon an
assembly.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Clodia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>P. Clodius Trib. Pl.</HI> abrogated both those former lawes,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Sext.</NOTE>
making it vnlawfull to obserue signes &amp; tokens in the hea∣vens,
vpon those daies when the <HI>Roman</HI> people were to be
assembled: And secondly, making it lawfull to assemble
the people vpon any Leet-day whatsoever.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Gabinia lex.</HEAD>
<P>At first for many yeares the <HI>Romane</HI> people in their as∣semblies
did suffrage <HI>Vivâ voce:</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. 3 de leg.</NOTE> at which time many of the
inferiour sort, gaue their voices contrary to their wils, fea∣ring
the displeasure of those that were of higher place. For
the better help in this point, <HI>Gabinius</HI> asked a law, that the
<PB N="142" REF="76"/>
people in all their elections might not suffrage <HI>Vivâ voce,</HI>
but by giving vp certaine tablets, the manner wherof hath
beene formerly shewen: whence both this, and all other
lawes tending to this purpose haue beene called <HI>Leges ta∣bellariae.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Cassia lex.</HEAD>
<P>After <HI>Gabinius,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. in Laelio</NOTE> <HI>Cassius</HI> also preferred a law, that both
the Iudges in their iudgements, and the people in their as∣semblies
should suffrage by rendring such tablets:<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 8. c. 3.</NOTE> but
this is to be vnderstood only of those assemblies by wards
called <HI>Comitia Tributa:</HI> wherein they treated of mulcts &amp;
mercements.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Coelia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Coelius Trib. Pl.</HI> established a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. 3. de leg.</NOTE> that not onely in
mulcts and mercements, but also <HI>In perduellionis iudicio</HI> .i.
in taintments of treason against any person of state (name∣ly
such as were <HI>sacrosancti)</HI> or against the common weale,
this <HI>Tabellary</HI> libertie should haue place, when the people
should iudge thereof.</P>
<P><HI>In perduellionis iud.]</HI><NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Caelius Sec. Curio. in ora. pro M<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>lone.</NOTE> This word <HI>perduellis</HI> doth signifie
an enimy vnto the state, a traytour: &amp; hence commeth this
word <HI>perduellio,</HI> signifying not onely the crime of treason,
but the punishment also due therevnto,<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Sig de Iud. lib 3. cap. 3.</NOTE> <HI>Si crimen quode∣rat
gravissimum inter crimina, nempe imminutae maiestatis: si
poena, quae erat acerbissima, nempe mortis.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Papiria lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>C. Papirius Carbo Trib. Pl.</HI> perswaded,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. de leg. 3.</NOTE> that not only in
their elections, but in the proposall of their laws also, this
suffraging by tablets should be vsed.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Sempronia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>C. Sempronius Gracchus Trib. Pleb.</HI> preferred a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. multis in <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ocis.</NOTE> that
the Associates of <HI>Latium</HI> should haue as great right of suf∣fraging,
as the <HI>Romane</HI> citizens.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Manilia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>C. Manilius Trib. Pl.</HI> preferred a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic pro Mur.</NOTE> that all those
who were <HI>Libertini,</HI> in what tribe or Ward soever, should
haue the right of suffraging.</P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="6" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="143" REF="76"/>
<HEAD>CHAP. 6.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Senatu &amp; Senatoribus.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Claudia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Q. Claudius Trib. Pleb.</HI> perswaded a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Verrin. 7.</NOTE> that no <HI>Senator</HI>
or <HI>Senators</HI> father, should haue any ship, which should
conteine aboue three hundred of those measures called
<HI>Amphorae,</HI> deeming that sufficient for the transportation
of their co<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>e from the <HI>Romane</HI> fields. Secondly, by this
law the <HI>Senatours</HI> were forbidden the vse of trading.</P>
<P><HI>Amphorae.]</HI><NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 2. c. 20.</NOTE> <HI>Alexander Neopol.</HI> observeth two sortes
of these measures, namely, <HI>Amphora Italica</HI> containing 2.
<HI>Vrnas;</HI> and <HI>Amphora Attica</HI> containing 3. <HI>Ʋrnas:</HI> everie
<HI>vrna</HI> contained two gallons and a pottle. This in probabi∣lity
is vnderstood of the <HI>Italian Amphora.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Tullia lex.</HEAD>
<P>When as a custome had growne, that many of the <HI>Sena∣tours</HI>
having by speciall favour obtained <HI>Liberam legatio∣nem,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Philip. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/></NOTE>
vpon all occasions would abuse that their authoritie,
procuring thereby their private gaine, and the encrease of
their owne honour; then <HI>M. Tullius Cic.</HI> being <HI>Consul</HI>
laboured, quite to take away these kinds of embassages:
which though he could not effect, yet thus farre he prevai∣led;
That whereas in former times this <HI>Libera legatio</HI> be∣ing
once obtained, was never (not through a mans whole
life) taken from him againe: yet afterward this autority
should never be granted to any longer, then the space of
one yeare.</P>
<P><HI>Legatio libera.]</HI> We may obserue in ancient autors three
severall kindes of embassages. The one, which is a message
sent from the Prince or chiefe governours of one country
vnto another, and that is expressed commonly by this one
word <HI>Legatio,</HI> without any addition therevnto, sometimes
it is called <HI>Legatio mandata.</HI> The second, which is whē one
purchaseth the title of an Embassadour, thereby the more
honourably to performe some vow made, whence it was
<PB N="144" REF="77"/>
called <HI>Legatio Votiua.</HI> The third is the office or title of an
Embassadour, granted vpon speciall favour vnto a <HI>Sena∣tour,</HI>
that he might with the greater autority prosecute his
private suits in law, or gather vp his debts in that province
whither he went: this last was tearmed <HI>Legatio libera.</HI> All
three sorts are b<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>fly touched by<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">M. Toxita in orat. Phi. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>.</NOTE> <HI>Toxita.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="7" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 7.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Magistratibus.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Cornelia lex.</HEAD>
<P>L. <HI>Cornel<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>us Sylla</HI> being <HI>Dictator,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. in Pison.</NOTE> made a law, that all
such as would follow him in the civil warre, should be
capeable of any office or magistracie before they came vn∣to
their full yeares. A second part of this law was, that the
children of such as were <HI>proscripti,</HI> should bee made vn∣capeable
of the <HI>Romane</HI> magistracies.</P>
<P>Before they came to their full age.] For <HI>L. Ʋillius</HI> pre∣ferred
a law, whereby he made such as were vnder age, to
be vncapeable of the city preferments: and those he accoū∣ted
vnder age, who had not attained vnto that number of
yeares, which he had prescribed each severall office:<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">P. Ramus in Agrar. 2.</NOTE> and
this law was tearmed <HI>lex annalis.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Proscripti.]</HI> Those were tearmed <HI>proscripti,</HI> who were
not onely exiled and banished their country, but also their
goods were seazed vpon and consiscated.<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Fr. Maturā∣tius in Phil. 5.</NOTE> <HI>Quoniam eorum
nomina in publico scribebantur, hinc proscribi dicebantur.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Hircia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>A. Hircius</HI> made a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Phil. 13.</NOTE> that all those that followed
<HI>Pompey,</HI> should be made vncapeable of all places of of∣fice.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Cornelia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>L. Cornelius Sylla</HI> finding the <HI>Praetores</HI> .i. the L. chiefe
Justices not to giue sentence alwaies according to equitie,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic Philip. 2.</NOTE>
yea sometimes to goe quite contrary to their owne Edict,
made a law, that every L. chiefe Iustice should administer
iustice according to that his first Edict, hanged vp at the
<PB N="145" REF="77"/>
beginning of his office. An additiō vnto this law was, that
the L. chiefe Iustice should not be absent out of the citie a∣boue
ten daies.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Clodia lex.</HEAD>
<P>In former times it was lawfull for either of the <HI>Censors</HI>
to censure whom he pleased, and how hee pleased, except
his fellow <HI>Censor</HI> did plainely gaine say it,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Se<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>t</NOTE> and make op∣position
therein. But many abusing this their authoritie,
<HI>P. Clodius Trib. Pl.</HI> made a law, that the <HI>Censors</HI> should not
overskip any in their election of <HI>Senators;</HI> neither should
they brand any with disgrace, except such as had been ac∣cused
vnto them, and beene condemned by them both.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Valeria lex.</HEAD>
<P>The office of a <HI>Dictator</HI> at the first institution continued
but six months space,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Verrin. 4.</NOTE> vntill <HI>L. Valerius Flaccus,</HI> being <HI>In∣terrex</HI>
in the vacancy of the <HI>Consuls</HI> preferred a law, that
<HI>L. Cornelius Sylla</HI> should be a perpetuall <HI>Dictator.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Cornelia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>L▪ Cornelius Sylla</HI> in the time of his <HI>Dictatorship,</HI> did by
vertue of a law preferred by him clip the authoritie of the
<HI>Tribuni Pl.</HI> disabling them of bearing any office after the
expiration of their <HI>Tribuneship,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. 3. de leg.</NOTE> taking away their autho∣ritie
of preferring lawes, of vsing any solemne speech or
publike oration vnto the people, of hearing appeales, of
hindring any statute or decree tending to the hurt of the
populacy.</P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="8" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 8.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De legibus.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Coecilia Didia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Q: Coecilius Metellus,</HI> and <HI>Titus Didius</HI> being <HI>Consuls,</HI>
forbad,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Philip. 5.</NOTE> that <HI>Ʋna rogatione</HI> .i. in one and the same bill
many things should be proposed vnto the people: least
by that meanes, the people by graunting the whole bill
might graunt something which they would not; or in de∣nying
the whole bill might deny some particular clause,
<PB N="146" REF="78"/>
which by it selfe they would haue accepted. Moreover
these two <HI>Consuls</HI> ordained, that before a law should be
asked in the assemblies it should bee promulged .i. hanged
vp to the publique view of the people three market daies.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Iunià Licinia lex de trinundino.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Iunius Silanus</HI> and <HI>L. Licinius Muraena</HI> being <HI>Consuls,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Philip 5.</NOTE>
established that law of <HI>Coecilius</HI> and <HI>Didius,</HI> annexing a
more severe punishment for the breakers thereof.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Clodia lex de intercessione.</HEAD>
<P><HI>P. Clodius Trib. Pl.</HI> made a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Sext</NOTE> that the <HI>Trib. Pl.</HI> should
haue full autority and power to propose lawes; neither
should they be hindred by the <HI>Intercession</HI> .i. gainsaying of
any.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Licinia Aebutia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Licinius</HI> and <HI>Aebutius</HI> being <HI>Tribuni Pl.</HI> ordained,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. contra Rullum 2.</NOTE> that
if any preferred a law touching the oversight, the charge
or cure of any businesse in hand; neither he, nor any fellow
officer with him, nor any allyed vnto him should haue this
oversight or charge committed to him.</P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="9" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 9.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Provincijs.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Sempronia de provincijs.</HEAD>
<P><HI>C. Sempronius Gracchus Trib. Pl.</HI> ordained; that the
<HI>Senate</HI> every yeare before the election of their <HI>Con∣suls,</HI>
should as it seemed best to them, appoint out
what Provinces the <HI>Consuls</HI> now to be elected; should af∣ter
the expiration of their office go vnto; for which provin∣ces
afterward the <HI>Consuls</HI> designed should cast lots. Ano∣ther
clause to this law was,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. de pro∣vince consu∣laribus.</NOTE> that whereas in former times,
by a decree from the <HI>Senate</HI> it was lawfull for the <HI>Tribunes</HI>
to hinder the <HI>Romane</HI> assemblies, hēceforward they should
haue no autority.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Cornelia de Provincijs.</HEAD>
<P><HI>L. Cornelius Sylla</HI> being <HI>Dictator</HI> preferred a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic ep. 9. ad Lentul.</NOTE> that
whosoever went into a Province <HI>cum imperio, tam diu illud
<PB N="147" REF="78"/>
imperium retineret, quoad in vrbem reversus esset:</HI> whereas
in former times his rule and governement was to be resig∣ned
at the expiration of a set time appointed: yea although
no successor were sent, it could he not continue there <HI>cum
imperio</HI> without a new commission. A clause added vnto
this law was, that after the comming of any new <HI>President</HI>
or governour into the Province, the old <HI>Provinciall Presi∣dent</HI>
should depart within thirty daies.</P>
<P>Esse cum imperio.] <HI>.i.</HI><NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Sig. de <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/>. Prov. l. 3. c. 13</NOTE> Exercitui praeesse<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Sig. eiusd. lib. cap. 6. Cic. pro L. Muraen.</NOTE> vel haebere ius ad∣ministrandi,
&amp; suis auspicijs gerendi belli.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Titia lex de Provincijs.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Titius,</HI> or (as<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Melanct<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ō. in orat. pro Muraena.</NOTE> some say) <HI>Decius</HI> preferred a law, that the
Provinciall Treasurers called <HI>Quaestores,</HI> should cast lots
for their Provinces: whence <HI>Tully</HI> in the oration now quo∣ted
inferreth, that although <HI>Ostia</HI> being the better Province
fell vpon <HI>Servius Sulpitius,</HI> yet in as much as it fell <HI>lege Ti∣tia</HI>
.i. by casting lots, he could not therefore challenge anie
superiority aboue <HI>L. Muraena. Sed vtrius{que} nomen consedit
in Quaestura</HI> .i. their same and renowne was equall in their
<HI>Quaestorship.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Iulia lex de provincijs.</HEAD>
<P><HI>C. Iulius Caesar</HI> established two lawes touching the <HI>Ro∣mane</HI>
Provinces:<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Philip 1.</NOTE> one that no <HI>Praetour</HI> should governe a
Province aboue twelue monthes; nor <HI>Procōsull</HI> aboue two
yeare. The severall heads or clauses of his second law could
not all be found out, but those which haue come to light
are these. First that <HI>Achaia, Thessalia,</HI> and all <HI>Graecia</HI> should
be free, neither should any <HI>Romane</HI> Magistrate sit in iudg∣ment
in those Provinces <HI>(Cic. pro domo.)</HI> Secondly, that the
Provinciall governours and their <HI>Comites</HI> .i. assistants or
attendants, should haue hay, and all other necessaries pro∣vided
thē on the way, by those townes &amp; villages through
which they passed. <HI>(Cic. in Pison.)</HI> Thirdly, that the Provin∣ciall
Magistrates at their departure, should leaue a book of
their accounts in two cities of their province, and likewise
shoulde sende a coppy of their accounts vnto the <HI>Romane</HI>
<PB N="148" REF="79"/>
Treasure-house <HI>(Cic. in Pison.)</HI> Fourthly that it should nei∣ther
be lawfull for the people to bestow, nor for the Pro∣vinciall
Magistrate to receiue <HI>Aurum eoronarium</HI> vnlesse it
were in a triumph <HI>(Cic. in Pison.)</HI> Lastly, that it should bee
vnlawful for the Provincial Magistrate without the allow∣ance
of the people or the <HI>Senate,</HI> to depart out of their pro∣vince,
to lead forth any army, to wage warre, or to go into
any forreigne country. <HI>(Cic. in Pison)</HI></P>
<P><HI>Aurum coron.]</HI><NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Lipsius de magnit. Rom. lib. 2. cap. 9.</NOTE> There was a custome amongst the <HI>Ro∣manes</HI>
in times of victory to present vnto the L. Generall
Coronets of gold, insteede whereof the after-ages presen∣ted
a certaine summe of mony, which was thence called
<HI>Aurum coronarium.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Vatinia de Provincijs.</HEAD>
<P><HI>P. Vatinius Trib. Pl.</HI> procured a law, that C. <HI>Iulius Cae∣sar</HI>
should haue the government of <HI>Gallia Cisalpina,</HI> and
<HI>Ill<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ricum</HI> for fiue years space, without any decree from the
<HI>Senate,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Bal bo.</NOTE> or casting lots. Secondly that they also should goe
as Legates or L. Deputies vnto <HI>Caesar,</HI> without any decree
from the <HI>Senat,</HI> whosoever were nominated in that law.
Thirdly that <HI>Caesar</HI> should receiue mony out of the com∣mon
Treasure-house towards having an army. Lastly, that
he should transplant a <HI>Colony</HI> vnto a certaine towne of <HI>Ci∣salpina
Gallia</HI> called <HI>Novocomum.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Clodia de Provincijs.</HEAD>
<P><HI>P. Clodius</HI> being <HI>Trib. Pleb.</HI> procured a law that the go∣vernement
of <HI>Syria,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Pro Do∣mo.</NOTE> <HI>Babylon,</HI> and <HI>Persia</HI> should be commit∣ted
to <HI>Gabinius.</HI> The governement of <HI>Macedonia, Achaia,
Thessalia, Graeci<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>,</HI> and al <HI>Boeotia</HI> should bee committed vn∣to
<HI>Piso;</HI> and they should receaue together with an army,
mony out of the common Treasury towards their iourny.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Clodia altera de Cypro.</HEAD>
<P><HI>P. Clodius</HI> preferred another law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Sext</NOTE> that the Iland <HI>Cyprus</HI>
should be made a Province. That <HI>P<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>olemaeus</HI> the king of
<HI>Cyprus</HI> sitting in his purple, with his scepter and other his
princely ornaments <HI>Praeconi publico subiiceretur, &amp; cum
<PB N="149" REF="79"/>
bonis omnibus publicaretur</HI> .i. should himselfe with all his
goods be sold by a common cryer. That <HI>M. Cato</HI> being
then Treasurer, <HI>cum iure Praetorio, adiecto etiam Quaestore,</HI>
hauing by commission the office of a L. chiefe Iustice, and
another Treasurer to accompany him, should bee sent into
the Iland <HI>Cyprus,</HI> both to make sale of the kings goods &amp;
estate, and also to bring backe the mony. Lastly it was de∣creed
by this law, that those who lived in exilement at <HI>By∣zantium</HI>
being condemned for some capitall crime, should
be brought backe vnto that citie, vnder the name of <HI>Ro∣manes.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Praeconi publico subijceretur.]</HI> For the better vnderstan∣ding
of that phrase, wee are to vnderstand the manner of
portsale amongst the <HI>Romanes:</HI> which wee may read in <HI>Si∣gonius</HI>
thus. Those things were rightly sold in portsale,
which were publikely sold <HI>Per praeconem sub hastu</HI> .i. by the
cryer vnder a speare sticked vp for that purpose, and some
Magistrate making good the sale by delivery of the
goods. Whence I take <HI>Publico praeconi subijci,</HI> &amp; <HI>Hastae sub∣ijci</HI>
to signifie one and the selfesame thing, namely to be set
at sale: and<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Cic. Phil 11</NOTE> <HI>Cicero</HI> vseth almost the selfe same phrase, <HI>Bona
Cn. Pompeij, voci acerbissima subiecta praeconis.</HI> This kind of
sale was tearmed <HI>Auctio;</HI> because as <HI>Sigonius</HI> saith in the
same place, to him the goods were sold, <HI>Qui plurimum rem
augeret</HI> .i. which would bid most for it: &amp; hence is the seller
thereof tearmed <HI>Auctor,</HI> as<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Verrin. 7.</NOTE> <HI>Cic. Id quod à malo auctore e∣missent</HI>
.i. that which they had bought of one which had no
authoritie to sell: &amp; from this custome of setting vp a speare
in this kind of sale, this word <HI>Hasta</HI> alone is vsed to signify
portsale, as<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Cic. Phil. 8.</NOTE> <HI>Hasta Caesaris,</HI> the sale of <HI>Caesars</HI> goods. Those
who bought these goods<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Cic. in Ver.</NOTE> <HI>Tully</HI> doth call <HI>Sectores,</HI><NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 2. c. 24.</NOTE> <HI>quia
spem lucri sui sectabantur.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="10" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 10.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De legibus Agrarijs.</HEAD>
<P><PB N="150" REF="80"/>
THose laws were tearmed <HI>Leges Agrariae,</HI> which did
concerne the division of the publique or common
fields. And these were either given by <HI>Romulus</HI> and
other kings; or taken from the enimies, or from private mē
which had made incloasures; or lastly bought out of the
common Treasury. <HI>Vid.</HI><NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Ital. l. 2. c. 2. Cic. pro Sext.</NOTE> <HI>Sigon.</HI></P>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Sempronia lex Agraria.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Titus Sempronius Gracchus Trib. Pleb.</HI> preferred a lawe
which forbade, that any of the <HI>Romanes</HI> should haue to his
owne part aboue fiue hundred acres of the common fields,
the one halfe of which it was lawfull for his sonnes to en∣ioy.
If it had so hapned that any should enlarge these com∣mon
fields, three surveyers called the<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Sig de iure Ital. l. 2. c. 2.</NOTE> <HI>Triumviri agro di∣vidundo,</HI>
did marke out which was common, which private
ground. Moreover it was by this lawe provided, that the
mony of king <HI>Attalus</HI> who made the people of <HI>Rome</HI> his
heire, might be bestowed vpon those citizens, which had
by this law obtained a part of the common fieldes, to the
buying of instruments for husbandry. Moreover, that the
kings lands should be farmed out at a set rent by the <HI>Cen∣sors,</HI>
whence an yearely tribute should be paid to the peo∣ple.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Cornelia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>L. Cornelius Sylla</HI> being <HI>Dictator</HI> preferred a law, that al
the fields of those <HI>Romanes</HI> which he had banished, should
be common. This publication is to be vnderstood chiefly
of those fields in <HI>Thuscia</HI> nere vnto the city <HI>Volaterrae,</HI> and
the city <HI>Fesulae,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. in Rullū.</NOTE> which grounds <HI>Sylla</HI> divided amongst his
souldiers.</P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="11" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 11.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De frumentarijs legibus.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Sempronia lex.</HEAD>
<P>T. <HI>Sempronius Gracchus</HI> being tribune of the commōs
provided,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Sext.</NOTE> that a certaine quantity of corne shoulde
monthly be givē vnto the poorer sort at a low price,
<PB N="151" REF="80"/>
<HI>Semisse &amp; triente,</HI> that is, about sixe pence farthing a bush∣ell.
Herevpon was there a place appointed in <HI>Rome</HI> for the
keeping of this cōmon corne, togither with certaine laws
hanged vp there called <HI>leges frumentariae.</HI> This place was
called<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. lib. 8. c. 1<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/></NOTE> <HI>Horrea Sempronia.</HI></P>
<P><HI>Semisse &amp; triente.]</HI> It appeareth by the next law, that <HI>Se∣missis</HI>
in this place, must signifie the same as <HI>semiaeris</HI> doth
there. Wherby we may note, that <HI>semissis</HI> doth not alwaies
signifie the halfe part of the <HI>Romane</HI> coine called <HI>As,</HI> but
sometime it signifieth a greater coine <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>alewing almost our
sixe pence.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Clodia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>P. Clodius Tribunus Pleb.</HI> ordained that that corn which
heretofore was sold to the poore <HI>senis aeris &amp; trientibus in
singulos modios,</HI> that is, for sixe pence farthing a bushell,
should hereafter be given <HI>gratis,</HI> and the charge and over∣sight
of this dole was committed to <HI>Sext. Claudius.</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Sext. in Pisone.</NOTE></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Terentia Cassia.</HEAD>
<P>M. Terentius <HI>and C.</HI> Cassius <HI>being</HI> Consuls <HI>preferred a
law,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Verrio. 5. &amp; 7.</NOTE> Ʋti alterae decumae à provincijs coemerentur, pretio in
singulos modios HS trium constituto. Item vt civitatibus ae∣qualiter
imperaretur, pretio in singulos modios HS quatuor
constituto.</P>
<P>For the better vnderstanding of this law, wee must note
<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Prov. l. 1. c. 1.</NOTE> a threefold tithe paid by the Provinces. The first was the
tenth part of the graine, growing in the Province to bee
paid in <HI>gratis,</HI> and that was properly called <HI>Decumae,</HI> or <HI>fru∣mentum
decumanum,</HI> and those that tooke this tithe to rent
were called thence <HI>Decumani.</HI> A second sort of tithes was
a certaine quantitie of corne taken vp for the L. President
or chiefe governour of the province to keepe his house, &amp;
that was called <HI>Frumentum aestimatum</HI> .i. corne gathered
vp by way of taxation: for so this word <HI>aestimo</HI> comming
from <HI>aes</HI> doth signifie.<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in or. pro Clu∣entio.</NOTE> <HI>Est autem aestimare ab aere dictum, id
quod vulgo dicunt appreciare &amp; taxare.</HI> The third sort of
tithes, was when the <HI>Senate</HI> finding scarcitie of corne in
<PB N="152" REF="81"/>
<HI>Rome,</HI> did inioyne the Provinces to sell them a quantitie
of corne at a price set downe by the <HI>Senatours</HI> themselues,
and this corne sould vpon iniunction, if it was paid but
once in the yeare, it was tearmed <HI>Frumentum emptum:</HI> but
if in the same yeare a second sale was inioyned them, then
they called that second pay <HI>Fr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>mentum imperatum.</HI> In the
first clause of this law by <HI>[alterae decumae]</HI> is meant <HI>frumentū
emptum;</HI> in the second clause, by these words <HI>[civitatibus
aequaliter imperaretur]</HI> is vnderstood <HI>Frumentum imperatū.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Lex Hieronica.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Hiero</HI> king of <HI>Sicily</HI> obteined a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Ve<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>rin. 4▪</NOTE> wherein was set
downe the quantitie of corne that the <HI>Aratores</HI> or country
farmers should pay vnto the <HI>Publicani</HI> .i. those which re∣ceaued
the tithes, together with the time of payment &amp; the
price agreed vpon.</P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="12" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 12.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De re militari &amp; bellis.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Gabinia lex.</HEAD>
<P>A. <HI>Gabinius Tr. Pl.</HI> preferred a law that the managing
of the war against the Pyrats should be in such man∣ner
committed vnto <HI>Pompey</HI> for three yeares space,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro lege Manilia.</NOTE>
that over the whole sea betweene <HI>Hercules</HI> his pillars, and
in the maritime provinces vnto the foure hundreth <HI>Stadiū</HI>
from the sea, he should haue power to cōmand any Kings,
L. Presidents, or whole corporations to furnish him with
all things necessarie for that warre.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Manilia Lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>C. Manilius Trib. Pleb.</HI> perswaded a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic pro lege Manilia.</NOTE> that the ma∣naging
of warre against <HI>Mithridates</HI> should bee commit∣ted
vnto <HI>Cn. Pompeius.</HI> That the whole Province where
<HI>L. Lucullus</HI> ruled, together with his whole army should
be resigned vp vnto him. Moreover that <HI>Bithynia,</HI> where
<HI>Glabrio</HI> ruled, should bee added, together with all those
bands and forces, which hee had vpon the sea against the
Pyrats, and all those provinces, over which the law <HI>Gabi∣nia</HI>
<PB N="153" REF="81"/>
did entitle him governour, as <HI>Phrygia, Lyc<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>onia, Gala∣tia,
Cappadocia, Ciliciae, Colchis superior,</HI> and <HI>Armenia.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="13" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 13.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Tutelis.</HEAD>
<P>THis word <HI>Tutela</HI> doth signifie a wardship, guardian∣ship,
or protection of a child in his non age: whereof
<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">I. Camerar. in orat pro L. Facco.</NOTE> <HI>Camerarius</HI> observeth foure sorts, &amp; we may with
<HI>Pellitarius</HI> adde the fift. Either the overseers were appoin∣ted
by will; or else the next of the kinne were overseers; or
the magistrate did appoint whom he thought fit: and these
three sorts<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">I. Omphal. in orat pro Cecinna.</NOTE> <HI>Omphalius</HI> calleth thus: the first <HI>Testamentariā,</HI>
the second <HI>Legitimam,</HI> the third <HI>Dativam.</HI> The fourth sort
<HI>Camerarius</HI> calleth <HI>Tutelam fiduciariam, quae eorum est, qui
emancipati desijssent esse agnati.</HI> The fift<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Pellitarius pro Cecin.</NOTE> <HI>Pellitarius</HI> calleth
<HI>Tutelam honorariam,</HI> namely when as the office of admini∣stratiō
is cōmitted to others, but yet certaine chiefe over∣seers
were appointed to see the will performed, who were
called <HI>Tutores honorarij.</HI><NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Muraen.</NOTE> Where wee must note, that the
law provided overseers, not for children vnder age only,
but for women also.</P>
<P><HI>Emancipati desijssent esse agnati]</HI> By the <HI>Roman</HI> law every
sonne was in such subiection vnto his father, that before
he could bee released of this subiection and made free, hee
should by an imaginary sale<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Vid leg 12. tabul.</NOTE> be sold three times by his na∣turall
father to another man, who was called by the law∣yers
<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 1. c. 10▪</NOTE> <HI>Pater fiduciarius</HI> .i. a father in trust; yea &amp; be bought
againe by the naturall father, and so manumised by him, &amp;
then he became free. The forme of this kinde of sale or a∣lienation
is set downe more at large in the explanation of
one of the laws that followeth, with an example not much
vnlike this. This imaginary sale was called <HI>Mancipatio;</HI> the
children thus alienated from the father were tearmed <HI>E∣mancipati;</HI>
this forme of setting free was tearmed <HI>Emanci∣patio.</HI>
This <HI>F<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>duciaria tutela</HI> then, in my opinion was thus.
That when any goods did fall vnto a child thus alienated,
<PB N="154" REF="82"/>
by the death of his father, then should not the oversight of
this child fall vnto the next of the kinne tearmed <HI>Agnati,</HI>
but <HI>Quoniam desiit esse agnatus</HI> .i. because he had in a man∣ner
lost his aliance with his kindred, therefore should the
oversight of the child belong vnto the father in trust, tear∣med
<HI>Pater fiduciarius,</HI> whence the gardianship it selfe was
called <HI>Tutela fiduciaria.</HI></P>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Laetoria lex.</HEAD>
<P>This law made by <HI>Laetorius</HI> provided, that there should
be overseers appointed for those which were distracted,<NOTE PLACE="marg">C. 3. de offic.</NOTE> or
did prodigally wast their patrimonie. For, as it appeareth
by the common adage, <HI>Ad agnatos &amp; Gentiles deducendus
est,</HI>
they did account al prodigals, mad men: they meaning
no more by that, then we do by our english proverb, when
we say of a spend-thrift: let him be begged for a foole. The
reason of their adage was, because if any were distracted,
by the <HI>Romane</HI> law his wardship fell <HI>Adagnatos &amp; Gen∣tiles</HI>
.i. the next of the kinred.</P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="14" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 14.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Testamentis.</HEAD>
<P>BEfore we descend vnto the lawes themselues, we will
explaine those three divers sorts of wils in vse amōgst
the <HI>Romanes.</HI> Namely <HI>Testamentum calaris comitijs,</HI>
which was so called, because twice in the yeare in time of
peace the <HI>Romane</HI> people assembled themselues together
to this end and purpose, that if any would make his will
the whole people might beare witnesse there vnto: these as∣semblies
were tearmed <HI>Calata comitia.</HI> Secondly <HI>Testamē∣tum
in procinctu</HI> .i. when a souldier in time of warre readie
to giue battle, did call out three or foure of his fellowes, &amp;
in the audience of them did by word of mouth pronounce
his last will and testament. Thirdly, <HI>Testamentum per emā∣cipationem
familiae</HI> .i. by making over his goods and posses∣sions
vnder a fained forme of sale, vnto a second party cal∣led
<HI>Haeres fiduciarius &amp; imaginarius</HI> .i. an heire in trust, who
<PB N="155" REF="82"/>
should afterward resigne them vnto the true and lawfull
heire: and this imaginary kind of sale, was performed with
certaine solemnities <HI>circa aes &amp; libram:</HI> and also the sale it
selfe was sometimes called <HI>Nexus,</HI> as likewise <HI>Emancipa∣tio.</HI>
Hence was the will sometimes called <HI>Testamentum per
aes &amp; libram,</HI> sometimes <HI>Testamentum per Nexum.</HI> For the
proofe of this, which hath beene delivered, touching the
three sorts of wills I will referre the reader to<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 1. c. 12▪</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius.</HI></P>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Furia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>C. Furius Trib. Pleb.</HI> made a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Verrin. 3▪</NOTE> that it should not bee
lawfull for any to giue away in way of legacy, vnto any,
except to the kinsmen of him which manumised him, or
some other certaine persons, <HI>supra mille asses</HI> .i. aboue fiftie
shillings or thereabout, there going 2 <HI>Asses &amp; semis</HI> to the
making of one <HI>Sestertius.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Ʋoconia lex.</HEAD>
<P>Q. Ʋoconius Saxa Trib. Pleb. tulit legem,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Verrin. 3▪</NOTE> Ne qui census
esset, virginem, neve mulierem supra quadrantem suorum bo∣norum
haeredem institueret, plusue cuiquam legaret, quàm ad
haeredem, haeredes ve perveniret.</P>
<P><HI>Census.]</HI> This word <HI>Census</HI> doth sometimes signifie all
such as haue tendered the iust valuation of their estate vnto
the <HI>Censors:</HI> and then <HI>Incensus</HI> is opposite to it, signifying
such an one, as hath not tendred his estate or name to bee
registred by the <HI>Censors.</HI> But in this place <HI>Census</HI> is taken
for such a rich man, whose estate was in the <HI>Censors</HI> booke
valued at one hundred thousand <HI>Sesterces (Ʋid. Asconi∣um
in Verrin. 3.)</HI></P>
<P><HI>Supra quadrantem suorum bonorum]</HI> .i. No womā should
be heire to more then one quarter of such a rich mans
goods. For the right conceauing of this, we must note with
<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Barth. La∣tom. in orat. pro Cecinna▪</NOTE> <HI>Latomus,</HI> that the whole inheritance (were it never so
great) was tearmed <HI>As,</HI> and that was divided into twelue
parts which the lawyers called <HI>Vnciae: Duae vnciae diceban∣tur
Sextans; tres quadrās, quatuor Triens, quin{que} Quincunx,
sex Semissis, septem Septunx, octo Bessis, novem Dodrans, de∣cem
<PB N="156" REF="83"/>
Decunx, vndecim Deunx, Totum As, vt dictum est.</HI> A∣gaine
every <HI>Vncia</HI> was divided into six parts called <HI>Sextu∣lae:
Duae sextulae Duellam, tres Semunciam faciunt.</HI> So thē ac∣cording
to the lawyers (as<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 1. c. 1.</NOTE> <HI>Alexander</HI> obserueth) if there
were one heire alone instituted, he was tearmed <HI>Haeres in
Assem totum institutus;</HI> if otherwise there were many co∣heires,
then was it according as the <HI>Testator</HI> did appoint.
Some were <HI>ex Deunce haeredes</HI> .i. heires to eleven parts of
his goods, there being but one part bestowed from him:
some were <HI>haeredes ex quadrante</HI> .i. heires to one quarter of
his goods: others were <HI>Haeredes ex semuncia</HI> .i. they had the
foure and twentieth part: others were <HI>Sextula aspersi</HI> .i.
they had the threescore and twelfe part of the whole <HI>As</HI> .i.
of the whole inheritance be it more or lesse, &amp;c. Here wee
must vnderstand that there is great difference betweene
these two phrases. <HI>Institui haeres in totum Assem, &amp; ex toto
Asse.</HI> For all those, which were nominated <HI>Haeredes,</HI> whe∣ther
it were <HI>ex Dodrante, Quadrante, vel Semuncia,</HI> or how∣soever,
yet were they tearmed <HI>Haeredes ex toto Asse</HI> .i. they
were not <HI>Legatarij,</HI> such as receaued legacies. Now none
cā be said <HI>In totum assem institui,</HI> but he which is the alone
&amp; sole heire vnto the whole.</P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="15" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 15.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Vsu-capione.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Atinia lex.</HEAD>
<P>A <HI>Tinius</HI> made a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Ve<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>rin. 3▪</NOTE> that the plea of prescription or
long possession should not availe in things that had
beene stollen, but the interest which the right owner
had in those stolne goods should remaine perpetuall. The
words of the law are these: <HI>Quod surreptū est, eius rei aeterna
auctoritas esset.</HI> Where by<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 1. c. 11▪</NOTE> <HI>auctoritas</HI> is meant <HI>ius dominij.</HI>
This crime of theft as likewise of vsury was so odious vnto
the <HI>Romanes</HI> that whosoever was found guilty therof was
condemned<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in Verrin. 1.</NOTE> <HI>Lege quadrupli</HI> .i. to pay foure times as much:
whence the informers against such were tearmed <HI>Quadru∣platores.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="16" TYPE="chapter">
<PB N="157" REF="83"/>
<HEAD>CHAP. 16.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Iudicibus, &amp; Iudicijs.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Lex accusatoria.</HEAD>
<P><HI>TVlly</HI> mētioneth a law tearmed <HI>lex accusatoria,</HI> which
in truth was no lawe,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Mur.</NOTE> neither was there any author
thereof: but there was a such a received custome a∣mongst
the <HI>Romans,</HI> that the accuser should obiect against
the party accused, not onely the present crime then questi∣oned,
but all other scapes and faults cōmitted long before
to the bettering of his matter: that at length this accusato∣ry
custome became in manner of a law, and so was called
<HI>Lex accusatoria.</HI> vid. <HI>Franc. Syluium in orat. pro Mur.</HI><NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 3. c. 5.</NOTE> Their
custome also was to procure others to ioine with them in
their accusations; those<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Muraen.</NOTE> <HI>Tully</HI> calleth <HI>Subscriptores,</HI> be∣cause
they did subscribe vnto the accusation.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Lex Servilia &amp; Sempronia.</HEAD>
<P>Whereas <HI>Sempronius</HI> had preferred a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Curio in ora. pro Scauro.</NOTE> whereby he
tooke away the autority of sitting in iudgement from the
<HI>Senatours,</HI> and appropriated, it to the <HI>Romane</HI> Gentlemen;
<HI>Q. Servilius Caepio</HI> being <HI>Consul</HI> did afterwarde preferre a∣nother
law, whereby the administration of iudgement was
divided betweene the <HI>Senatours</HI> and the Gentlemen.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Rupilia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Rupilia lex vetabat diebus triginta sortiri dicam.]</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. in Verr.</NOTE> Here
we must note with<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Prov. l. 2. c. 5.</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius,</HI> that this law was of force on∣lie
in the province of <HI>Sicilia:</HI> also that it is one thing <HI>scribe∣re
dicam</HI> .i. to enter an actiō, another <HI>sortiri dicam</HI> .i. by lots
to choose the Iudges, which was 30. daies after.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Livia lex.</HEAD>
<P>Though by vertue of <HI>Servilius</HI> his law the <HI>Senators</HI> were
made capeable of the office of a Iudge,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. de orat. l. 3.</NOTE> yet they were not
thereby equally capeable with the <HI>Romane</HI> Gentlemen: &amp;
therefore did <HI>M. Livius Drusus</HI> ordeine, that the Iudges
should be elected equally out of both orders, namely three
<PB N="158" REF="84"/>
hundred out of the <HI>Senat,</HI> and three hundred out of the
Gentry.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Plautia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>M. Plautius Sylvanus</HI> preferred a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Cor∣nel.</NOTE> that the number
of Iudges should bee chosen not onely out of the <HI>Romane
Senators</HI> and Gentlemen, but out of the populacy also,
namely out of every Tribe fifteene Iudges.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Aurelia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>L. Aurelius Cotta</HI> being <HI>Praetor</HI> made a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. in Verr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>e saepe.</NOTE> that the
Iudges should be chosen out of the <HI>Senators,</HI> the Gentle∣men,
and those Martiall Treasurers or Clearks of the band
called <HI>Tribuni aerarij.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Pompeia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>Cn. Pompeius Magnus</HI> being <HI>Consul</HI> ordained,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. in Pison.</NOTE> that the
Iudges should bee elected out of the wealthiest <HI>Centuries,</HI>
tying the election notwithstanding to those three degrees
of people, namely <HI>Senatours,</HI> Gentlemen, &amp; Martiall Trea∣surers;
also he added that the number of Iudges to examine
causes should be seaventy and fiue.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Iulia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>C. Iulius Caesar</HI> ordained,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Philip. 1.</NOTE> that the election of Iudges
should be out of the <HI>Senators</HI> and Gentlemen onely, lea∣ving
out the Martiall Treasurers; and this <HI>Tully</HI> calleth <HI>legē
Iudiciariam Caesaris.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Antonia lex.</HEAD>
<P>M. Antonius tulit legem,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Philipp. 1. &amp; 5.</NOTE> vt tertia iudicum decuria è Cen∣turionibus,
Antesignanis, Alaudis, Manipularibus fieret.</P>
<P><HI>Iudicum decuriae:]</HI> When the L. chiefe Iustice had taken
his oath, he chose out some <HI>ex certis ordinibus, non ex om∣ni
populo</HI> .i. out of such degree and place, as the law requi∣red,
to sit in iudgement in the triall of those cases, which
were tearmed <HI>causae publicae:</HI> and these Iudges he afterward
divided into lesser numbers called <HI>Decuriae. vid. Sigon. de
iure Rom. lib. 2. cap.</HI> 18.</P>
<P><HI>E Centurionibus.] Centuriones</HI> were captaines over an
hundred footmen.</P>
<P><PB N="159" REF="84"/>
<HI>Antesignanis.]</HI> This word <HI>Antesignanus</HI> hath a double
acception in the <HI>Romane</HI> histories. Sometimes <HI>Antesignani</HI>
do signifie the third part of the <HI>Romane</HI> army: For all those
souldiers, that fought before the banners or ensignes, as
they were called <HI>Hastati</HI> in respect of their weapō, so were
they called <HI>Antesignani</HI> in respect of their ensignes, before
which they fought. The second part of the army as they
were called <HI>Principes</HI> in respect of their prowesse and va∣lour,
so were they called <HI>Subsignani,</HI> as fighting vnder the
ensignes. The third part, as they were called <HI>Triarij</HI> be∣cause
they fought in the third, or rereward, so were they
called <HI>Postsignani,</HI> as fighting behinde the ensignes. Where
we must not think, that those which were called <HI>Antesigna∣ni,</HI>
&amp; <HI>Subsignani,</HI> were altogither destitute of ensigns amōg
themselues (for every Maniple had his ensigne) But the
Eagle and other chiefe ensignes were caryed by the <HI>Sub∣signani,</HI>
and in respect had to them they had their names.
And hence ariseth the second acceptiō of this word, name∣ly
that all those souldiers of every Maniple, which stood in
front before their ensigne were called <HI>Antesignani,</HI> &amp; those
were commonly the best souldiers in the company. See the
severall proofes of this. <HI>Lips. Milit. Rom. lib. 4. dial.</HI> 3.</P>
<P><HI>Alaudis.] Iul. Caesar</HI> pressed a legion of souldiers out of
<HI>Gallia Transalpina,</HI> all which afterwarde he made free of
<HI>Rome.</HI> This legion he called <HI>Legionem Alaudarum,</HI> frō the
forme of their helmets which did resemble the head of the
Larke, called in french <HI>Alauda. Barthol. Latomus in Phi∣lip.</HI>
1.</P>
<P><HI>Manipularibus.]</HI> Those captaines which governed a
Maniple of souldiers, were called <HI>Manipulares. Fr. Matu∣rantius
in Phil.</HI> 1.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Cornelia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>L. Cornelius Sylla,</HI> preferred a law, that the chiefe iudge
of the bench called <HI>Iudex quaestionis,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro C<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>∣entio.</NOTE> should referre it vnto
the choice of the defendant, whether he would haue iudg¦ment
passed on him <HI>Clam an Palam</HI> .i. (as <HI>Sylvius</HI> obser∣veth)
<PB N="160" REF="85"/>
either by voices, or by tables.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Memnonia lex.</HEAD>
<P>This law (made by <HI>Memnius)</HI> provided, that no action
should be entred against those,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. in Vatin.</NOTE> who were imploied abroad
in businesses for the common wealth. An addition vnto
this law was, that whosoever should <HI>calumniari</HI> .i. forge an
accusation against another,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Sext Roscio.</NOTE> a certaine letter should bee
burnt in his forehead in token of infamy. This law is some∣times
called <HI>Lex Rhemnia.</HI> Here we may with<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in orat. pro Clu∣entio.</NOTE> <HI>Fr. Sylvius</HI>
obserue the difference of these three phrases, <HI>Calumniari,
Praevaricari,</HI> and <HI>Tergiversari.</HI> He which doth in his accu∣sation
forge faults never committed, is said <HI>Calumniari.</HI> He
which vndertaketh ones suit, and either will not vrge rea∣sons
in the behalfe of his client, or answer the obiections
of his adversarie when he is able, is said <HI>Praevaricari</HI> .i. to
play the false <HI>Proctour.</HI> He which doth desist in his accusa∣tion,
and let his suit fal, is said <HI>Tergiversari.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Lex incerta de Nexu.</HEAD>
<P><HI>In ijs rebus quae mancipi sunt,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Mur.</NOTE> <HI>is periculum iudicij praestare
debet, qui se nexu obligavit</HI> .i. If the buyer of any thing in
that forme of sale called <HI>Nexus</HI> be troubled in law, the sel∣ler
thereof must secure him, and saue him harmelesse.</P>
<P><HI>Mancipi sunt.]</HI><NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in orat. pro Mur▪</NOTE> Those things were tearmed <HI>res Manci∣pi,</HI>
which were alienated from the seller <HI>Nexu</HI> .i. by such a
forme of sale as followeth. The forme was thus; At the least
fiue witnesses, all <HI>Romane</HI> citizens and of full age, besides
one called <HI>Libri-pens</HI> (from holding of a paire of ballāces)
should be present: and the chapman or buyer should come
with a certaine brasse coyne in his hand, and say (for ex∣ample
sake, if it were a bondslaue to be sold) <HI>Hunc ego ho∣minem
ex iure Quiritium meum esse aio, i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>{que} mihi emptus est
hoc aere;</HI> and forthwith striking the ballance with the brasse
coyne, he gaue it to him that made the sale. This kinde of
chaffering was tearmed <HI>Nexus,</HI> as we may suppose <HI>a nectē∣do,</HI>
because it did bind the seller to make good the sale:
<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Sylv. ibid.</NOTE> sometimes it is called <HI>Per aes &amp; libram venditio,</HI> because of
<PB N="161" REF="85"/>
the ceremonies vsed in it.<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Melanct. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/> ora. pro Mur.</NOTE> Now it is commonly called
<HI>Mancipatio,</HI><NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">I. Camerar. in orat. pro Muraen.</NOTE> <HI>à manus capione,</HI> from taking that which is
sold into ones hands or possession: whence the word <HI>Man∣cipatus,</HI>
and <HI>Mancipium</HI> are vsed to signifie a bondslaue,
that is in this maner solde; though sometimes <HI>Mancipium</HI>
doth signifie the sale it selfe: whence <HI>Cic.</HI> vseth this phrase,
<HI>Lex Mancipij,</HI> to signifie a clause or condition put in the
sale. All things solde after this maner were tearmed <HI>Res
mancipi;</HI><NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Priscian. l. 3 vid. F. Sylv. in ora. pro Mur.</NOTE> The word <HI>Mancipi</HI> being a nowne indeclinable,
as <HI>Frugi, Cordi; Huiusmodi, &amp;c.</HI> We may coniect the reason
of these ballances, why they should bee vsed in this kind of
bargaining, to be, because<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 4. c. 15.</NOTE> in olde time they did not bar∣gaine
by paying coined mony, which was called <HI>Aes sig∣natum,</HI>
but by paying a certaine weight of money, whence
such mony was tearmed <HI>Aes graue.</HI> And hence it is, that
metaphorically we translate <HI>Pendo</HI> and <HI>Rependo,</HI> to pay and
repay.</P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="17" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 17.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Maiestate.</HEAD>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Lex Varia.</HEAD>
<P>Q. <HI>Ʋarius Trib. Pl.</HI> made a law, that the <HI>Praetores Quae∣sitores</HI>
should sit in iudgement vpon those,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Cor∣nel.</NOTE> by whom
the Allies or Associates had been moved to attempt warre
against the <HI>Romane</HI> people.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Iulia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>C. Iul. Caesar</HI> ordained, that such as were condemned of
treason,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. Philip. 1.</NOTE> or causing vproares in the common wealth, should
be banished.</P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="18" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 18.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Ambitu.</HEAD>
<P>THose lawes were tearmed <HI>Leges de Ambitu,</HI> which
were made against vndirect or vnlawfull courses v∣sed
in canvasses for offices.</P>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<PB N="162" REF="86"/>
<HEAD>Fabia de Ambitu.</HEAD>
<P>This <HI>lex Fabia</HI> restrained the number of those poore mē
who because they were wont to follow vp &amp; downe, &amp; all
the day to attend such as did stand for offices, were thence
called <HI>Sectatores.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Acilia Calpurnia.</HEAD>
<P><HI>M. Acilius Glabrio,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Mur.</NOTE> and <HI>C. Calpurnius Piso,</HI> being <HI>Con∣suls,</HI>
made a law, that such as were convinced of <HI>sinister</HI> and
vndirect meanes vsed in their canvasses, should be fined at a
certaine summe of money set on their heads, &amp; they should
be made both vncapeable of bearing office, and vneligible
into a <HI>Senators</HI> place.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Senatus-consultum de Ambitu.</HEAD>
<P><HI>M. Tullius Cic.</HI> and <HI>C. Antonius</HI> being <HI>Consuls,</HI> a certaine
decree was made by the <HI>Senate,</HI><NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Mur.</NOTE> that if such as did either
salute or attend vpon those that stood for offices, were hi∣red
by any manner of reward; or if any publike prizes were
occasioned to be plaid; or any publike feasts made by thē,
they should be liable to the censure of <HI>Calpurnius</HI> his law.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Tullia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>M. Tullius Cic.</HI> made a law, that no man standing for an
office should cause any publike prize to bee plaid, within
two yeares that he either had stood, or should stand for an
office, vnlesse the day had formerly beene appointed by
some will. <HI>Item</HI> he ordained, that <HI>Senatours</HI> being found to
haue vsed vnlawfull meanes for the attaining of any office,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Sext▪</NOTE>
should suffer ten yeares exilement. And the commonaltie
offending in that point, should bee punished with an hea∣vier
punishment, then the law made by <HI>Calpurnius</HI> la<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ed on
them. An addition vnto this was, that if any being cited to
his answere in the court for his vndirect meanes, <HI>Si morbū
excusaret</HI> .i. If hee did vrge his sicknesse for his not appea∣rance,
then should he vndergoe a penaltie.</P>
<P><HI>Si morbum excusaret.]</HI> So that <HI>Tully</HI> here seemeth to cut
of that libertie which the twelue tables permitted in these
words <HI>[Si Iudex alteruè ex litigatoribus morbo sontico impe∣diatur,
<PB N="163" REF="86"/>
iudicij dies diffisus esto]</HI> .i. If either Iudge, Plaintiffe,
or Defendant were sick, they should <HI>diffindere diem.</HI> .i.<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 1. cap. 28.</NOTE> <HI>pro∣ferre
&amp; in aliud tempus reijcere,</HI> proroge the time of iudge∣ment.
And vnlesse some might thinke, that by <HI>morbus sonti∣cus</HI>
was meant some strange disease, <HI>Sigonius</HI> inferreth that
every disease is tearmed <HI>Sonticus,</HI> which hindreth vs in the
performance of our businesses: <HI>Sontes enim nocentes dicunt.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Licinia de Sodalitijs.</HEAD>
<P>M. Licinius. Crassus <HI>being</HI> Consul,<NOTE PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Plā∣cio.</NOTE> <HI>perswaded</HI> vt in So∣dalitijs
Iudices ab accusatore ex tribubus ederentur.</P>
<P><HI>Sodalitia.]</HI> In the later times the <HI>Romanes</HI> in their can∣vasses
would gather together a certaine company of their
side or faction to follow them, tearming them <HI>Sodales:</HI> &amp;
these <HI>Sodales</HI> would as it were by violence force the peo∣ple
to suffrage with them, whence the violence offered by
them was tearmed <HI>Sodalitia. Sig. de Iud. lib. 2. cap.</HI> 30.</P>
<P><HI>Iudices ab accusatore ederentur ex tribubus.]</HI> Wee may
read of three sorts of Iudges among the <HI>Romanes,</HI> or rather
of three divers kinds of elections of their Iudges. For ei∣ther
they were <HI>Lecti sortitione,</HI> of which more may be seen
in one of the lawes following; or <HI>Editione,</HI> by nomina∣tion
or naming them, the manner thereof being thus; That
either the plaintiffe should choose them all, and then were
they called <HI>Iudices edititij;</HI> or the plaintiffe should choose
one halfe, and the defendant the other, and then were they
called <HI>Iudices alterni. Melancthon in Cic. pro Muraen.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="19" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 19.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De pecunijs repetundis.</HEAD>
<P>FIrst touching the word <HI>Repetundae, Sigonius</HI> saith, that
such money was tearmed <HI>Pecuniae repetundae, quae possent
repeti,</HI> which might by the course of lawe bee recovered;
Namely such money as any Magistrate, Iudge, or publike
officer, did either in the Provinces, or in the citie receaue
as a bribe, from the Allies and Associates, or from the <HI>Ro∣mane</HI>
citizens for the administration of iustice, or the exe∣cution
<PB N="164" REF="87"/>
of any publike dutie: &amp; this kind of bribe they tear∣med
<HI>Pecunias Repetundas, pecuniam ablatam, captam, coac∣tam,
conciliatam, aversam (Cic. in Ʋerrinis)</HI> But as it see∣meth
very probable, these lawes against briberie were first
occasioned, for the ease and reliefe of the <HI>Romane</HI> Provin∣ces
and Allies, called in Latine <HI>Socij,</HI> who were much abu∣sed
in this kind by the Prov. <HI>Consuls, Praetours,</HI> &amp; <HI>Quaestors,</HI>
&amp;c. Whence <HI>Tully</HI> calleth this law against bribery, <HI>Legem
Socialem.</HI></P>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Iunia lex.</HEAD>
<P>M. Iunius Pennus Trib. Pleb. <HI>preferred a law, that such as
were convinced of bribery,</HI> Praeter litis aestimationem, exili∣um
etiam damnato esset irrogatum.</P>
<P><HI>Litis aestimationem.]</HI> Here we wil consider the difference
of these three phrases, <HI>Litis contestatio, Litis redemptio,</HI> and
<HI>Litis aestimatio.</HI><NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 1. cap. 27.</NOTE> The first signifieth the producing of wit∣nesses,
when both sides shall openly in the court vse this
forme of words, <HI>Testes estote:</HI> which was not done, <HI>antequā
satisdationes factae essent,</HI> before sureties were put in, by the
one, that hee would <HI>Iudicatum solvere,</HI> pay that which hee
was condemned: by the other, that he would <HI>rem ratam ha∣bere</HI>
.i. stand to the verdict or sentence in the court. The se∣cond
phrase signifieth a composition or an argument a∣greed
vpon by both sides betweene themselues:<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in ora<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. pro Q. Roscio.</NOTE> <HI>Redimere
lites est pactionem facere; qui enim paciscitur, facit vt lis non
sit.</HI> The third is, when the partie which is cast in the suit is
adiudged to pay the mony, or the worth of the goods cal∣led
in question, together with the cost and damages in law
vnto his adversarie.<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylvius in orat. pro Cluentio.</NOTE> <HI>Litem aestimare est pecuniam, de qua
lis fuit, &amp; propter quam condemnatus est reus, in summam re∣digere,
quae de bonis eius redigatur.</HI><NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">I. Tislin in orat. pro Ra∣birio.</NOTE> And <HI>Aestimare litem
est, quod vulgò dicitur, Taxare litis expensas.</HI></P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Acilia lex.</HEAD>
<P><HI>M. Acilius Glabrio</HI> made a law, that such as were accu∣sed
of briberie, <HI>Ne{que} ampliari, ne{que} comperendinari possent</HI> .i.
they must out of hand receaue iudgement.</P>
<P><PB N="165" REF="87"/>
For the right vnderstanding of these two words <HI>[Am∣pliari
&amp; Comperendinari]</HI> we must consider the ancient cu∣stomes
and ceremonies vsed by the <HI>Romanes</HI> in handling
their suits of law. First there was <HI>In ius vocatio</HI> .i. a citation
of one into the court. Secondly <HI>postulatio</HI> .i. a request put vp
vnto the <HI>Praetour,</HI> that it might be lawfull for the Plaintiffe
to enter his action against the Defendāt; whence <HI>Postulare
aliquem de hoc vel illo crimine,</HI> is to accuse one of this or
that crime. Thirdly <HI>Nominis delatio</HI> .i. the taking of the de∣fendants
name into the court-booke: and this was tearmed
<HI>Intendere actionem, vel Litem;</HI> and <HI>Diem alicui dicere</HI> .i. to
enter an actiō against one. At which time the plaintiffe did
<HI>Vadari reum</HI> .i. demaund sureties or bale frō the defendant,
that he would appeare vpon the day appointed by the <HI>Prae∣tour,</HI>
which commōly was the third day following, called
properly <HI>dies perendinus,</HI> and sometimes <HI>dies tertius</HI> simply,
as it appeareth by those capitall letters. I. D. T. S. P. vsed to
be written in their actions: which letters<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Sig. de Iud. lib. 1. cap. 27.</NOTE> <HI>Probus</HI> expoun∣deth
thus. <HI>In diem tertium, siue perendinum.</HI> So that thē pro∣perly,
<HI>lis vel reus dicitur comperendinari,</HI> when the giving
of sentence is differred til the third day. Moreover before
the <HI>Praetor</HI> would suffer the Action to be entered, he would
sweare the Plaintiffe that he did not accuse the Defendant
<HI>calumniandi causâ</HI> .i. falsely or maliciously, and this kind of
swearing was tearmed <HI>Calumniam iurare, calumniam deiu∣rare,</HI>
and <HI>In litem iurare.</HI> Now if either party were absent
from the court vpon the third day, except he were sicke, he
was cast in his suit, and the <HI>Praetor</HI> did graunt an executiō
called <HI>Edictum peremptorium,</HI> whereby he gaue autority to
his adversary to seaze vpon his goods. Sometimes there
were two or three Edicts in manner of Processes or writs
before the <HI>Edictum peremptorium</HI> could be obtained; some
times it was graunted at the first, and then was it<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Sig. eiusd. l. cap▪ 28.</NOTE> called
<HI>vnum pro omnibus.</HI><NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Sig. eiusd. l. cap. 21.</NOTE> Now if both parties came into the court
and did appeare, then were they said <HI>se stitisse:</HI> so that this
word <HI>sisto</HI> amongst the lawyers did signifie to shew ones
<PB N="166" REF="88"/>
selfe in the court. Vpon the third day the <HI>Praetor</HI> also with
the whole bench of Iudges did meete, and the <HI>Iudex Quae∣stionis</HI>
(whom <HI>Rosinus</HI> maketh a distinct officer differing
from the <HI>Praetor)</HI> did cause all the <HI>Select</HI> Iudges to pull out
certaine lots, out of an vrne or pitcher brought thither for
that purpose, &amp; those Iudges vpon whom the lot fell were
to sit in iudgment: This was called <HI>Sortitio Iudicum.</HI> Now
if either the Plaintiffe or Defendant did suspect any of
those, that they would be partiall, then might he except a∣gainst
them, and that was called <HI>Iudicum reiectio:</HI> Then the
<HI>Iudex quaestionis</HI> would in manner aforesaide choose other
Iudges into their places, and that was called <HI>subsortitio.</HI>
Which being ended, those Iudges which were thus chosen
received every one of them from the <HI>Praetor</HI> three tables,
the one having this letter <HI>A</HI> written in it, betokening <HI>Ab∣solution:</HI>
whence <HI>Tully</HI> calleth it <HI>literam salutarem:</HI> The o∣ther
having this letter <HI>C</HI> written in it, betokening <HI>Condem∣natiō:</HI>
the third having these two letters <HI>N. L.</HI> betokening
<HI>Non liquet.</HI> After the receipt of the tables, then did the
<HI>Praetor mittere vel dimittere iudices in cōsilium</HI> .i. send them
to cast their tables into the vrnes, there being three vrnes
or little coffers purposely provided; the one for those iud∣ges
which were chosen out of the <HI>Senators,</HI> the other for
those that were chosen out of the Gentlemen, the third for
those which were chosen <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ut of the <HI>Martiall</HI> Treasurers.
Now if they did cast the first sort of tables into the vrnes,
then the <HI>Praetor</HI> pronounced the defendāt absolued; if the
second, then he pronounced him condemned; if the thirde,
then hee pronounced <HI>Amplius cognoscendum,</HI> that they
must haue longer time to enquire: And this is properly ter∣med
<HI>Ampliatio,</HI> A repriue; and in such maner it is said, <HI>quod
lis vel reus dicitur Ampliari.</HI> The proofes for this manner
of proceeding in law may bee collected out of <HI>Rosinus lib.
antiq. 9. cap. 19. 20. &amp;</HI> 24. and out of <HI>Sigonius</HI> according to
the marginall quotations.</P>
</DIV5>
<DIV5 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Lex Cornelia de Sicarijs, Veneficio, &amp; Parricidio.</HEAD>
<P><PB N="167" REF="88"/>
<HI>Cornelius Sylla</HI> being <HI>Dictator</HI> ordained a law,<NOTE PLACE="marg">C. pro Cluen.</NOTE> that the
chiefe Iudge called <HI>Iudex Quaestionis</HI> with the whole bēch
of Iudges, should sit vpon life and death on such as had kil∣led
a man; on such as had with an evill intent set any place
on fire; on such as should walke with any weapon either to
kill or rob a man; on such as had either made, bought, sold,
had, or given any poyson, thereby to kill a man; on anie
magistrate, whosoever should cause any conventicle or se∣cret
assemblies, or should giue their consent to the subor∣ning
of any man to accuse another falsely, that thereby he
being innocent might be oppressed &amp; condēned by pub∣lique
iudgement. Moreover <HI>De eius capite quaerito, &amp;c.</HI> .i.
Let them sit vpon life and death on that man, which shall
beare false witnesse, that another might be condemned to
death; on that magistrate or chiefe Iudge, which shall take
a bribe to condemne another to death.</P>
<P><HI>Parricidium.]</HI> This word doth properly signifie onely a
murthering of ones parents or kinsfolke, but in <HI>Numa Pō∣pilius</HI>
his time it signified as much as <HI>homicidium</HI> .i. any mā∣slaughter
whatsoever.</P>
</DIV5>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="20" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 20.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">Lex 12. tabularum de Vindicijs.</HEAD>
<P>SI qui in iure manum conserunt, vtrei{que} superstitibus prae∣sentibus
vindicias sumunto.</P>
<P><HI>Si qui in iure:]</HI> Here we must note, that the custome a∣mong
the <HI>Romanes</HI> in old time was, that as often as any
controversie did arise touching the possession of an house,
a field, or any such like thing, the <HI>Praetor</HI> did goe vnto the
house, field, or the thing questioned, being accompanyed
thither with the Plainteiffe and the Defendant, togither
with others whom the law required to be present as wit∣nesses.
This place wheresoever it were, though in the open
fielde, during the time that the <HI>Praetor</HI> sate there to giue
iudgement, was tearmed in Latin <HI>Ius,</HI> in English a <HI>Court.</HI>
Where in the presence of the <HI>Praetor</HI> and the witnesses, the
<PB N="168" REF="89"/>
plaintiffe and Defendant did <HI>manum conserere,</HI> that is, as
<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">I. Camerar. pro L. Muraen▪</NOTE> <HI>Camerarius</HI> supposeth, argue and dispute the case <HI>pro</HI> and
<HI>con</HI> in a solemne forme of wordes prescribed them by the
law. For this phrase is borrowed by the lawyers from the
art military, where souldiers are said <HI>manum vel manu con∣serere,</HI>
when they fight hand to hand. <HI>[V<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>rei{que} superstitibus
praesentibus]</HI> .i. let both parties in the presence of witnesses
(so<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. lib. 8 c. 29.</NOTE> <HI>Festus</HI> expoundeth <HI>superstites) [Ʋindicias sumunto]</HI> .i.
Let them take a turffe of the ground: for so<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 1. c. 21.</NOTE> <HI>Sigonius</HI> ex∣poundeth
<HI>Vindiciae;</HI> though properly (as hee observeth) it
signified the possessiō of a thing, rather then the thing pos∣sessed.
This turffe being taken vp, was caryed to the <HI>Prae∣tor,</HI>
and iudgment was given vpon that, as vpon the whole.
I do presume that in other cases, as in taking the possession
of an house, &amp;c: some other thing in maner of the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>urffe
was presented vnto the <HI>Praetor,</HI> vpon which as vpon the
whole he gaue iudgement. In Processe of time, the <HI>Praetor</HI>
by reason of the multitude of other imployments, not fin∣ding
convenient leasure to review every particular groūd,
or house called in question,<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">A. Gell. vid. Rosin. Ant. l. 8. c. 29.</NOTE> it was ordained contrarie to
the twelue tables, that the plaintiffe in such cases shoulde
come into the court, and challenge the defendant in this
forme of words, <HI>Ex iure manu consertum te voco</HI> .i. I chal∣lenge
thee to goe out of the court into the field, to vse one
towards the other that solemne forme of words which the
law enioyneth. Then did the defendant either yeeld the
possession of the ground, or else he did reply, <HI>Vnde tume ex
iure manu consertum vocasti, inde ib<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> ego te revoco.</HI> Thē did
they both taking witnesses with them without the compa∣ny
of the <HI>Praetor inire viam</HI> .i. goe into the ground bringing
back a turffe thereof, vpon the which (as in maner shewne)
the <HI>Praetor</HI> gaue iudgement at their returne.</P>
<P>For the better vnderstanding of this that hath been spo∣ken
in the explanation of this law, we must note, that the
action tearmed <HI>Vindicatio</HI> was twofold: either the suit for
the possession of a thing, or the suit for the Lordship or
<PB N="169" REF="89"/>
right owning thereof. The possessiō of any thing was reco∣vered,
either by a true &amp; real violence, or by a seeming vio∣lēce.
This seeming violence was twofold, either it was <HI>ma∣nus
cōsertio,</HI> which was shewne immediately before; or <HI>Mo¦ribus
deductio</HI> .i. a customary leading the vnlawfull <HI>possessor</HI>
out of the groūd thereby to enter possessiō. <HI>Vis simulata al∣tera
à lege, altera emanavit à moribus;</HI> saith<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">de iudic. lib. 1. cap. 21▪</NOTE> <HI>Sigon.</HI> The first
of these did arise from the <HI>Romane</HI> law, the other from a
custome amongst the <HI>Romanes:</HI> the first of these is to bee
seene in <HI>Tully</HI> his oration <HI>pro Muraena,</HI> the other <HI>pro Caecin∣nâ.</HI>
To these <HI>Sigonius</HI> addeth a third kinde of seeming vi∣olence;
which how iustly he hath tearmed a violence, I shal
leaue to the indifferent iudgement of the vnpartial reader.
The right of the Lordship or owning any thing was sued
for in this maner: The plainteiffe did question with the de∣fendant
thus; first <HI>An auctor esset?</HI> .i. whether hee had not
covertly made away the possession of the thing, thereby to
frustrate the action. Secondly, <HI>An sponderet</HI> .i. whether he
woulde put in a gage of mony into the court, which hee
would forfeit if he were cast; which being done, the plaine∣teiffe
did also vpon the demande of the defendant put in a
gage of mony to be forfeited, if he prevailed not in his suit.
This gage of mony was tearmed<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Sigon. de iu dic. lib. cap. 21▪</NOTE> <HI>sacramentum;</HI> and in this
sense, <HI>Tully pro Milone,</HI> saith, <HI>Iniustis vindicijs, &amp; sacra∣mentis
alienos fundos petunt,</HI> that is, they sue for other
mens grounds, with vniust actions and gages of mony.
Thirdly, <HI>An satisdaret,</HI> that is, whether hee woulde
put in surety, that during the triall in law, the ground or
house called in question should not be impaired. The so∣lemne
forme of words vsed in the first demande, is thus to
be seene in<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Cic. orat. pro Muraena &amp; pro Coeci∣na.</NOTE> <HI>Tully, Quando in Iure te conspicio, postulo ann<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>e
sies auctor?</HI> If the defendant held his peace, then was he ad∣iudged
to pay all costs &amp; damages; if he professed himselfe
the present <HI>possessor,</HI> then did the plainteiffe proceed in mā∣ner
as he should for the possession thereof; if he denyed it,
then did the <HI>Praetor</HI> say vnto the plainteiffe, <HI>Quando negat,
<PB N="170" REF="90"/>
sacramento quaerito:</HI> Therevpon said the plainteiffe to the
defendant, <HI>Quando negas, te sacramēto quinquagenario pro∣voco,
spondesne te soluturum quinquaginta asses, si auctor sis?</HI>
To whom the defendant replyed, <HI>spondeo quinquaginta as∣ses
si auctor sim. Tu verò spondesne idem, ni sim?</HI> The plaine∣teiffe
answered, <HI>Ego quo{que} spondeo.</HI> Now in this kinde of <HI>sti∣pulation,</HI>
the plainteiffe was said <HI>sponsione &amp; sacramento pro
vocare, sacramento rogare, quaerere, &amp; stipulari</HI> .i. to chal∣lenge
one to pawn a summ of mony for the trial of a suit in
law. The defendant was said, <HI>cōtendere ex provocatione, cō∣tendere
sacramento, &amp; restipulari</HI> .i. to be sued in such man∣ner.
This mony was tearmed <HI>sacramentū,</HI><NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iud. lib. 1. cap. 21.</NOTE> because when
it was forfeited, it was bestowed <HI>in rebus sacris &amp; divinis.</HI>
Touching the last Interrogatory, I reade no set forme of
words, but by the word <HI>satisdatio,</HI> the intelligent reader
may coniect that it did somwhat symbolize with our Eng∣lish
custome of putting in bale.</P>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 N="4" TYPE="book">
<PB N="171" REF="90"/>
<HEAD>Lib. 4.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">Rites and customes observed by the Romanes
in their warres.</HEAD>
<DIV3 N="1" TYPE="section">
<HEAD>De Militiâ.</HEAD>
<P><SEG REND="decorInit">T</SEG>Ouching the art <HI>military</HI> vsed among the
<HI>Romanes,</HI> it will not be impertinent to con∣sider,
first how warre was proclaimed, and
peace established by them: Then to march
on to the description of their bands or cō∣panies,
where wee may first obserue the of∣fice
of their chiefe captaine, and their subordinate leaders,
togither with the severall wards into which the vniversall
army was divided. After this we may descend vnto the di∣versity
of punishments vsed towards captiues, &amp; likewise
towards refractarious and disobedient souldiers: Adding
as a <HI>corollary</HI> or <HI>period</HI> to our whole discourse the severall
rewards, which the L. Generall with his souldiers after the
performance of certaine noble atchieuements received.</P>
<DIV4 N="1" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 1.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De ritu, quem Romani observârunt vel foedus fe∣rientes,
vel bellum inferentes: &amp; de triplici
ratione cons<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ribendi milites.</HEAD>
<P>VVe may remēber that it, hath been already shewn,
that both the proclaiming of warre &amp; peace be∣longed
<PB N="172" REF="91"/>
longed vnto a certaine order of <HI>Romane</HI> Priests called <HI>Foe∣ciales,</HI>
whom by reason of their office I englished <HI>Heralds
at armes.</HI> The rites and ceremonies, which they vsed, when
they proclaimed peace were as followeth. <HI>vz.</HI> One of those
Heralds having his commission from the state (after that
both sides had agreed vpon the truce &amp; league now to bee
concluded) tooke vp a stone in his hand<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Polyb. vid. Rosin. an∣tiq l. 10. c. 2.</NOTE> vsing this solēne
forme of words: <HI>Sirectè &amp; sine dolo malo hoc foedus at{que} hoc
ius iurandum facio, dij mihi cuncta felicia praestent; sin aliter
aut ago aut cogito, (caeteris omnibus saluis) in proprijs patrijs,
in proprijs legibus, in proprijs laribus, in proprijs teplis, in pro∣prijs
sepulchris solus ego peream, vt hic lapis è manibus deci∣det,</HI>
and therwithal he cast the stone out of his hand: which
maner of oath was tearmed <HI>I<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>are Iovem lapidem,</HI> or <HI>per
Iovem lapidem</HI> .i. as it hath been rendred by <HI>Festus,</HI> to swear
by <HI>Iupiter</HI> holding a stone in ones hand.<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Ital. l. 1. c. 1.</NOTE> Many say that he
did cast that stone at an hogge or porker brought thither
purposely, adding these words to the former; <HI>Si prior popu∣lus
Romanus defexit publico cōsilio, tum ille Diespiter populū
Rom. sic ferito, vt ego hunc porcum hodiè feriam:</HI> alluding to
which custome <HI>Virgill</HI> saith,
<Q>Et caesâ iungebant foedera porcâ.</Q></P>
<P>The maner of denouncing warre hath beene<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Vid pag. 50.</NOTE> alreadie
shewen. The act of service in warre was termed <HI>Mereri sub
hoc vel illo duce</HI> .i. to serue in warre vnder this or that cap∣taine:
and whatsoever souldier was discharged of his ser∣vice,
as having served out his whole time; hee was called
<HI>miles emeritus,</HI> and by<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Orat. pro lege Manil.</NOTE> <HI>Tully,</HI> such an one is said <HI>stipendia
confecisse.</HI><NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Serv. l. 2. &amp; 7. Aeneid.</NOTE> <HI>Servius</HI> hath observed, that the <HI>Romane</HI> souldi∣ers
were pressed three maner of waies: <HI>per Sacramentum,
Coniurationem, &amp; Evocationē.</HI> But<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Lips<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>de mi∣lit. Rom lib. 1 dial. 8.</NOTE> <HI>Lipsius</HI> censureth him
for the amisse-explanation of the last member. Therefore
the indifferent reader shall giue me leaue to borrow the
tearmes from <HI>Servius;</HI> but the explanation of them partlie
from <HI>Servius,</HI> partly from <HI>Lipsius</HI> in the places now quo∣ted.
Ordinarily souldiers at their presse did each severallie
<PB N="173" REF="91"/>
take their oath not to forsake their captaine or country; &amp;
this oath was called <HI>Sacramentum militare.</HI> The wordes
thereof are rendred by<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Vid. Lips. de milit. Rom. l. 1. dial. 6.</NOTE> <HI>Polybius</HI> thus: <HI>Obtemperaturus
sum, &amp; facturus, quic quid mandabitur ab imperatoribu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>, iux∣ta
vires,</HI> and those were tearmed <HI>milites per sacramentum.</HI>
Vpon extraordinary occasions, (as when tumults or com∣motions
did cause any suspicion of imminent danger) the
chiefe leader of the souldiers did go vnto the Capitoll and
bring forth two banners or flags, the one red, called there∣fore
<HI>vexillum roseum,</HI> vnto which the footmen repaired; the
other sky-coloured called therefore <HI>coeruleum,</HI> which the
horsemen followed. The reason why the horsemens bāner
was sky-coloured is<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Serv Aenei. lib. 8.</NOTE> rendred thus, because it did most re∣semble
the colour of the sea, which colour they deemed
most acceptable to <HI>Neptune,</HI> who was both the God of
the sea, and the first autor of horses. Now because the
suddaine daunger woulde not yeelde so much time,
that they might severally bee sworne, therefore did they
take their oath in common altogether; and thence
were they called <HI>Milites per coniurationem;</HI> as likewise
<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Lips. lib. 1. d<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>e mil. Rom. dial 4.</NOTE> <HI>Milites subitarij</HI> in respect of their suddaine presse. The
third member may also be admitted, if we with<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Lib. 1. de mil Rom. dial. 8.</NOTE> <HI>Lipsius</HI> vn∣derstand
it in its true sense, namely for those souldiers who
by the L. Generall were added vnto the body of their ar∣my;
hee hauing autoritie to call out such other souldiers,
who for their long service were discharged from giuing in
their names at a muster. And these are generally by all au∣tors
tearmed <HI>Milites evocati;</HI> and <HI>Lipsius</HI> deemeth them
all one with those whom <HI>Servius</HI> calleth <HI>Milites per evo∣cationem.</HI>
The souldiers being thus pressed, if they purposed
to make warre vpon their enimies, then did the L. Generall
summon them to prepare themselues by a sound of trum∣pets;
&amp; this was tearmed <HI>Classicum canere, à calando,</HI> which
signifieth to call. Which being done, a skarlet banner was
hanged out at the L. Generall his pavilion: from which ce∣remony
I thinke that that common adage did first arise,
<PB N="174" REF="92"/>
<HI>conferre signa</HI> &amp; <HI>Collatis signis pugnare,</HI> to ioine battle. Im∣mediatly
vpon this they did <HI>Barritum tollere,</HI> make a great
shout or noyse with their voices to the greater terrour of
their enimies: and that the noyse might be the greater,
they did <HI>Arma concutere,</HI> rustle together with their ar∣mour,
and clash their swords. These foure ceremonies are
to be seene more at large in<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Lib. 4. de milit. Rom. dial 11. &amp; 12.</NOTE> <HI>Lipsius.</HI> Vnto which wee may
adde the fift observed by<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">In ep viror. illust. l. 4. ep 1</NOTE> <HI>Fr. Sylvius;</HI> namely that at the
removing of their campe, they did <HI>conclamare vasa,</HI> giue a
great shout or cry in token that the souldiers should trusse
vp their bagge and baggage: and hence it is that<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Plaut in Pseudolo.</NOTE> <HI>Plautus</HI>
vseth this phrase, <HI>Colligatis vasis</HI> to signifie as much as <HI>para∣tè</HI>
or <HI>expeditè.</HI> Now that they might be the readier for bat∣tle,
they did gird (as I suppose) their souldiers coates close
vnto them: And a souldier thus girt was called <HI>Cinctutus</HI> .i.
(saith<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Pigh. in sua praef. ad lib. 1. septim.</NOTE> <HI>Pighius) Cinctu tutus.</HI><NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 1. c. 20.</NOTE> <HI>Inde Discinctos ignavos, &amp;
militiae minimè aptos putârunt; Praecinctos verò fortes &amp; stre∣nuos.</HI>
Hence also is that proverbiall speech <HI>In praecinctu sta∣re</HI>
or <HI>Vivere,</HI> To be in a readinesse continually.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="2" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 2.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De Legione, Auxilijs, &amp; legionis partibus.</HEAD>
<P>THE <HI>Romane</HI> forces were in olde time divided into
two severall parts; namely <HI>in Legiones &amp; Auxilia,</HI>
into Legions and Auxiliarie bands. The Auxiliary
bands were such forces as the neighbour and confederate
countries did send vnto the <HI>Romanes.</HI> The legions were ta∣ken
out of the body of the <HI>Romanes:</HI><NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Plutare. in Romulo.</NOTE> <HI>Legio, à deligendo di∣cta
est,</HI> from the choice and selecting of souldiers.<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Rosin. Ant lib. 10. cap. 4</NOTE> <HI>Romu∣lus</HI>
is said to haue beene the first author of these Legions,
making every legion to containe three thousand footmen,
and three hundred horsemen,<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l 1. c. 15.</NOTE> one thousand footmen and
one hundred horsemen being taken out of each nationall
Tribe. Afterward it was augmented by <HI>Romulus</HI> himselfe
into foure thousand footmen,<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Sigon. ib.</NOTE> whence it was called <HI>Qua∣drata
legio.</HI> And in processe of time a legion encreased vnto
<PB N="175" REF="92"/>
the number of six thousand: which number it seldome or
never exceeded (as it appeareth by <HI>Sigon.</HI> in the place now
quoted.) Now<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. die<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. l. 1. c. 20.</NOTE> none could bee ordinarily registred for a
souldier vntil the seventeenth year of his age,<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Pancirol li. rerum deper. dit. cap. de habit. &amp; vest. veter.</NOTE> at which his
first admission he was tearmed <HI>Tyro,</HI> a fresh water souldier:
and hence figuratiuely <HI>Tyrocinium</HI> hath not beene transla∣ted
only the first entrance into warre, but also the initiati∣on
or first entrance into any art or science whatsoever. Af∣ter
he had served many yeares, then was he tearmed <HI>Vete∣ranus,</HI>
an old beaten souldier.<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 1. c. 15</NOTE> The <HI>Romane</HI> legion was di∣vided
<HI>In pedites &amp; equites,</HI> there being commonly for eve∣ry
thousand footmen an hundred horsemen. <HI>Pedites distri∣buti
erant in Cohortes<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/> Chortes in Manipulos; Manipuli in
Centurias: Equites distributi erant in Turmas; Turmae in De∣curias.</HI>
The word <HI>Cohors</HI> doth signifie that part of ground,
which is commonly enclosed before the gate of an house,
<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Edmunds in his observ. vpon Caesars Comment lib. 2. c. 3.</NOTE> which from the same word we calle a <HI>Court:</HI> and<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Varro. lib. 3. de re ru i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>a.</NOTE> <HI>Ʋarro</HI>
giveth this reason of the <HI>Metaphor.</HI> As in a farme house
(saith hee) many out buildings ioined together make one
inclosure: so <HI>Cohors</HI> consisteth of severall maniples ioined
together in one body. It is manifest (saith<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 1.</NOTE> <HI>Alexander)</HI>
that the <HI>Romanes</HI> in ancient time did very seldome, yea ne∣ver
(exceptin great necessitie) inroll into their vniversall
army aboue foure legions: and in an ordinary legion which
he tearmeth <HI>Legionē iustam</HI> ten <HI>Cohortes,</HI> every <HI>Cohors</HI> con∣taining
3 maniples, every maniple two Cēturies, every Cē∣tury
an hundred souldiers: whence they from <HI>Centū</HI> were
called <HI>Centuria,</HI> a centurie.<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Varro. vid. Rosin. ant. Rom. l. 10. c. 5</NOTE> These centuries were some∣times
divided into lesser numbers called <HI>Contubernia;</HI> eve∣ry
<HI>Contubernium</HI> containing tenne souldiers besides their
captaine,<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ibid.</NOTE> which was called <HI>Decanus,</HI> and <HI>Caput Contuber∣nij.</HI>
Where we must obserue that <HI>Contubernium</HI> doth signi∣fie
as well the pavilion or lodging it selfe, as the souldiers
lodging therein: and it may be so called <HI>quasi Contaberniū,</HI>
frō <HI>Taberna</HI> signifying any slight lodging made of boards.
Those that ruled over a thousand footmen we may in En∣glish
<PB N="176" REF="93"/>
cal <HI>Seriants maior.</HI> They called them <HI>Tribunimilitū.</HI>
Those that governed over the centuries were called by thē
<HI>Centuriones,</HI> by vs in english <HI>Centurions:</HI> and they had their
inferiour officers vnder them which were called <HI>Tergidu∣ctores,</HI>
or <HI>Extremi agminis ductores.</HI><NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Veget. vid. Rosin. ant. Rom. l. 10. c. 7</NOTE> Their office was to o∣versee
and looke vnto those of the campe which were sick,
who commonly came behind the army, <HI>Quasi extremum
agmen, et tergum aciei.</HI> The horsemen were divided into se∣verall
troopes called <HI>Turmae,</HI> every <HI>Turma</HI> containing thir∣tie
horsemen. Againe every <HI>Turma</HI> was subdivided into
three lesser companies called <HI>Decuriae,</HI> every <HI>Decuria</HI> con∣taining
ten horsemen: whence their captaine was called
<HI>Decurio,</HI> and the captaines over the greater troopes, name∣ly
over the severall wings of the horsemen, were called <HI>E∣quitum
praefecti.</HI> Now the chiefe governour over the vni∣versall
army was called cōmonly <HI>Imperator:</HI> we in English
call him a <HI>L. Generall.</HI> His Lieutenant or L. deputie was
called <HI>Legatus,</HI><NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Lips. de mil. Rom. lib. 2. dial. 10.</NOTE> who in old time was sent <HI>non tam ad impe∣randum,
quàm ad consulendum imperatori.</HI> This word <HI>Impe∣rator</HI>
in the Romane histories hath a threefold acception.
First it is taken for him; who by commission from the state
hath the managing of an army, being the same that <HI>Praetor</HI>
was in ancient time: and in this sense it hath affinitie with
the office of our L. Generall. Secondly for such a L. Gene∣rall,
who by his prowesse having put<NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Barth La tom. in Phil. orat. 14.</NOTE> one thousand of his
enimies to the sword, both his souldiers saluted him, &amp; the
<HI>Senate</HI> styled him by the name of <HI>Imperator:</HI> But if hee had
slaine lesse then one thousand, he was not thought worthy
of this solemne salutation by that name. Lastly it was takē
for a soveraigne Prince, King, or Monarch, in which sense
it was the <HI>Praenomen</HI> of all the <HI>Romane</HI> Emperours frō
<HI>Iulius Caesar</HI> forward. Now because the souldiers in a Le∣gion
must of necessitie differ much in estate, age, and expe∣rience,
some being welthier, elder, and of more experience
then others; hence was it requisite also, that there should
be a distinction of places in their armies, according to the
<PB N="177" REF="93"/>
desert and worth of each severall person. We are therefore
likewise to vnderstand,<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Lips. de mil. Rom. l. 1. dial. 3.</NOTE> that the <HI>Consuls</HI> every yeare made
a generall muster: at which time the military Tribunes
chose out the youngest and poorest of all the rest, &amp; called
them by the name of <HI>Velites.</HI> Their place in regard of the
other souldiers was base and dishonourable, not onely be∣cause
they fought a farre off and were lightly armed; but
also because they were commōly exposed to their enimies
as forelorne hopes. According to<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Lip. de mil Rom. lib. 4. dial. 3.</NOTE> <HI>Lipsius</HI> these <HI>Velites</HI> did
commonly make vp the spaces betweene the Maniples of
the Pikemen; notwithstanding they did like scouts run to
&amp; fro, casting out their darts (as occasion was offered) &amp; so
retire: whence when a man doth leape from one thing to
another in his talke, wee say hee doth <HI>Agere velitatim.</HI>
Having chosen out a competent number of these scoutes,
they proceeded to the choise of thē, which they called <HI>Ha∣stati</HI> .i. Pike-men: forasmuch as they fought with a kinde of
iaueling, which the <HI>Romanes</HI> called <HI>Hasta.</HI> These Pike-mē
fought in the first part or fore front of the maine army. The
third choise which they made, was of the strōgest &amp; high∣est
bodiedmed men, who for the prime of their age were called
<HI>Principes:</HI> and hence was the second place or warde in the
maine army called <HI>Principia,</HI> according to<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Terent. Eu∣nuch. Act. 4. Scen. 7.</NOTE> <HI>Thraso</HI> his
speech, <HI>Ego erapos<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> principia</HI> .i. I will followe the <HI>Principes,</HI>
thereby choosing to himselfe the best, and safest place. The
last sort of souldiers, which stood in the third place or rere∣ward,
were called <HI>Triarij.</HI> They were of al, the most appro∣ved,
and the very last helpe and refuge; so that if they fai∣led,
all was lost: and hence ariseth that forme of speech, <HI>Ad
Triarios ventum est,</HI><NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 5. c. 15.</NOTE> whereby we signifie that a thing is
come to the last push. As I suppose, the weapon, wherwith
these <HI>Triarij</HI> fought, was a dart with yron fastened at the
end of it, called in Latin <HI>Pilum.</HI> The reasons of this my cō∣iecture
are these: first because the first century of these <HI>Tri∣arij</HI>
was called <HI>Primum pilum,</HI> and their centurion <HI>Primo∣pilus,</HI>
and <HI>Primipilus,</HI> and <HI>Primus centurio,</HI> because he was
<PB N="178" REF="94"/>
the chiefe Centurion in a whole legion, as having the
charge of the chiefe banner called the Eagle;<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Lip. de mil. Rom. lib. 2. dial. 8.</NOTE> whence
<HI>Aquila</HI> is sometimes vsed to signifie <HI>Primopilatum,</HI> the of∣fice
and place of the <HI>Primopilus.</HI> The second Century was
called <HI>secundum pilum,</HI> &amp; their Centurion <HI>Secundipilus, &amp;c.</HI>
Secondly, they called the <HI>Principes,</HI> which marched in the
battle immediatly before these <HI>Triarij, Antepilanos:</HI> which
argueth that those souldiers, which followed next shoulde
be the <HI>Milites Pilani;</HI> and by consequence their weapon
should be that kind of dart, which they called <HI>Pilum.</HI> Their
maner of embattelling was divers. Sometimes they would
make a winged army, so that the maine body thereof
should be in the middle, &amp; on each side a lesser company:
The maine body we in English call the <HI>Vauntgard,</HI> &amp; the
two lesser companies we call <HI>Wings;</HI> as likewise in <HI>Latine</HI>
they called them <HI>Alas aciei,</HI> and <HI>dextrum vel sinistrum cor∣nu.</HI>
<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Pancir in notit. orient. &amp; occident imper. c. 32.</NOTE> <HI>Pancirollus</HI> calleth them <HI>Vexillationes,</HI> because there
fought no more in either wing, then belonged to one ban∣ner
called in Latin <HI>Vexillum.</HI> The governours of these
wings he calleth <HI>Alarum Praefectos.</HI> Sometimes they em∣batled
so, that the forefront of the Army being smal, it was
enlarged bigger and bigger backwarde in manner of a tri∣angle:
By<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Lips. milit. Rom. lib 4. dial. 7.</NOTE> <HI>Lipsius</HI> it is demonstrated vnto vs vnder the
forme of the greeke letter <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>. He in the same place calleth
it <HI>caput porcinum, quia velut fodit &amp; ruit invadendo.</HI> Com∣monly
it was called <HI>Cuneus militū,</HI> the <HI>metaphor</HI> being bor∣rowed
not only from the resemblance it had with a wedg,
but also from the vse of a wedge: for they never embatled
in that forme, vnlesse it was to breake through their eni∣mies,
the piercing angle being thicke compacted with tar∣gets.
Sometimes they did in a quite cōtrary maner enlarge
their army in the forefront, making it to end in an angle: &amp;
<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Lips. milit. Rom. lib. 4 dial. 7.</NOTE> this they called <HI>Forfex</HI> and <HI>Forceps militum.</HI> Sometimes
their forme of embatling was circular, and then was it cal∣led
<HI>Orbis vel globus militum.</HI> The banner or flagge was
properly called <HI>Ʋexillum,</HI> being a diminutiue of <HI>Velum.</HI> It
<PB N="179" REF="94"/>
was also called<NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Festus vid. Panc. in not. orient. &amp; oc∣cident <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>p. cap 32.</NOTE> <HI>Bandum:</HI> whence we do at this day call so
many souldiers, as do fight <HI>sub eodem bando,</HI> a <HI>band</HI> of soul∣diers:
as <HI>Romulus</HI> called those that fought <HI>sub eodē manipu∣lo
foeni</HI> (an handfull of hay being vsed at that time insteed
of a flagge) <HI>Manipulum militum. Ovid.</HI></P>
<Q><L>Pertica suspensos portabat long a manîplos,</L>
<L>Ʋnde maniplaris nomina miles habet.</L></Q>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="3" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 3.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De oppugnatione vrbis, &amp; ijs quae ad oppugnatio∣nem
requiruntur.</HEAD>
<P>IF the siege of a towne seemed difficult and hard to com∣passe,
then did the <HI>Romanes</HI> vse certaine meanes of poli∣cie
for the better effecting thereof. They invironed the
towne with a broad and deepe ditch, adding therevnto a
rampier, fortified with many castles and fortresses, where∣by
they both kept the towne from any forraigne succour,
and withall secured themselues from sallies and other stra∣tagems.
This rampier did extend it selfe toward the wals of
the city, so that by making (as it were) a great hill, they
might overtop the city, and fight with the greater advan∣tage.
Now that this great heape of earth might become
firme and well able to support the buildings to bee erected
vpon it, they did cast in much timber &amp; stones amongst the
earth; and this heape of earth, stones, and timber when it
was reared, was properly called <HI>Agger;</HI> whence commeth
both the Latin verbe <HI>Exaggerare<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>,</HI> and the English to <HI>Ex∣aggerate</HI>
.i. to amplifie or encrease a matter. The stakes,
posts, &amp; trees, which were ramined in about this bulwarke
or rampire to vpholde the earth, were sometimes called
<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Lips polio<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> lib 2 dial 2.</NOTE> <HI>Ceru,</HI> because of their forked and sharpe tops; but more
properly<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aenei. lib. 10.</NOTE> <HI>Valli,</HI> and <HI>Valla.</HI> The distance or space betweene
each stake was called <HI>Intervallum;</HI> though now <HI>Intervallū</HI>
doth signifie not onely such a distance, but any distance
either of place or time, as it appeareth by that of<NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Cic. ep. fam. lib. 1. ep. 7.</NOTE> <HI>Tully: In∣tervallo
locorum, &amp; temporum d<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>siuncti.</HI> Sometimes <HI>Vallus</HI>
<PB N="180" REF="95"/>
doth signifie a pole or stake, wherevnto vines are tyed; ac∣cording
to that received adage, which we vse when a spe∣ciall
friend forsaketh one, <HI>Vallus vitem decepit.</HI> From the
first signification it is, that <HI>Vallum</HI> doth often signifie the
inclosure, or hedging in of trees and stakes, wherwith the
bulwarke is vpheld: Alluding wherevnto<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">A Gel. Noc. Attic. l. 1. c. 15</NOTE> <HI>A. Gellius</HI> tran∣slateth
<GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, <HI>Vallum dentium.</HI> The meanes of their
defense, whiles they were making this their rampire, was a
certaine engine or ordinance of warre<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. Rom. l. 10. c. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>6</NOTE> made of plankes
and hurdles, running vpon wheeles, vnder which they
might rest secure frō all stones and darts cast from the wals
of the city: It was called <HI>Vinea.</HI> A second engine was <HI>Mus∣culus:</HI>
The matter wherof it was made I haue not read: but
the vse of it was, that vnder it the souldiers might approch
vnto the wals of the city, and vndermine them. Thus much
<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Lips. polior. lib. 1. dial. 9.</NOTE> <HI>Lipsius</HI> seemeth to inferre, when he rendreth the reason
of the name: <HI>Musculus ideò dictus, quia instar eius animal∣culi
foderent sub eo terram.</HI> A third meanes of their defense
was <HI>Militaris testudo.</HI> This word <HI>Testudo</HI> in the art Milita∣ry
had a double acception, both being borrowed from the
resemblance of the <HI>Tortoise</HI> shell, which is the true &amp; ge∣nuine
signification of this word. In the first acception <HI>Te∣studo,</HI>
<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant Rom. l. 10. c. 16</NOTE> doth signifie a warlike engine or fense made with
boards covered over with raw hides, which served against
fire and stones cast at the souldiers: vnder this they might
safely assaile the wals.<NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Stad. in Flor. l 4. c. 10.</NOTE> In the second acceptiō it signifieth
a target-fense, which was a close holding togither of tar∣gets
over head like a vault or roofe, wherewith the foote∣men
did defend themselues from the thicke shot of arrows
or slinging of stones. Their rampier or countermure being
finished, they vsed certaine great timber towers made vp∣on
wheeles to run to and fro, which they called <HI>Turres am∣bulatoriae,</HI>
moueable turrets. These towers had many sto∣ries
one over the other,<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. Rom. lib. 10. cap 16.</NOTE> wherein they carryed ladders &amp;
casting bridges thereby to scale the wals. The engines hi∣thervnto
haue been defensiue, such wherwith the <HI>Romanes</HI>
<PB N="181" REF="95"/>
defended themselues in their siege: others there were of∣fensiue,
wherwith they did assaile the city; and of those the
chiefe were <HI>Balista sive Catapulta, Scorpius sive Onager,
Aries,</HI> &amp; <HI>Malleoli.</HI> The first of these engines, as it was cal∣led
<HI>Balista</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, from darting or casting forth any
thing,<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Lips. Poli∣orc. lib. 3. dial 2.</NOTE> so was it in old time called <HI>Catapulta</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>,
which signifieth a shaft or dart. The forme thereof fol∣loweth
trāslated word for word out of<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Am. Marc. lib. 23. cap. 3.</NOTE> <HI>Marcellinus.</HI> [Be∣tweene
two plankes there is set in frame, and fast ioyned a
strong &amp; bigge yron, reaching out in length after the mā∣ner
of a good great rule; out of the round body whereof,
which is artificially wrought, there lyeth forth farther out
a fowre square beame, made hollow with a direct passage
in manner of a narrow trough, tyed fast with many cords
of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>inewes twisted one within the other, and therevnto are
ioined two wooden skrewes; neere vnto one of which
standeth the cunning Balistier, &amp; subtilly putteth into the
hollow passage of the beame a wooden shaft with a bigge
head glewed fast to it. This done on both sides, two lustie
young men doe bend the engine by turning about certaine
wheeles. When the top of the head is drawne to the vtter∣most
end of the cords, the shaft being carried forth of the
Balista, by the inward force thereof, it flyeth out of sight.]
That the reader may receaue the more light in the vnder∣standing
of this obscure description. I haue added the very
words of <HI>Marcellinus. [Ferrum inter axiculos duos firmum
compaginatur &amp; vastum; in modum regulae maioris extentū:
cuius ex volumine teretis, quod in medio ars polita componit,
quadrat us eminet stylus extensius recto canalis angustimeatu
cavatus, &amp; hac multiplici cordâ nervorum tortiliū illigatus:
ei{que} cochleaeduae ligneae coniunguntur aptissimè, quarum propè
vnam adsistit artifex contemplabilis, &amp; subtiliter adponit in
temonis cavamine sagit tam ligneam spiculo maiore congluti∣natam:
hoc{que} facto hinc inde validi iuvenes versant agilitèr
rotabilem flexum. Quum ad extremiatem nervorum acumen
venerit summum, percita interno pulsu à balista ex oculis e∣volat.</HI>
<PB N="182" REF="96"/>
In respect of its vse we may english it a <HI>Crossebowe:</HI>
but it was much bigger, and of a different forme. The Scor∣pion,
which now they call <HI>Onager,</HI> is described by <HI>Mar∣cellinus</HI>
in the same place thus. [Two oaken or elme beames
are hewen out, and somewhat bended, so that they seeme
to bunch out in backs; and these in maner of a<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Machinae Serrat<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>iae.</NOTE> saw engine
are tied fast together, being bored through with wide
holes, through (which by the meanes of those holes) strong
cords are tied, keeping in the whole frame, that it start not
asunder:<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg"><HI>Ab hac me∣di<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>tate testi∣<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>]</HI> Here we must <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/> that this significatiō of <HI>testes</HI> is bor∣rowed from the <HI>Anatomists,</HI> which doe call certaine eminēt parts behind <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> <HI>Testes. Vid Fuchs. inst<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>t. med. l. 1. sec.</HI> 5.</NOTE> From betweene these bunches, another wooden
beame reaching forth overthwa<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>t, and in maner of a waine
beame erected vp, is tied with such devises vnto certaine
ropes, that it may be pulled vp higher, or let downe lower
at ones pleasure; and at the top thereof certain yron hooks
are fastned, from which hookes there hangeth down a cer∣tain
sling either of iron or tow: Vnder which erected beam
there lyeth a great peece of haire-cloath full of small chaffe
tied fast with cords, and placed vpon a bancke of tur<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>es, or
a heape of bricks: When therefore it commeth to the point
of skirmish, a round stone being put into the sling, foure
young men on one side loosing the beames, into which the
ropes are incorporated, doe drawe backe the erected beam
vnto the hooke. Thus at length the master of the engine
standing in some high place, giving a mightie stroke with
a hammer (and, as I suppose, vpon the cord, wherevnto the
erected beame was fastned, with his hooke) se<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>teth opē the
rayles, that containe the whole worke, insomuch that this
erected beam being now at liberty with that quick stroke,
and hitting against the soft haire-cloath, it hurleth out the
stone, that will batter whatsoever is in the way. And it is
called <HI>Tormentum, quod ex eo omnis explicatio torquebatur.</HI>
It is also called <HI>Scorpio,</HI> because when the long beame or
tillar is erected, it hath a sharpe top in maner of a sting. The
moderne time hath imposed vnto it the name of <HI>Onager</HI> .i.
a wild Asse; because that wild Asses, when they are coursed
by hunters, fling backe stones with their heeles a farre off.
<PB N="183" REF="96"/>
so that often times they pierce the breasts of those that fol¦low
them.] The Latine word is made from the Greeke <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>
.i. <HI>Asinus &amp;</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, <HI>rus vel ager.</HI> Now if any aske me, why
that sa<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>k cloath of ashes was interposed, the reason is ren∣dered
by <HI>Marcellinus</HI> in two lines, which I purposely did
not translate in their place, because I would continue the
sense, without such a long <HI>parenthesis.</HI> The reason is there
delivered thus; because the violence and force of the erec∣ted
beame recoiling, after it had beene by the stroke dis∣charged,
was such, that it would shake in peeces the stron∣gest
wals, except there were some soft thing interposed,
whereby the forceable strength of the recoile might bee by
degrees slacked. The <HI>Aries</HI> or Ram is described also by
<HI>Marcellin.</HI> in the same place. [The Ram was a great tree, or
beame like vnto a mast of a ship, having a peece of iron in
maner of a Rams head, fastned at the end thereof, where∣with
they did demolish and batter downe the wals of a ci∣ty.
It was hung vnto a beam, which lay a crosse over a cou∣ple
of pillars, and hanged thus equally ballanced, it was by
force of men pulled backward, and then recoiled vpon the
wals.] In lieu of these Rammes another engine was found
out, called <HI>Helepolis, ab invsitato</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> .i. <HI>capio,</HI> &amp; <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> .i. <HI>ci∣vitas.</HI>
The forme of it is to bee seene also in <HI>Marcell. ibid.</HI>
[There was (saith hee) a <HI>Testudo,</HI> or vaulted frame made,
strengthned with very long peeces of timber: it was cove∣red
over with oxe hides, and greene wicker hurdles: the vp∣per
part or convexe sur-face thereof was overlaid with
mud, to the end that it might keepe of the fal of fire and ca∣sting
of weapons. Now there were fastned in the front of it
certaine <HI>Cuspides tri<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ulcae</HI> .i. iron pikes with three edges ve∣ry
massy, in maner of the thunderbolts, which painters and
poets exhibite vnto vs. This great engine the souldiers ru∣ling
within with divers wheeles &amp; ropes, with maine force
they thrust it against the wals.] <HI>[Malleoli</HI> (saith the same
<HI>Marcellinus)</HI> were certaine darts fashioned on this maner;
there was an arrow made of a cane, betwixt the head &amp; the
<PB N="184" REF="97"/>
nocke whereof was fastned an iron full of cle<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ts; which ar∣row
like vnto a womans distaffe, on which linnen is spin∣ned,
was finely made hollow within the belly, yet open in
many places: In the belly it receaved fire with fuell to feed
vpō. And thus being gently discharged out of a weak bow
(for with an over strong shooting the fire was extingui∣shed)
if it tooke fast hold on any place, it burned the same,
&amp; water being cast thereon, the fire increased: neither was
there any meanes to quench it, but by casting duston it.]
Now if they could not prevaile by these engines called
<HI>Machinae,</HI> then did they make certain passages vnder groūd
which they called <HI>Cuniculi</HI> from <HI>Cuniculus</HI> signifying a co∣ny-berry:
insomuch that these two phrases are opposite,
<HI>Machinis,</HI> &amp; <HI>Cuniculis oppugnare,</HI> as it appeareth by that
of<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Plutarc. in vit. C▪ Caes.</NOTE> <HI>Plutarch: Caesar non iam cuniculis, sed machinis tollit
rempublicam</HI> .i. He doth not now covertly, but with open
violence assault the common weale.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="4" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 4.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De poenis in hostes devictos.</HEAD>
<P>ALbeit after the victory the <HI>Romanes</HI> inflicted divers
degrees of punishment, according to the malice
found in an enimie; yet were they alwaies compassi∣onate,
and (as histories testifie) more exorable then any o∣ther
nation. The punishments which we find them to haue
vsed toward a conquered nation are these. Either they pu∣nished
them by death; or sold them <HI>sub coronâ;</HI> or dismissed
them <HI>sub iugum;</HI> or merced them in taking away their terri∣tories;
or made them tributarie states.<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">A. Gell. lib. 7. cap. 4.</NOTE> An enimie was said
to be sold <HI>sub coronâ,</HI> when he being placed in the market
place, a crowne was put vpon his head in token of such a
sale: or therefore certaine capti<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>es were said to be sold <HI>sub
coronâ,</HI> because at such times they were invironed about
with souldiers to keepe them together, and this circle of
souldiers, as likewise of all other companies, is called <HI>Coro∣na.</HI>
When they dismissed any <HI>sub iugum,</HI><NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Stad. in Flor lib. 1. c. 12.</NOTE> they erected two
<PB N="185" REF="97"/>
speares with a third lying a crosse in maner of a gallowes:
then they caused them being di<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>armed, and their belt takē
away to passe vnder in token of bondage. When their ter∣ritories
were taken from them, they were commonly con∣ferred
vpon old beaten souldiers, in way of remunoration
for their faithfull service. This transplantation was termed
<HI>Coloniae deductio;</HI> and the place ever after <HI>Romana Colonia</HI>
.i. a Romane Colonie. At which times they chose out every
tenth man, <HI>viz.</HI> such as were able and of best sufficiencie to
make and establish a publike councill,<NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Ital. l. 2. c. 4.</NOTE> whom they named
<HI>Decuriones.</HI> Whence wee may obserue, that <HI>Decurio</HI> is not
alwaies taken for a captaine over ten horsemen, but some∣times
it is vsed to signifie an <HI>Alderman,</HI> or chiefe Burgesse
in a <HI>Romane</HI> Colonie. Divers times the <HI>Romanes</HI> would bee
content after the conquest to grant to their enimies a
peaceable enioying of their lands and possessions, conditi∣onally,
that they woulde yeelde all faithfull allegiaunce
vnto that L. Deputy, whōsoever the <HI>Senate</HI> of <HI>Rome</HI> should
place over them. The L. Deputy was either styled by the
name of a <HI>Propraetor,</HI> a <HI>Proconsul,</HI> or a <HI>Praefectus.</HI> Those pla∣ces,
where the two first sorts of governours did rule, were
tearmed <HI>Provinciae;</HI> the other from the governour was ter∣med
<HI>Praefectura.</HI> Where wee must obserue that this word
<HI>Provincia</HI> hath a threefold acception. First it is taken for a
country, which by the force &amp; power of armes is subdued
to the <HI>Romane</HI> empire, and governed by some <HI>Romane</HI> De∣putie
sent from the <HI>Senate:</HI> and this is the proper and primi∣<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>iue
signification thereof, it being so called,<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Pig. lib. Tyrannif.</NOTE> <HI>Quod populus
Rom eam provicit</HI> .i. <HI>ante vicit.</HI> Secondly it is taken for any
region or country, where the L. Generall or chiefe captain
over a <HI>Romane</HI> army doth manage warre against any nati∣on
by commission from the <HI>Senate.</HI> Lastly it signifieth any
publique function or administration of office, yea any pri∣vate
dutie, charge, or taske either vndertaken, or imposed;
according to that of<NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Terent. in Phor.</NOTE> <HI>Terence, Provinciam cepisti duram</HI> .i.
thou hast vndertaken an hard taske. Now the tribute to
<PB N="186" REF="98"/>
be paid was either certaine, or vncertaine. The certain was
properly called <HI>Tribut<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/> vel Stipend<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="3 letters" DISP="•••"/>;</HI> and those who
paid it were tearmed <HI>Tributarij sive S<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ipendiarij:</HI> and this
tribute was of two sorts, either ordinarie, such as was re∣quired
from every house yearely, even in the time of peace;
or extraordinary, such as was levied by a law or decree of
the <HI>Senate</HI> towards vnexpected charges. The vncertaine
tribute<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 1. c. 16</NOTE> properly called <HI>Vectigal,</HI> was<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Stadius in Flor. l. 3. c. 13.</NOTE> either impost-mo∣ny,
such as was collected in haven townes for the transpor∣tation
of marcha<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ts wares, and that was called from <HI>Por∣tus
Portorium,</HI> or from <HI>Porta Portarium,</HI> and the receavers
thereof <HI>Portitores:</HI> or Tithe corne, namely the tenth part
of their graine, and that was called from <HI>Decem De∣cumae,</HI>
and the receauers thereof <HI>Decumani;</HI> though <HI>Decu∣manus</HI>
when it is an adiectiue signifieth as much as <HI>Maxi∣mus,</HI>
according to that of <HI>Ovid. lib. 1. de Trist.</HI></P>
<Q><L>Qui venit hic fluctus▪ fluctus supereminet omnes;</L>
<L>Posterior nono est, vndecimo{que} prior.</L></Q>
<P>The reason of this signification is<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in viror. illust. ep. 2. lib. 1.</NOTE> supposed to be, because
in <HI>Arithmeticke</HI> amongst simple numbers the tenth is the
greatest: or lastly that mony, which was paid by certaine
heardes-men for pasturing their cattle in the <HI>Romane</HI> fields
and forrests. This kinde of tribute was called <HI>Scriptura,</HI> and
the pastures <HI>Agri Scripturarij;</HI> because (as<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 2. c. 4.</NOTE> <HI>Festus</HI> saith)
the bayliffe or receaver of this mony, called <HI>Pecuarius,</HI> did
<HI>Scribendo conficere rationes</HI> .i. keep his account by writing.
Where we must note, first that all these kindes of Tributes
were not only required in Provinces or Countries subdu∣ed,
but throught <HI>Italy,</HI> even in <HI>Rome</HI> it selfe. Secondly
though each collectour of these Tributes was distinguish∣ed
by a peculiar name, yet by a generall name they were al
called<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Cic. de A rusp. respons. &amp; alias saepe.</NOTE> <HI>Publicani,</HI> in as much as they did take to rent these
publike tributes. The chiefe of them, which entred into
bond, as the principall takers or farmers of these tributes
<HI>Tully</HI> calleth <HI>Mancipes.</HI> The others which were entred in
to the same bond as sureties, were tearmed <HI>Praedes.</HI> Many
<PB N="187" REF="98"/>
times the <HI>Romanes</HI> did bestow the freedome of their citie
vpon forraigne countries; &amp; the degrees of freedome was
proportioned accordingly as the countries were. Some
they honoured with the name of <HI>Romane</HI> citizens, but ex∣cluded
them from the right of suffraging, leaving them also
to be governed by their owne lawes and magistrates. This
state they called a <HI>Municipal</HI> state, in Latine <HI>Municipium,</HI>
because they were <HI>Muneris huius honorarij participes.</HI><NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Sig. l. 2. de iure Ital. c. 7.</NOTE> By
<HI>Munus honorarium</HI> in this place is vnderstood nothing
but the bare title of a <HI>Romane</HI> citizen, whereby they were
privileged to fight in a legion as free denisons, not in an
auxiliary band as the associates. Now the first that ever ob∣tained
this Municipall state, were the <HI>Cerites,</HI> who for pre∣serving
the holy things of <HI>Rome</HI> in the time of the warre
against the <HI>Gaules,</HI> were rewarded with the freedome of
the citie, but without power of suffraging; From whence
it is, that those tables, wherein the <HI>Censors</HI> inrolled such as
were by them deprived of their voices, were called <HI>Cerites
tabulae; Horace</HI> calleth such a table <HI>Ceritem ceram,</HI> for the
reason shewne before. But wee must withall obserue, that
some Municipall townes haue either by desert or instant
suit obtained the libertie of suffraging also, which occasi∣oneth
that receaued distinction, that there was <HI>Municipiū
sine suffragio,</HI> and <HI>Municipium cum suffragio.</HI> Other coun∣tries
which could not bee admitted into the freedome of
the citie, haue obtained, and that not without speciall and
deserved respects to be Associats and confederats vnto the
state of <HI>Rome.</HI> The inhabitants of such countries were some∣times
called <HI>So<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ij,</HI> sometimes <HI>Amici,</HI> sometimes <HI>Latini no∣minis
socij, &amp;c.</HI> The King or Prince of such a countrie did
stile himselfe <HI>Amicus &amp; socius Senat. &amp; Pop. Rom.</HI> Here we
must obserue a difference betweene <HI>Pactio</HI> and <HI>Foedus,</HI> both
signifying a kind of league. That tru<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>e which in time of
warre is concluded vpon, and accepted of both sides for a
certaine<NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Ital. l. 1. cap. 1.</NOTE> limited space of time, is properly called <HI>Pactio;</HI>
we commonly call it <HI>Induciae;</HI> and it differed from <HI>Foedus:</HI>
<PB N="188" REF="99"/>
<NOTE N="r" PLACE="marg">Sigon. ibid.</NOTE> first, because that <HI>Foedus</HI> is a perpetuall truce or league;
Secondly because it was necessary, that one of those <HI>He∣ralds
at armes</HI> called <HI>Foeciales,</HI> should by a solemne pro∣clamation
confirme this league called <HI>Foedus;</HI> neither of
which conditions was absolutely requisite in their truce
tearmed <HI>Pactio.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="5" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 5.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">Mulctae militares, quibus milites Romani ob de∣licta
afficiebantur.</HEAD>
<P>TOuching the punishments that the <HI>Romane</HI> L. Gene∣ral
vsed towards his owne souldiers when they were
faulty, they were commonly proportioned vnto the
fault committed. Sometimes they were easie, of which sort
were al those punishments which did only brand the soul∣diers
with disgrace; other times they were heavier, such as
did hurt &amp; afflict the body. To the first sort belonged these;
First <HI>Ignominiosa dimissio</HI> .i. a shameful discarding of a soul∣dier,
when he is with disgrace removed from the army. Se∣condly,
<HI>Fraudatio stipendij</HI> .i. a stopping of their pay: &amp; such
souldiers which suffred this kinde of mulct were said to be
<HI>are diruti,</HI><NOTE N="s" PLACE="marg">Rosin. an∣tiq. l. 10. c. 25.</NOTE> because <HI>Aes illud diruebatur in fiscū, non in mi∣litis
sacculum.</HI> Thirdly, <HI>Censio hastaria,</HI> whereby the souldi∣er
was inioined to resigne and giue vp his speare: for as
those which had atchieved any noble act, were for their
greater honour <HI>Hastâ purâ donati:</HI> so others for their grea∣ter
disgrace were enforced to resigne vp their speare.
Fourthly, the whole <HI>Cohors,</HI> which had lost their banners,
were compelled to eat nothing but barly bread, being de∣prived
of their allowance in wheat; and every Centurion
in that <HI>Cohors</HI> had his souldiers belt or girdle taken from
him, which was no lesse disgrace amongst them, then it is
now amongst vs, that a knight of our order of the Garter,
should be deprived of his Garter. Fiftly, for petty faults
they made them to stand barefooted before the L. General
his pavillion, with long poles of ten foote length in their
<PB N="189" REF="99"/>
hands: and sometimes in the sight of the other souldiers to
walke vp and downe with turfes on their necks. In the last
of these they seemed to imitate their city discipline, where∣by
malefactors were inioined to take a certaine beame re∣sembling
a forke vpon their shoulders, and so to cary it
round about the towne; whence from <HI>Fur<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>a,</HI> &amp; <HI>Fero</HI> they
were tearmed <HI>Furciferi:</HI> It hath some affinity with our car∣ting
of queanes here in England. In the first wee haue no
custome, that doth more symbolize, then the standing in a
white sheet in the open view of a congregation. The last
of their lesser punishments was the opening of a vaine or
letting them bloud in one of their armes:<NOTE N="t" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 2. c. 13.</NOTE> which kinde of
punishment was vsed toward those alone, which (as they
conceited thorow the abūdance of their hote bloud) were
too adventurous and bold. The heavier kinds of punish∣ments
were these: first <HI>Virgis vel Fuste caedi,</HI> to be beaten
with rods or with staues and cudgils. None were ordinari∣ly
beaten with cudgils, but those who had not discharged
their office, in the sending about that tablet called <HI>Tessera,</HI>
wherein the watchword was written; or that had forsaken
their place, where they were appointed to keepe watch; or
those who had stollen any thing from out the campe; or
borne false witnesse against their fellowes, or abused their
bodies by women; or lastly that had beene punished thrise
for the same fault: those which were in this manner cudgil∣led,
were often killed in the place; but if they escaped aliue,
they were to liue in perpetuall exilement. The ceremony
vsed in this kinde of cudgilling was, that the<NOTE N="u" PLACE="marg">Trib. milit.</NOTE> knight Mar∣tiall
should lightly touch the party to be punished with a
club, which being done, all the souldiers did beat him with
staues and cudgils; whence we may say of one that deser∣veth
a good cudgelling in<NOTE N="x" PLACE="marg">Cic. orat. Phil. 3.</NOTE> <HI>Tully</HI> his phrase, <HI>Fustuar<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>um
meretur.</HI> If a <HI>Romane</HI> souldier had broken his rancke by go∣ing
out of order, then <HI>Virgis caedebatur</HI> .i. hee was scourged
with rods. Sometimes the knight Martiall vpon iust occa∣sion
would cause them to be sold for bondslaues, to be be∣headed
<PB N="190" REF="100"/>
to be hanged. All these punishments were perso∣nall
or particular; there remaineth one which was general,
namely when the fault was generall, as in their vproares,
conspiracies, &amp;c. Vpon such occasions the souldiers were
called togither, and every tenth man vpon whom the lot
fell was punished with that kinde of cudgilling aboue spo∣ken
of; all the others escaped either without punishment,
or with very litle. The punishment it selfe was tearmed
<HI>Dec imatio legionis,</HI> and the reason of this kinde of punish∣ment,
is rendred by<NOTE N="y" PLACE="marg">Cic. pro Clu∣ent.</NOTE> <HI>Tully: vt metus viz. ad omnes, poena ad
paucos perveniret.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 N="6" TYPE="chapter">
<HEAD>CHAP. 6.</HEAD>
<HEAD TYPE="sub">De donis militaribus ob rem fortitèr gestam.</HEAD>
<P>Cōcerning the rewards which were bestowed in war,
some were by the <HI>Senate</HI> conferred vpon the L. Ge∣nerall:
others were by the L. Generall conferred vp∣on
his souldiers. Those honours which the L. Generall re∣ceived
were three. First <HI>Nomen Imperatoris,</HI> of which<NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Vid. p. 176.</NOTE> be∣fore.
Secondly <HI>supplicatio</HI> .i. a solemne procession continu∣ed
for many daies togither, sometimes more, sometimes fe∣wer:
all which daies the <HI>Romane</HI> people did obserue as ho∣ly
daies, offring vp dayly praiers and sacrifice to the Gods
in the behalfe of their L. Generall: The custome being that
after some notable victory, the souldiers having saluted
their chiefe captaine (whom I call their L. General) by the
the name of <HI>Imperator,</HI> then would he send letters vnto the
<HI>Senate</HI> dight with lawrell, wherein he required both that
name to be confirmed, and approved by them, as likewise
that they would <HI>Decernere supplicationes</HI> .i. appoint such
solemne supplications. Thirdly, they honoured him at his
comming home also with a Triumph. <HI>Triumphus vel ma∣ior,
vel minor erat,</HI> saith <HI>Alexander.</HI> The lesser kinde of tri∣umph
was properly called <HI>Ovatio,</HI><NOTE N="z" PLACE="marg">Salmuth. in Pancir. l. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>erū deperd cap. de triumph.</NOTE> <HI>ab ove,</HI> from a sheepe,
which in this time of his triumph was led before him, and
afterward sacrificed by him: As also in the greater triumph
<PB N="191" REF="100"/>
(called properly <HI>Triumphus)</HI> the L. Generall sacrificed a
bull. It differeth from the greater triumph first in the accla∣mation;
for in the lesser triumph the souldiers following
did as it were redouble this letter O, and some are of opi∣nion
that it was therefore called <HI>Ovatio.</HI> In the greater tri∣umph
the souldiers followed crying <HI>Io triumphe, Io trium∣phe:</HI>
an example whereof may be seene in<NOTE N="a" PLACE="marg">Ode. 2. li. 4.</NOTE> <HI>Horace,</HI> where
he describeth the triumph of <HI>Bacchus,</HI> the first autor of this
greater triumph; from whose<NOTE N="b" PLACE="marg">Salmuth. in Pancir. l. rerū deperd. cap. de triumph.</NOTE> name also divers autors doe
deriue this word <HI>Triumphus,</HI> he being in greeke called <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>,
which by a litle change is made <HI>Triumphus.</HI> Second∣ly
they differed, because in the greater triumph, the L. Ge∣nerall
did weare a garment of state, called by some <HI>Trabea,</HI>
<NOTE N="c" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. lib. 6. cap. 17.</NOTE> by others <HI>Triumphalis, Picta vel Aurata vestis:</HI> likewise
a garland of lawrell, riding in a chariot, the <HI>Senators</HI> them∣selues
with the best of the <HI>Romanes</HI> meeting him, his soul∣diers
with their coronets, their chaines, and other rewards
following after: But in the lesser triumph the L. Generall
did weare a plaine purple gowne without any gold imbro∣dering,
and a garland of myrtle tree<NOTE N="d" PLACE="marg">Dion. Hali∣car. lib. 5.</NOTE> commonly going on
foote, sometimes permitted to ride on a horse; the gentle∣men
and commonalty of <HI>Rome</HI> alone without the <HI>Senators</HI>
did meete him. Moreover for a perpetuall memory of this
their triumph in some publique place certaine trophies
were erected.<NOTE N="e" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. li. 1. c. 22.</NOTE> <HI>Tr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>phaeum monumentum dixere nunc marmo∣reum,
mod<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>o aeneum, cum in scriptione &amp; titulis aevo perpetuo
duraturis.</HI><NOTE N="f" PLACE="marg">Serv. Aenei. lib. 10.</NOTE> <HI>Dictum est</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> .i. <HI>à conversione,</HI> from
making the enimies to retire and turne backe. Sometimes
there were statues, columnes, and arches built in token of
triumph. These arches though commōly they were known
by the name of <HI>Arcus triumphales,</HI> yet sometimes they are
called <HI>For<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ces,</HI><NOTE N="g" PLACE="marg">Fr. Sylv. in orat. Cic. pro. Cn. Plancio.</NOTE> whence it is that <HI>Tully</HI> calleth <HI>Fabianes</HI>
triumphall arch <HI>Fabianum fornicem.</HI> If it so happened that
the <HI>Romane</HI> Generall himselfe personally, did take away a∣ny
spoiles from the chiefe captaine of the enimies, then did
hee hang them vp in a temple consecrated to <HI>Iupiter Fere∣trius,</HI>
<PB N="192" REF="101"/>
who was so called,<NOTE N="h" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 1. c. 14.</NOTE> because as the <HI>Romanes</HI> concei∣ted,
without the speciall assistance of <HI>Iupiter, Dux duce<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>
fer<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>e non poterat:</HI> these spoiles had the name of <HI>Opima spo∣lia</HI>
.i. Royall spoiles. The rewards bestowed vpon the soul∣diers
were divers: either places of office, as the place of a
Centurion, of a <HI>Praefectus,</HI> a <HI>Decurio, &amp;c.</HI> or their pay was
increased, the spoiles distributed amōgst thē, or lastly they
received certaine gifts tearmed <HI>Dona militaria.</HI> In ancient
times those souldiers which ha
d best deserved, receaved a
certaine measure of corne called by them <HI>Adorea;</HI><NOTE N="i" PLACE="marg">Alex. Gen. dier. l. 4. c. 18.</NOTE> and
hence it is, that <HI>Adorea</HI> is now vsed to signifie such laud &amp;
praise, as is due vnto a souldier. But after ages for the bet∣ter
encouraging of the souldiers, haue found out more ho∣nourable
rewards, of which<NOTE N="k" PLACE="marg">Sig. de iure Rom. l. 1. c. 15.</NOTE> these were the chiefest; <HI>Ar∣milla</HI>
.i. bracelet for the hand-wrest; <HI>Torquis,</HI> a chaine to
weare about their necke; <HI>Phalerae,</HI> horsetrappings; <HI>Hasta∣pura</HI>
.i. a speare having no iron at the end of it; (<NOTE N="l" PLACE="marg">Rosin. ant. lib. 10 c. 27.</NOTE> it is some∣times
called <HI>Hasta donatica,</HI> and <HI>Hasta graminea:)</HI> Lastly
<HI>Coronae,</HI> crownes, of which <HI>A. Gell.</HI> observeth these to haue
beene the chiefe: 1. <HI>Corona triumphalis,</HI> which in olde time
was made of Laurell, but afterward of gold, &amp; thence was
it called <HI>Corona aurea:</HI> it was sent by the <HI>Senate</HI> vnto the
L. Generall in honour of his triumph; secondly <HI>Corona ob∣sidionalis,</HI>
which was given by the souldiers vnto their Ge∣nerall,
when they were freed from a siege: it was made of
grasse growing in that place, where they were besieged,
whence it had the name also of <HI>Corona graminea.</HI> Now the
reason why they made this crowne of grasse growing in
the place where they were besieged, was thereby to yeeld
vp their right in that place vnto their captaine: for by that
ceremony, as<NOTE N="m" PLACE="marg">Plin. l. 22. cap. 4.</NOTE> <HI>Pliny</HI> obserueth, they did <HI>Terrâ &amp; ipsa al∣trice
humo &amp; humatione etiam cedere.</HI> And hence it is, that
in races, and the like masteries, hee that was overcome, did
gather some of the grasse of that place, and giue it vnto the
conquerour, as a token that hee did acknowledge himselfe
conquered.<NOTE N="n" PLACE="marg">Salmuth. in Pancir. l. rerū deperd. cap. de coronis.</NOTE> This is the reason of that Adage, <HI>Herbam da∣re</HI>
<PB N="193" REF="101"/>
.i. to yeeld the victory. Thirdly <HI>Corona civica,</HI> which was
bestowed only vpon him, which had saved a citizens life,
<NOTE N="o" PLACE="marg">Pigh. l. Ty∣rannif.</NOTE> though in processe of time it was also bestowed vpō the
L. Generall, if he spared a <HI>Romane</HI> citizen, when hee had
power to kill him. It was commonly made of oake; whence
it was called <HI>Corona quernea.</HI> Fourthly <HI>Corona Muralis:</HI><NOTE N="p" PLACE="marg">Dion. Hali∣car. lib. 10.</NOTE> He
only was honored with this, which did first scale the wals,
&amp; enter first into the enimies citie: &amp; hence this crown was
cut vpon the circlet or top like vnto the battlements. Fiftly
<HI>Corona Castrensis:</HI> This the L. Generall bestowed on him,
which first entred into the enimies tents; it did beare in it
the resemblance of a bulwarke, or at least of the mound,
wherewith the bulwark was strengthned; which mound
was called in Latine <HI>Vallum,</HI> and thence the crowne it selfe
was often called <HI>Vallaris corona.</HI> Lastly <HI>Corona navalis,</HI>
with which hee was honoured, which first entred into the
enimies ship in a battle vpon sea: it was portrayd with ma∣ny
ship-beakes called in latine <HI>Rostra,</HI><NOTE N="q" PLACE="marg">Pigh. lib. ty∣rannif.</NOTE> whence the crown
it selfe was often called <HI>Corona Rostrata.</HI></P>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<TRAILER>FINIS.</TRAILER>
</DIV1>
</BODY>
<BACK>
<DIV1 LANG="lat" TYPE="index">
<PB REF="102"/>
<PB REF="102"/>
<HEAD>INDEX RERVM ET VERBORVM
MAXIME INSIGNIVM.</HEAD>
<LIST>
<HEAD>A</HEAD>
<ITEM>A. Litera in tabulâ scripta
quid significet? 98</ITEM>
<ITEM>A. litera salutaris. 166</ITEM>
<ITEM>Abdicere quid? 119</ITEM>
<ITEM>Abire flaminio. 47</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ab ovo ad mala. <HI>Prov.</HI> 78</ITEM>
<ITEM>Acca Laurentia quae, &amp; ei cur sa∣cra
instituta? 39</ITEM>
<ITEM>Actiones redhibitoriae quae? 128</ITEM>
<ITEM>Accumbendi ratio apud Roma∣nos
qualis? 76</ITEM>
<ITEM>Acerra quid? 91</ITEM>
<ITEM>Actus ne{que} plures, ne{que} pauciores
in fabula, quàm quinque esse
debent. 71</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ad agnatos, &amp; Gentiles deducē∣dus
est. <HI>Prov.</HI> 154</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ad meridiem. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ad mediam noctem. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Ad te tanquam ad aram confugi∣mus.
2</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ad te tanquā ad Asylum conf. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Addicere quid significet? 119</ITEM>
<ITEM>Addicta bona quae? 120</ITEM>
<ITEM>Addicti servi qui? 28. &amp; 120</ITEM>
<ITEM>Adijcialis coena quae? 56</ITEM>
<ITEM>Adorea quid? 192</ITEM>
<ITEM>Adscriptus civis quis? 14<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/></ITEM>
<ITEM>Adulterium quid? 85</ITEM>
<ITEM>Advocatus fisci. 131</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aedes Saturni. 10</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aediles vnde dicti? 128</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aediles Curules qui, &amp; vnde di∣cti?
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Aediles plebeij qui? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Aediles Cereales qui, &amp; vndè di∣cti
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Aera Corybantia, &amp; vndè dicta? 55</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aerarij qui? 97</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aerarium vnde dictum? 10</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aerarium sanctius. 11</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aerarium militare. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Aerarium quomodò differat à fis∣co?
131</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aere diruti qui, &amp; quare dicti? 188</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aes signatum, 161</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aes grave. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Aesculapij insula. 12</ITEM>
<ITEM>Agere forum quid? 6</ITEM>
<ITEM>Agere pro Tribunali quid? 134</ITEM>
<ITEM>Agere de plano quid? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Agere ad populum. 141</ITEM>
<ITEM>Agere cum populo. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Agger. 179</ITEM>
<ITEM>Agonalis mons. 3</ITEM>
<ITEM>Agonales Salii. 49</ITEM>
<ITEM>Agones qui, &amp; vndè dicti? 60</ITEM>
<ITEM>Agrariae leges. 150</ITEM>
<ITEM>Agri scripturarii. 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Alae aciei. 178</ITEM>
<ITEM>Alarum praefectus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Alba toga quomodò differebat à
togâ candidâ.81</ITEM>
<ITEM>Albo-galerus. 46</ITEM>
<ITEM>Albi dies qui? 66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Altare quid, &amp; vnde dictum? 20</ITEM>
<ITEM>Altè praecincti pro expeditis di∣cti.
79</ITEM>
<ITEM>Amphitheatrum quid? 15</ITEM>
<ITEM>Amphora mellaria. 54</ITEM>
<ITEM>Amphora Italica. 143</ITEM>
<ITEM>Amphora Attica. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Ampliatio quid? 166</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ampliari quid? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>An auctor esset? 169</ITEM>
<ITEM>An sponderet? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>An satisdaret? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Ancile coelo delapsum. 49</ITEM>
<ITEM>Angues pinge duos i. duos Geni∣os.
<PB REF="103"/>
34</ITEM>
<ITEM>Angusticlavia. 34</ITEM>
<ITEM>Angusticlavij. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Anniversariae feriae quae? 66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Annonae praefectus. 129</ITEM>
<ITEM>Annus quasi annulus. 62</ITEM>
<ITEM>Annus Lunaris. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Annus à Romulo institutus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Annus Bissextilis. 63</ITEM>
<ITEM>Annus Iulianus. 64</ITEM>
<ITEM>Annus magnus, &amp; vertens. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Ante coenium quid, &amp; vnde di∣ctum?
76</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ante-pilani qui? 178</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ante-signani qui? 159</ITEM>
<ITEM>Antiquo quid significet? 98</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aperire ludum. 67</ITEM>
<ITEM>Apex quid? 46</ITEM>
<ITEM>Apex pileorum genus. 49.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Apollinares ludi qui? 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aquâ &amp; igni interdicere. 116</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ara quid, &amp; vnde dicta? 20</ITEM>
<ITEM>Arae quare gramineae dictae? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Archi-gallus quis, &amp; vnde dictus?
54</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ar<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>us Triumphalis. 191</ITEM>
<ITEM>Arena. 16</ITEM>
<ITEM>In Arenam descendere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Arietem emisit. <HI>Prov.</HI> 50</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aries machinae genus, &amp; eius de∣scriptio
ex Marcellino. 183</ITEM>
<ITEM>Armis versis pugnare. 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Arvales fratres qui, quot, &amp; vnde
dicti? 39</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aruspices vnde dicti? 40.</ITEM>
<ITEM>As. 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Assiduitas in candidates. 109</ITEM>
<ITEM>Asylum. 1</ITEM>
<ITEM>Atri dies qui? 66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Attellanae vnde dictae? 70</ITEM>
<ITEM>Auctio quid? 149</ITEM>
<ITEM>Auctor quis? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Aventinus Mons. 4. &amp; vnde di∣ctus?
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Augurum collegium 40</ITEM>
<ITEM>Augures vndè dicti? &amp; eorum nu∣merus
initio, ac deinceps quā∣tus?
41</ITEM>
<ITEM>Auguratus semèl vni datus eidem
vivo nuquam adimi potuit. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Augurandi ceremoniae 42</ITEM>
<ITEM>Auguria prospera &amp; adversa quā
do dicta? 43</ITEM>
<ITEM>Auguria impetrativa. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Auguria oblativa. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Augustus Octavius Caesar dictus
120</ITEM>
<ITEM>Avibus bonis quid? 41</ITEM>
<ITEM>Avibus malis quid? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Avis sinistra quid significet? 43</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aurea corona 192</ITEM>
<ITEM>Aurum coronarium quid? &amp; vn∣dè
dictum? 148</ITEM>
<ITEM>Auspices quasi avispices. 40</ITEM>
<ITEM>Auspicijs bonis 41</ITEM>
<ITEM>Auspicijs malis. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Auspicari rem quid? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Auspicium coactum quid? &amp; vndè
dictum? 44</ITEM>
<ITEM>Auxilia quae? 174</ITEM>
<ITEM>Axare quid? 50</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>B.</HEAD>
<ITEM>BAlista quid? &amp; vndè dicta? 181</ITEM>
<ITEM>A BAND of souldiers cur sic
dict? 179</ITEM>
<ITEM>Bandum. 179</ITEM>
<ITEM>Barritum tollere 174</ITEM>
<ITEM>Basilica quae pars templi? 17</ITEM>
<ITEM>Basilicae Romanae quae? 8</ITEM>
<ITEM>Bellare coestu quid? 68</ITEM>
<ITEM>Bellum quomodò indici solitum?
50</ITEM>
<ITEM>Benignitas in candidatis 109</ITEM>
<ITEM>Berecynthia vndè dicta? 54</ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="103"/>
Bessis quid? 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Biclinium vndè dictum? 76</ITEM>
<ITEM>Bissextilis annus qui? 63</ITEM>
<ITEM>Bissextus dies qui? 64</ITEM>
<ITEM>Blanditia in candidates. 108</ITEM>
<ITEM>Bona dea: 53. &amp; quare dicta? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Bustuarij qui? 74. &amp; 94.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Bustuarij vndè dicti? 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Bustum quid? &amp; vndè dictum? 93</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>C.</HEAD>
<ITEM>CAballus mons 34</ITEM>
<ITEM>Coelius mons 3</ITEM>
<ITEM>Caesar 120</ITEM>
<ITEM>Caesar juventutis Princeps 121</ITEM>
<ITEM>Caesar Nobilissimus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Cajus, Caja, maritus &amp; vxor dict.
88</ITEM>
<ITEM>Calantica 84</ITEM>
<ITEM>Calcei mullei 85</ITEM>
<ITEM>Calcei lunati. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Calcei Vncinati 85</ITEM>
<ITEM>Calendae 64</ITEM>
<ITEM>Calumniam jurare, dejurare. 165</ITEM>
<ITEM>Calumniari, praevaricari, tergi∣versari
quomodo differūt? 160</ITEM>
<ITEM>Campus sceleratus 11</ITEM>
<ITEM>Campus Martius quare Tiberin
dict? 12</ITEM>
<ITEM>Candida toga 79</ITEM>
<ITEM>Candidatus vnde? 81.108</ITEM>
<ITEM>Candidatus Principis 82</ITEM>
<ITEM>Candidatus Quaestor. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Capitolinus mons 2</ITEM>
<ITEM>Capitolium vnde? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Capite-Censi 105</ITEM>
<ITEM>Capitis dimicatio 117</ITEM>
<ITEM>Capitis diminutio, maxima, me∣dia,
minima 116</ITEM>
<ITEM>Capite damnatus 117</ITEM>
<ITEM>Capnomantes 45</ITEM>
<ITEM>Caput Porcinum in bello quid, &amp;
quare dict? 178</ITEM>
<ITEM>Carceres in circo quid, &amp; vnde?
14</ITEM>
<ITEM>A Carceribus ad metam. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Castoris templum 9</ITEM>
<ITEM>Castrenses ludi 75</ITEM>
<ITEM>Catapulta quid, &amp; vnde? 181</ITEM>
<ITEM><GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> 70</ITEM>
<ITEM><GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Catastrophe vitae humanae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Cavea quid? 14</ITEM>
<ITEM>Caudex quid? 100</ITEM>
<ITEM>Causae capitales 117</ITEM>
<ITEM>Celebaris hasta 87</ITEM>
<ITEM>Celeres qui &amp; vnde? 27.111</ITEM>
<ITEM>Celerum Tribunus 111</ITEM>
<ITEM>Censor, Censoria virga. 115</ITEM>
<ITEM>Census quid signif.? 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Census Senatorius 25</ITEM>
<ITEM>Census Equestris. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Centum viri 117</ITEM>
<ITEM>Centuria quid? 175</ITEM>
<ITEM>Centuria Praerogativa 161</ITEM>
<ITEM>Centurio 106. 176</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ceratae tabulae 99</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cereales ludi 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ceres quomodo effingi solita? 37</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cereris sacra apud Romanos
quo tempore facta? 37</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cereri sacrificat. <HI>Prov.</HI> 38</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cerites, municipes primi. 187</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cerites tabulae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Cervi, pars aggeris quare dicti?
179</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cestus 85</ITEM>
<ITEM>Chorus tam è viris, quàm mulie∣ribus
constabat 71</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cinctura laxior 79</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cinctura astrictior. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Cinctus Gabinus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Cinctutus 174</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cimiliarchium quid? 11</ITEM>
<ITEM>Circum venire quid signif<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>? 137</ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="104"/>
Circenses ludi 68</ITEM>
<ITEM>Circus Maximus 13</ITEM>
<ITEM>Circus, quare dicitur fallax? 14</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cives originarij 27</ITEM>
<ITEM>Civitate donatus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Civilis dies quomodo dividitur?
65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Clarigatio quid? 50</ITEM>
<ITEM>Classicus 105</ITEM>
<ITEM>Classici Scriptores. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>infra Classem 105</ITEM>
<ITEM>Classicum canere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Clientes qui? 23</ITEM>
<ITEM>Clodius accusat moechos. <HI>Prov.</HI> 54</ITEM>
<ITEM>Coactum auspicium 44</ITEM>
<ITEM>Codex vnde? 100</ITEM>
<ITEM>Coena vnde dicta? 76</ITEM>
<ITEM>Coena Adjicialis; Pontificia. 56</ITEM>
<ITEM>Coenae caput 78</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cognoscere pronunciare quo∣modo
diff<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>? 8</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cohors 175</ITEM>
<ITEM>Coire quid signif<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>? 137</ITEM>
<ITEM>Collegij magister 41</ITEM>
<ITEM>Colligatio vasis 174</ITEM>
<ITEM>Collina 22</ITEM>
<ITEM>Collini Salij 49</ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Collis</CELL>
<CELL>salutaris</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="3"> 3</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Martialis</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Latiaris</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Collis</CELL>
<CELL>Cispius</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="3">4</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Oppius</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Septimius</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Coloniae deductio 185</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comoedia vnde? &amp; ejus part. 69</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comoediae &amp; Tragoed differentiae
quaedam 72</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comessatio 76</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comitium quid, &amp; vnde? 8</ITEM>
<ITEM>locus quis? 104</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comitia, &amp; comitium quomodo
differunt? 8</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comitia calata 96</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comitia, Pontificia, Consularia,
Aedilitia. 97</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comitia curiata 97.103</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comitia centuriata 97.104</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comitia tribu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>a 97.107</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comitialis morbus 102</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comitialis dies 67</ITEM>
<ITEM>Comitialis homo. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Comperendinari quid propriè?
l65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Compitales ludi 68</ITEM>
<ITEM>Conclamare vasa 174</ITEM>
<ITEM>Conclamatum est 91</ITEM>
<ITEM>Concubium 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Conditione tua non vtar 89</ITEM>
<ITEM>Confarreatio 87</ITEM>
<ITEM>Congiarium 109</ITEM>
<ITEM>Conscripti Patres, quomodo pri∣mùm
dicti? 23</ITEM>
<ITEM>Consul 112</ITEM>
<ITEM>Consularis vir 114</ITEM>
<ITEM>Consules Honorarij, Ordinarij
115</ITEM>
<ITEM>Consules non Ordinarij, &amp; suf∣fecti.
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Conticinium 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Contubernium: Contubernij ca∣put
175</ITEM>
<ITEM>Convivia Romanorum quàm
varia? 75</ITEM>
<ITEM>Convivarum quantus numerus?</ITEM>
<ITEM>77</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cornu dextrum vel sinist: aciei.
178</ITEM>
<ITEM>Corona quid? 184</ITEM>
<ITEM>Corona quae prima apud Rom.</ITEM>
<ITEM>40</ITEM>
<ITEM>Corona Trium phalis, aurea, ob∣sidionalis,
graminea 192</ITEM>
<ITEM>Corona Civica, quernea, mura∣lis,
Castrensis 193</ITEM>
<ITEM>Corona Vallaris, navalis rostra∣ta.
193</ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="104"/>
sub Corona quid? 184</ITEM>
<ITEM>Corybantes vnde? 55</ITEM>
<ITEM>Corybantia aera. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Cultrarij. 60</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cuneus militū quid &amp; quare? 178</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cunei in theatris quid? 5</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cuniculis oppugnare. 184</ITEM>
<ITEM>Curia per se quid sig.? 4</ITEM>
<ITEM>Curia per se aliquando idē quod
domus curialis. 40</ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Curia</CELL>
<CELL>Hostilia.</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="3">4</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Pompeia </CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Iulia</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Curiae olim apud Rom. quot? 40</ITEM>
<ITEM>Curiales Flamines. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Curialis domus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Curio Maximus. 40</ITEM>
<ITEM>Curiones sexaginta. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Curionia. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Curulis sella. 114</ITEM>
<ITEM>Custodes qui? 98</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cybelle, vel Cybele. 54</ITEM>
<ITEM>Cybelleius circulator. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>D.</HEAD>
<ITEM>DAmnatus voti. 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dapes Saliares 50</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dare herbam. 192. 193</ITEM>
<ITEM>De meridie. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>De media nocte. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Dea Viri-placa. 89</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dea bona. 53</ITEM>
<ITEM>Decanus. 175</ITEM>
<ITEM>Decemviri. 122</ITEM>
<ITEM>Decimatio Legionis. 190</ITEM>
<ITEM>Decum<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> Decumanus. 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Decumanus idem quod maximus
&amp; quare? 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Decunx. 156</ITEM>
<ITEM>Decuriae. i56</ITEM>
<ITEM>Decurio quot signif? 185</ITEM>
<ITEM>Delubrum quid &amp; vnde? 17</ITEM>
<ITEM>Deorum mater. 54</ITEM>
<ITEM>Depontani. 97</ITEM>
<ITEM>Devorat sacra haud immolata. 61</ITEM>
<ITEM>Devovere dijs inferis quid? 23</ITEM>
<ITEM>Deunx. 156</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dialis Flamen. 46</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dianae mons. 5</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dicam scribere. 157</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dicam sortiri. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Dictator. 123</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dies bissextus. 64</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dies civilis quomodo divid. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dies albi &amp; atri. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Dies festi, feriati, profesti, interci∣si
66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dies fasti, ex parte fasti, &amp; nefasti.
67</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dies comitiales. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Diem alicui dicere. 165</ITEM>
<ITEM>Diffarreatio. 87</ITEM>
<ITEM>Diffindere diem. 163</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dij maiorum gentium. 30</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dij consentes <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Dij &amp; Divi quomodo differūt. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Dij animales qui? 31</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dij patrii. <HI>ib.</HI> Dij tutelares. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Dij communes 32</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dijs iratis aliquid facere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Diluculum. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dimicare quid? 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Diminutio capitis, maxima, me∣dia.
minima. 116</ITEM>
<ITEM>Diribitores. 98</ITEM>
<ITEM>Discumbendi ratio. 76</ITEM>
<ITEM>Discus. 61. 68</ITEM>
<ITEM>Divortium. 89</ITEM>
<ITEM>Do, dico, addico. 76</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dodrans. 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Domus Curialis. 40</ITEM>
<ITEM>Dona militaria. 192</ITEM>
<ITEM>Donatica hasta. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Duella. 156</ITEM>
<ITEM>Duumviri sacris faciundis. 51</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<PB REF="105"/>
<HEAD>E.</HEAD>
<ITEM>EDictum vnde? 119</ITEM>
<ITEM>Edictum perpetuum. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Edictum peculiare &amp; novum. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Edictum peremptorium. 165</ITEM>
<ITEM>Effari templa quid? 18</ITEM>
<ITEM>Elephantini libri qui? 11</ITEM>
<ITEM>Eleusina Ceres dicta. 37</ITEM>
<ITEM>Eloquentiae candidatus. 81</ITEM>
<ITEM>Emancipati qui? 153</ITEM>
<ITEM>Emancipatio. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Emancipati desijssent esse agna∣ti.
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Emisit arietem. <HI>Prov.</HI> 50</ITEM>
<ITEM><GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> quid? 70.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Epulonum Triumviri. 57</ITEM>
<ITEM>Equestria. 15</ITEM>
<ITEM>Equestris ordo. 24</ITEM>
<ITEM>Equitum magister. 123</ITEM>
<ITEM>Equus publicus. 24</ITEM>
<ITEM>Equus militaris. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM><GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> quid Gell. signif. 180</ITEM>
<ITEM>Esquilinus mons. 4</ITEM>
<ITEM>Esquilina tribus. 22</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ex parte fasti dies. 67</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ex iure manu consertum te voco
168</ITEM>
<ITEM>Exaggero vnde? 179</ITEM>
<ITEM>Extispices qui, &amp; vnde dicti? 45</ITEM>
<ITEM>Extra-muraneus Mars quare di∣ctus?
48</ITEM>
<ITEM>Extremi agminis ductore<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. 176</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>F.</HEAD>
<ITEM>FAbiani Luperci. 37</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fabulae palliatae, &amp; togatae. 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fagutalis Iupiter. 5</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fagutalis mons. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Familiaris pars in victimis. 45</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fanum quid, &amp; vnde dictum? 17</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fana sistere. 18</ITEM>
<ITEM>Farracia. 87</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fartor. 108</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fasces pro magistratu. 111</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fasti dies. 67</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fatua</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fauna Bona dea appellata. 53</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fax prima. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Februarius vnde dictus. 36</ITEM>
<ITEM>Feretrius quare Iupiter dictus?
192</ITEM>
<ITEM>Feriati dies. 66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Feriae<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> privatae, publicae, anniver∣sariae,
stativae, &amp; conceptivae, 66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Feriae Latinae, Imperativae, &amp; In∣dictivae.
67</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ferre legem. 103</ITEM>
<ITEM>Festi dies. 66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fidei Flamines. 51</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fidus idem olim quod foedus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Figere legem, &amp; refigere. 103</ITEM>
<ITEM>Figere tabulam. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Flama. 46</ITEM>
<ITEM>Flamines quot, &amp; vnde dicti? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Flamen Dialis. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Flamen Martialis. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Flamen Quirinalis. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Flamines maiores, &amp; minore<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Flamines Curiales, 40 &amp; 47</ITEM>
<ITEM>Flaminio abire. 47</ITEM>
<ITEM>Flaminicae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Flaminii &amp; Flaminiae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Flaminia aedes. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Flammeus. 87</ITEM>
<ITEM>Flexumines, 111</ITEM>
<ITEM>Florales ludi. 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Focus quid, &amp; vnde dictus? 20</ITEM>
<ITEM>Foeciales. 50</ITEM>
<ITEM>vnde dicti? 51</ITEM>
<ITEM>Foedus quid? 18<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/></ITEM>
<ITEM>Folium Sibyllae. 52</ITEM>
<ITEM>Folia Sibyllae colligere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Forfex, seu forceps militum. 178</ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="105"/>
Fornices. 191</ITEM>
<ITEM>Forum quotmodis sumitur? 6</ITEM>
<ITEM>Forum agere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Frorum indicere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Forum Iulium. 7</ITEM>
<ITEM>Forum Augusti. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Forum transitorium, &amp; cur sic di∣ctum?
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Forum Traiani. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Forum Salustij. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Forum Romanum, quod &amp; forum
vetus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Fori in Circo Max. quid? 13</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fratres arvales qui, quot, &amp; vnde
dicti? 39</ITEM>
<ITEM>Frumentariae leges. 150</ITEM>
<ITEM>Frumentum aestimatum. 151</ITEM>
<ITEM>Frumentum decumanum. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Frumentum emptum. 152</ITEM>
<ITEM>Frumentum imperatum. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Funalia vnde? 94</ITEM>
<ITEM>Funus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Furcifer vnde? 189</ITEM>
<ITEM>Fuste caedi. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Fustuarium meretur. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>G.</HEAD>
<ITEM>GAlli Cybelles sacerdotes 54</ITEM>
<ITEM>Gallica quid? 85</ITEM>
<ITEM>Gallicinium 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Gemoniae scalae vbi 5</ITEM>
<ITEM>Genialis arbor quae? 33</ITEM>
<ITEM>Genialis quid sig? <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Genialis lectus. 89</ITEM>
<ITEM>Genius bonus &amp; malus. 32</ITEM>
<ITEM>Genio indulgere. 33</ITEM>
<ITEM>Genium defraudare. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Genius loci. 34</ITEM>
<ITEM>Globus militum. 178</ITEM>
<ITEM>Gradivus à gradiendo. 48</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graeca sacra. 37</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graeca sacerdos. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Gramineae arae. 20</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graminea hasta. 192.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Graminea corona. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Gymnici ludi. 68</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>H.</HEAD>
<ITEM>HAsta pura. 192</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hastâ purâ donati. 188</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hasta donatica. 192.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hasta Gramin<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>a. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Hasta Celebaris. 87</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hasta centum viralis. 117</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hasta pro venditione. 149</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hastae Iudices. 117</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hastaria censio. 188</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hastati qui 177</ITEM>
<ITEM>Haeredes primae cerae. 99</ITEM>
<ITEM>Haeredes ex toto asse. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Haeredes in imâ cerâ. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Haeredes secundi. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Haeredes Legararii. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Haeres fiduciarius, &amp; imaginari∣us.
154</ITEM>
<ITEM>Haeres in totum assem institutus,
quomodo differat ab Haerede
ex toto Asse? 156</ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL>Haeres ex deunce.</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="4">ib.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Haeres ex quadrante</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Haeres ex semunciâ.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Haeres sextulâ aspersus</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE>
 </ITEM>
<ITEM>Helepolis machinae genus, quid
&amp; vnde? 183</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hemones aliquando homines di∣cti.
31</ITEM>
<ITEM>Herbam dare. 192. 193</ITEM>
<ITEM>Herculis sacerdotes. 38</ITEM>
<ITEM>Histrio vnde dictus? 69</ITEM>
<ITEM>Homo comitialis 67</ITEM>
<ITEM>Homo omnium scenarum. 71</ITEM>
<ITEM>Homo plurimarum palmarum. 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Homo sacer. 127</ITEM>
<ITEM>Homini mortuo ossane legito 93</ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="106"/>
Horrea Sempronia. 151</ITEM>
<ITEM>Horri Salustini. 7</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hostia vnde dicta? 58</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hostiare victimam. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Hostilia Curia. 4</ITEM>
<ITEM>Hostilis pars in victimis. 45</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>I.</HEAD>
<ITEM>IAcere in Senatu. 113</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ianualij. 50</ITEM>
<ITEM>Idus. 64.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ientaculum vnde dict. 75</ITEM>
<ITEM>Igni &amp; aquâ interdicere. 116</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ignominiosa dimissio. 188</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ilicet quid signif. 94</ITEM>
<ITEM>Illotis manibus accedere ad rem.
59</ITEM>
<ITEM>Illotis pedibus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Imago idem quod nobilitas. 26</ITEM>
<ITEM>Immolatio. 60</ITEM>
<ITEM>Imperativae fe<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>iae. 67</ITEM>
<ITEM>lmperator. 120 190</ITEM>
<ITEM>quot signif. 176</ITEM>
<ITEM>Impetrativa auguria. 43</ITEM>
<ITEM>In alicujus sententiam ire. 113</ITEM>
<ITEM>Inauspicatò. 41</ITEM>
<ITEM>Incensimarium. 11</ITEM>
<ITEM>Incensus. 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Incestus vnde 85</ITEM>
<ITEM>Indicere forum quid. 6</ITEM>
<ITEM>Indictâ causâ damnari. 137</ITEM>
<ITEM>Indiem tertium siue perendinum
165</ITEM>
<ITEM>Indigites. 30</ITEM>
<ITEM>Inferiae. 94</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ingenui qui. 27</ITEM>
<ITEM>In jus vocare. 134</ITEM>
<ITEM>In jus vocatio. 165</ITEM>
<ITEM>In justis vindicijs &amp; sacramentis
alienos fundos petere. 169</ITEM>
<ITEM>In litem jurare. 165</ITEM>
<ITEM>In praecinctu state vel vivere. 174</ITEM>
<ITEM>Intercalaris dies. 63</ITEM>
<ITEM>Intercisicdies. 66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Intendere actionem, litem. 165</ITEM>
<ITEM>Intempesta nox. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Intervallum quid. 179</ITEM>
<ITEM>Interrex. 123</ITEM>
<ITEM>Intonuit laevum. 43</ITEM>
<ITEM>Intra centesimum lapidem. 121</ITEM>
<ITEM>Iudices selecti. 136</ITEM>
<ITEM>Iudices quaestionum. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Iudices lecti sortitione. 163</ITEM>
<ITEM>Indices editione, edititij, alter∣ni.
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Iudicum decuriae. 158</ITEM>
<ITEM>Iudicum rejectio. 166</ITEM>
<ITEM>sub Iugum quid?, 179</ITEM>
<ITEM>Iulia Curia. 4</ITEM>
<ITEM>Iulianus annus. 64</ITEM>
<ITEM>Iunonij. 50</ITEM>
<ITEM>Iunus, sive Invus aliquando no∣men
Panis. 36</ITEM>
<ITEM>Iurare Io vem lapidem, vel per Io∣vem
lapidem. 172</ITEM>
<ITEM>Iupiter Feretrius. 192.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ius honorarium. 118</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ius Papirianum. 134</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ius &amp; lex quomodo diff. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>L.</HEAD>
<ITEM>LAcerna quid? 84</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lacernatus oppositus togato
<HI>ib</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Laena qualis vestis. 42</ITEM>
<ITEM>Laevum in rebus sacris quid? 43</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lanx. 61</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lapis manalis. 48</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lapis pro mille pass. 121</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lares. 34</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lare sub parvo. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lari sacrificat. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Latiaris coilis. 3</ITEM>
<ITEM>Laticlavia, Laticlavij. 83</ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="106"/>
Latini no minis socij. 187</ITEM>
<ITEM>Latinae feriae. 67</ITEM>
<ITEM>Latinus quis. 140</ITEM>
<ITEM>Laudare defunctū pro rostris. 92</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lectus Genialis. 89</ITEM>
<ITEM>Legatio mandata, votiva, libera.
143</ITEM>
<ITEM>Legatus quot signif. 133</ITEM>
<ITEM>Leges 12 tabularum. 122. 167</ITEM>
<ITEM>Leges tabellariae. 142.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Leges de Ambitu. 161</ITEM>
<ITEM>Legio vnde. 174</ITEM>
<ITEM>Legio Alaudarum. 159</ITEM>
<ITEM>Legio Quadrata. 174</ITEM>
<ITEM>Legio Iusta 175</ITEM>
<ITEM>Legis promulgatio. 101</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lemniscus quid. 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lemniscata palma. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lessum. 95</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex &amp; Ius quomodò differūt. 134</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Accusatorla. I57</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex incerta de Nexu. 160</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Acilia. 164</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Acilia Calpurnia. 162</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Aelia. 141</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Atinia. 156</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Aurelia. 158</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Coecilia Didia. 145</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Caelia. 142</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Cassia. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="8">Lex Clodia,</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>ad religionem spect.</CELL>
<CELL>138.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>ad comitia spect.</CELL>
<CELL>141.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Magistrat.</CELL>
<CELL>145.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Intercess.</CELL>
<CELL>146</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Provinciis,</CELL>
<CELL>148.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Cypro,</CELL>
<CELL>ib</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de frument</CELL>
<CELL>151</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="4">Lex Cornelia,</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Municipijs.</CELL>
<CELL>140.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Magistrat</CELL>
<CELL>144. 145.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Pro∣vincijs,</CELL>
<CELL>146</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Lex Agraria,</CELL>
<CELL> </CELL>
<CELL>150.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Iudic.</CELL>
<CELL>159.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de parricidio</CELL>
<CELL>167</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Curiata, centuriata. 103</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Domitia. 138</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Fabia. 162</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Furia. 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Futia. 141</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Gabinia, 141.152</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Gellia Cornelia. 140</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Hircia. 144</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Hieronica. 152</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Iudiciaria Caes. 158</ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="4">Lex Iulia</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Provincijs</CELL>
<CELL>147.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Iudic.</CELL>
<CELL>158.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Maiestate.</CELL>
<CELL>161</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Iunia. 139 164</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Iunia Licinia de trinundino.
146</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Licinia. 163</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Licinia Aebutia. 146</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Licinia Mutia. 139</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Livia. 157</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Manilia. 142. 152</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Mancipij 161</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Memnonia. 160</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Papia. 139</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Papiria. 137. 142</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Plantia. 158</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Pompeia. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Porcia. 139</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Quadrupli. 116</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Roscia. 137</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Rupilia. 157</ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="4">Lex Sempronia</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Civitate,</CELL>
<CELL>139</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de comit.</CELL>
<CELL>142.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Provinc.</CELL>
<CELL>146</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Agrar. 150</ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Lex Servilia</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Civit.</CELL>
<CELL>140.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Iu∣dic.</CELL>
<CELL>157</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Socialis 164</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Sylvani &amp; Carbonis. 140</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Terentia Cassia. 151</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Titia. 147</ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Lex Tullia</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Senat.</CELL>
<CELL>143.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>de Am∣bitu.</CELL>
<CELL>162</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Valeria. 145</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Varia. 161</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Vatinia. 148</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lex Voconia. 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Libatio. 60</ITEM>
<ITEM>Libamina prima. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="107"/>
Liberi alij ingenui alii libertini.
27</ITEM>
<ITEM>Libera toga. 80</ITEM>
<ITEM>Libitina. Libitinarij. 91</ITEM>
<ITEM>Libitinarius idem quod capula∣ris.
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Libri vnde. 98</ITEM>
<ITEM>Libri-pens vnde. 160</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lictores qui &amp; vnde. 111</ITEM>
<ITEM>Linum incidere. 100</ITEM>
<ITEM>Litare. 61</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lite vel causa cadere. 136</ITEM>
<ITEM>Litis contestatio, Litis Redemp∣tio,
litis aestimatio, quomodo
differ. 164</ITEM>
<ITEM>Loculi. 94</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lucus vnde dict. 19</ITEM>
<ITEM>Luceres. 22</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ludus. 67</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ludum aperire. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Ludi compitales, circenses, &amp; sce∣nici.
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Ludi gymnici. 68</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ludi sacri, funebres, votivi, ludi∣cri,
Megalenses, Cereales. 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ludi Florales, Martiales, Apolli∣nares.
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Ludi Castrenses. 75</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ludus Trojanus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lugere differt ab elugere. 95</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lunaris annus. 62</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lupercalium origo, &amp; ceremo∣niae.
36</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lupercalibus quid immolaretur.
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lupa aluit Romulum &amp; Remum
expositos. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lupercal vbi. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lupercorum licentia quanta. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Luperci Fabiani, 37</ITEM>
<ITEM>Luperci Quintiliani. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Lustrum. 116</ITEM>
<ITEM>Lustrum condere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>M.</HEAD>
<ITEM>MAchinis oppugnare. 184</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mactare hostiam. 60</ITEM>
<ITEM>Magnus annus. 64</ITEM>
<ITEM>Magister Collegij. 41</ITEM>
<ITEM>Magister equitum, populi magi∣ster.
123</ITEM>
<ITEM>Magistratum ambire: magistratū
inire. 108</ITEM>
<ITEM>Magistratu abire. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Magistratus quis. 100</ITEM>
<ITEM>Magistratus Majores. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Magistratus Minores. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Magistratus Patricij, plebeii. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Magistratus Quinqueduanus. 123</ITEM>
<ITEM>Malleoli, machinae genus. 183</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mancipatio. 153</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mancipes. 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mancipium, mancipatus. 161</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mane. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>quis{que} suos patimur Manes. 32</ITEM>
<ITEM>Manibus illotis accedere ad rē 59</ITEM>
<ITEM>Manibus pedibus{que} discedere in
alicujus sententiam. 113</ITEM>
<ITEM>Manipuli. 175</ITEM>
<ITEM>Manipulus militum. 179</ITEM>
<ITEM>Manipularis. 159. 161</ITEM>
<ITEM>Manum conserere. 167</ITEM>
<ITEM>Manumissionis formula. 27</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mars quomodo effingi solebat.
48</ITEM>
<ITEM>Marte vario pugnatum est <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Marte proprio, 48</ITEM>
<ITEM>Martiales <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>udi. 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Martialis collis. 3</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mater deorum. 54</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mavors. 48</ITEM>
<ITEM>Megalenses <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>udi. 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Megalesia. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Mel laria amphora. 54</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mensae Romanorum quales. 75</ITEM>
<ITEM>Merenda, vnde dict. 76</ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="107"/>
Mereri sub hoc vel illo duce. 1<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>2</ITEM>
<ITEM>Meridies. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Meta 14</ITEM>
<ITEM>Miles emeritus. 172</ITEM>
<ITEM>Milites per sacramentum. 173</ITEM>
<ITEM>Milites per conjurationem. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Milites evocati. 172</ITEM>
<ITEM>Milites subitarij. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Militaria dona. 193</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mimi, qui, &amp; quare planipedes di∣cti.
69</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mimicae fabulae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Minervij. 50</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mitra. 81</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mitriaci. 55</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mola. 60</ITEM>
<ITEM>Monitor. 108</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mons Palatinus vnde dict. 1</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mons Capitolinus, Tarpeius, Sa∣turni.
2</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mons Quirinalis, Agonalis, Ca∣ballus,
Coelius. 3</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mons Querculanus, Esquilinus,
Aventinus, 4</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mons Murcius. 5</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mons Dianae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Mons Remonius, Sacer, Vimina∣lis,
Fagutalis. 5</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mons Vaticanus. 6</ITEM>
<ITEM>Montorius. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>More Romano .i. ex animo. 21</ITEM>
<ITEM>Morbus Comitialis. 102</ITEM>
<ITEM>Morbus Sonticus. 163</ITEM>
<ITEM>Moribus deductio. 169</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mullei, Calceorum genus, vnde.
85</ITEM>
<ITEM>Municipium, quid &amp; vnde. 187</ITEM>
<ITEM>Munus honorarium. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Murcia Venus. 5</ITEM>
<ITEM>Murrhata, Murrhina potio. 95</ITEM>
<ITEM>Muralis corona. 193.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Musculus, vnde &amp; quare. 180</ITEM>
<ITEM>Mutare vestem; quid signif. 81</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>N.</HEAD>
<ITEM>NAvails corona. 193</ITEM>
<ITEM>Naulum Charontis. 93</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nefastus dies. 67</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nexi, qui. 28</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nobilitatis ius. 26</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nomen idem quod debitum. 28</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nomina facere, liberare, exigere.
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Nomenclatio, Nomenclator. 108</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nominis delatio 165</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nonae. 64</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nongenti qui. 98</ITEM>
<ITEM>Novi qui dicebantur. 25</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nox intempesta. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nox media. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Nun tiatio. 102</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nun cupare vota. 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nuptiae. 86</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nuptiae innuptae. 88</ITEM>
<ITEM>Nuptialia dona. 89</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>O.</HEAD>
<ITEM>OBnunciatio. 102</ITEM>
<ITEM>Observatio de Coelo. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Obsidionalis corona. 192</ITEM>
<ITEM>Oblativa auguria. 43</ITEM>
<ITEM>Occasus solis. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Olympica certamina. 68</ITEM>
<ITEM>Omen praerogativum. 102</ITEM>
<ITEM>Omne tulit punctum. 98</ITEM>
<ITEM>Omnium scenarum homo. 71</ITEM>
<ITEM>Opera &amp; impensa perijt 68</ITEM>
<ITEM>Qperam &amp; oleam perdidit. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Opima spolia. 192</ITEM>
<ITEM>Oppius Collis. 4</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ops. 53</ITEM>
<ITEM>Optimates qui. 26</ITEM>
<ITEM>Oracula Sibyllina. 51</ITEM>
<ITEM>Oratio quid &amp; vnde dict. 160. 191</ITEM>
<ITEM>Orbis militum. 178</ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="108"/>
Orchestra. 15</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ovile, quis locus in Campo Mar∣tio.
13</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>P.</HEAD>
<ITEM>PActio quid. 187</ITEM>
<ITEM>Palati<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> Salii. 49</ITEM>
<ITEM>Palatia vnde dicta. 1</ITEM>
<ITEM>Palatina tribus. 22</ITEM>
<ITEM>Palatinus Mons vnde 1</ITEM>
<ITEM>Palla. 84</ITEM>
<ITEM>Palliatae fabulae. 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Palliati pro Graecis dicti. 78</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pallium. 78, 84</ITEM>
<ITEM>Palma, quare victoriae fignum. 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Palma lemniscata <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Palmarum plurimarum homo. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Palmata toga. 82</ITEM>
<ITEM>Paludamentum. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Pan Ly<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>aeus,&amp; ejus forma. 35</ITEM>
<ITEM>Papia lex. 139</ITEM>
<ITEM>Papiria lex. 137</ITEM>
<ITEM>Papyrus. 99</ITEM>
<ITEM>Parricidium quid 167</ITEM>
<ITEM>Parricidij quaesitores. 116</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pars hostilis &amp; familiaris in vic∣timis.
45</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pater Fiduciarius. 153</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pater-patratus quis▪ 50</ITEM>
<ITEM>Patres conscripti quando primū
dicti. 23</ITEM>
<ITEM>Patricij qui. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Patroni qui. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Pecuarius quis. 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pecuniae repetundae. 163.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pecunia ablata, capta, coacta, a∣versa.
164</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pendere,idem quod solvere. 161</ITEM>
<ITEM>Penula. 84</ITEM>
<ITEM>Perduellio; Perduellionis iudici∣um.
141</ITEM>
<ITEM>Perones, calceorum genus. 85</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pessinuntia. 54</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pessinuntius sacerdos. 138</ITEM>
<ITEM>Picta toga. 82</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pignora caerdere.concidere, rape∣re
auferre. 113</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pilani milites, qui. 178</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pilum quid. 177</ITEM>
<ITEM>P<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>strinum quid, &amp; vnde. 16</ITEM>
<ITEM>in P<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>strinum te dedam. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Planipides excalceati. 69</ITEM>
<ITEM>Plebeii qui. 23</ITEM>
<ITEM>Plebiscitum. 103. 137</ITEM>
<ITEM>Poculum boni genij. 33</ITEM>
<ITEM>Poculum charitatis, <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Pollinctores. 91</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pomoerium quid. 1</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pompeia Curia. 4</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pondus pro toga. 81</ITEM>
<ITEM>de Ponte deij<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>rendus. 13</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pontes per quos sufrragia tule∣rint
apud Roman, qui. 13</ITEM>
<ITEM>Ponfifices vnde dict. 56</ITEM>
<ITEM>pontificia coena. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Pon<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> sublicius. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Popae 58</ITEM>
<ITEM>Populares. 26</ITEM>
<ITEM>Popularia. 15</ITEM>
<ITEM>Po<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>titores qui. 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Portorium. Portarium, vnde. <HI>ib</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>postsignani. 159</ITEM>
<ITEM>Postulatio, Postulare aliquem, de
hoc vel illo crimine. 165</ITEM>
<ITEM>Potitij cuius sacerdotes dicti. 38</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praecidaneae hostiae. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>9</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praeconi publico subijci, 149</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praedes. 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praefectus Annonae. 129</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praefectus Aerarij. 136</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praefectus Praetorio. 130. 131</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praefectus vrbis. 121</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praefectura. 185</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praefica. 92</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praerogativa Tribus vel centu∣ria.
<PB REF="108"/>
101</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praerogativum omen. 102</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praetexta toga. 82</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praetextate. 69</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praetextatus differt à togato, 82</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praetextata aetas. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Praetores vnde. 113. 117</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praetor vrbanus, seu major. 117</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praetor peregrinus, seu minor. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Praetores Cereales. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Praetores fidei Commis<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>arij. <HI>ib,</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Praetores Quaesitores. 118</ITEM>
<ITEM>Praetorium quot significat. 131</ITEM>
<ITEM>Prandium. 76</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pridiè Calendas. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Prima fax. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Prima libamina. 60</ITEM>
<ITEM>Principes inter milites Rom. qui
177</ITEM>
<ITEM>Principta quae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Privatae feriae. 66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Proconsul. 132</ITEM>
<ITEM>Profesti dies. 66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Proletarij. 105</ITEM>
<ITEM>Prologus quid sit. 71</ITEM>
<ITEM>Prologus <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Pronunciare, &amp; cognoscere quo∣modo
discrepant. 8</ITEM>
<ITEM>Promulgatio legis. 101. 103</ITEM>
<ITEM>Propraetor. 132</ITEM>
<ITEM>Proquaestor. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Proscripti, qui. 144</ITEM>
<ITEM><GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> 70</ITEM>
<ITEM>Provincia quot fig. &amp; vnde dict.
185</ITEM>
<ITEM>Provincias comparare, 132</ITEM>
<ITEM>Provincias sortiri, <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Provinciae Consulares. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Provinciae Praetoriae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Provinciam cepisti duram▪` 181</ITEM>
<ITEM>Publicanus quis. 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Publicae feriae. 66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pulla toga. 81</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pullarius. 44</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pulpitum. 15</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pulvinar, aliquando idem quod
templum. 18</ITEM>
<ITEM>Punctum pro suffragio. 98</ITEM>
<ITEM>Pura hasta. 192</ITEM>
<ITEM>Purpurea toga. 82</ITEM>
<ITEM>Puteal Libonis. 9</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>Q.</HEAD>
<ITEM>QVadram quid. 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Qundruplatores. 156</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quaesitores Parricidij. 118</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quaestiones perpetuae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Quaestor,vnde. 126</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quaestores aerarij. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Quaestores Vrbani. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Quaestores rerum capitalium. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Quaestores provinciales. 133</ITEM>
<ITEM>Querculanus mons. 4</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quernea corona. 193</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quincunx, quid. 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quindecimviri sacris faciundis.
51</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quinqueviri mensarij. 129</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quinqueviri epulonum, 57</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quinctiliani Luperci. 37</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quintilis mensis. 64</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quirinalis mons. 3</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quirinalis Flamen. 46</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quirinales Salij. 49</ITEM>
<ITEM>Quirinus nomen Romuli. 3</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>R.</HEAD>
<ITEM>REddere. 61</ITEM>
<ITEM>Regina sacrorum. 48</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rem ratam habere. 164</ITEM>
<ITEM>Remonius mons. 5</ITEM>
<ITEM>Renunciatio Matrimonij. 40</ITEM>
<ITEM>Repudium. 89</ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="109"/>
Res tuas tibi habe<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>o. 90</ITEM>
<ITEM>Reus voti. 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rex sacrificulus, &amp; Rex sacro∣rum.
47</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rhamnenses qui. 2<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/></ITEM>
<ITEM>Rhea. 54</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rignarius mons. 5</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rogare legem. 103</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rogus. 93</ITEM>
<ITEM>Roma Vrbs septicollis. 1</ITEM>
<ITEM>Romanae vrbis nomen incogni∣tum.
32</ITEM>
<ITEM>Romani civis descriptio. 21</ITEM>
<ITEM>Romano more. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 word" DISP="〈◊〉"/>. ex animo. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Romulum &amp; Remum exposito<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>
lupa aluit. 36</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rostra vbi fuerint &amp; vnde dicta 9</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rostrata Corona. 193</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rude donatus. 75</ITEM>
<ITEM>Rudis apud gladiatores quid. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Rupes Tarpeia. 2</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>S.</HEAD>
<ITEM>SAcer homo. 127</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sacra haud immolata devo∣rat.
61</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sacramentum, quid sig. 170</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sacramento &amp; sponsione provo∣care,
<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="2 letters" DISP="••"/>gare, quaere<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>e, stipula∣ti.
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Sacramento contendere, restipu∣lati.
<HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Sacrarium, quid. 19</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sacri ludi qui dicti. 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sacrificia, &amp; ritu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/> sacrificandi. 58</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sacrilegus, quis &amp; vnde. 93</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sacrorum rex. 47</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sacrosanctus, quis dictus. 127</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sagum, quid. 79</ITEM>
<ITEM>ad Saga ire. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Saga togae cedant, idem quod ce∣dant
arma togae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Saliares dapes. 50</ITEM>
<ITEM>Salij, quot, &amp; vnde dicti. 49</ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="4">Salij</CELL>
<CELL>Palatini.</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="4">49</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL> Collini.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Agonales.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Quirinales.</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Salij quales pileos gestent. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Salutaris Collis. 3</ITEM>
<ITEM>Salutaris litera quae. 166</ITEM>
<ITEM>Salustini horti. 7</ITEM>
<ITEM>Satisdatio quid. 170</ITEM>
<ITEM>Saturni aedes, quare aerarium po∣puli.
10</ITEM>
<ITEM>Saturni mons. 2</ITEM>
<ITEM>Satyrae. 69</ITEM>
<ITEM>Satyra quale genus carminis. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Scalae Gemoniae. 5</ITEM>
<ITEM>Scena, in theatro, quid. 15</ITEM>
<ITEM>Scena, in fabulis, quid. 71</ITEM>
<ITEM>Scenici ludi, quare &amp; quomodo
primum instituti. 69</ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Scena </CELL>
<CELL>Tragica.</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="3">71</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Comica.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Satyrica.</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Scena versatilis, vel ductilis. 15</ITEM>
<ITEM><GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>, vnde dict. 14</ITEM>
<ITEM>Scorpio, machinae genus. 182</ITEM>
<ITEM>Scriba. 118</ITEM>
<ITEM>Scribendo cōficere rationes 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Scriptura vectigalis genus quare
dict. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Secespita. 61</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sectores. 149</ITEM>
<ITEM>Secundum illum litem do. 136</ITEM>
<ITEM>Secundipilus. 178</ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="2">Sella</CELL>
<CELL>Curulis.</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="2">114</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Eburnea. </CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Semidei. 30</ITEM>
<ITEM>Semissis. 151. 155.</ITEM>
<ITEM>Semones, quasi semi homines. 31</ITEM>
<ITEM>Semuncia. 156</ITEM>
<ITEM>Senatus Senator: Senatus con∣sultum:
Senaculum. 112</ITEM>
<ITEM>Senator Princeps, Senatores Pe∣da<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>ij. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="109"/>
ad Senatum referre. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>in Senatu stare. 113</ITEM>
<ITEM>Senatores minorū gentiū qui. 23</ITEM>
<ITEM>Senatus consultum de Ambitu.
162</ITEM>
<ITEM>Septem convivium, novē convi∣tium
faciunt. 77</ITEM>
<ITEM>Septem viri Epulonum. 57</ITEM>
<ITEM>Septa, qualis locus in campo
Martio. 13</ITEM>
<ITEM>Septicollis Vrbs. 1</ITEM>
<ITEM>Septimius collis. 2</ITEM>
<ITEM>Septun<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sepulchrum. 94</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sepultura insepulta. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Sequestres. 109</ITEM>
<ITEM>Servi addicti. 120</ITEM>
<ITEM>Servorum duo genera. 28</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sestertius. 137</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sexagenarij de ponte deijciendi.
97</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sextans. 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sextilis mensis. 64</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sextulae. 156</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sibylla, vnde dict. 53</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sibyllae, quot. 52</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sibyllina oracula. 51</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sibyllae folium. 52</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sibyllae folia colligere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Sigma, quid, &amp; quomodo olim fi∣guratum.
77</ITEM>
<ITEM>Signa conferre, collatis signis
pugnare. 174</ITEM>
<ITEM>Signatores. 86</ITEM>
<ITEM>Silatum. 75</ITEM>
<ITEM>Silicernium quid. 94</ITEM>
<ITEM>Simpulum, vel simpuvium. 60</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sinistra avis. 43</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sinistrum in rebus sacris quid. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Siticines. 92</ITEM>
<ITEM>Soccus. 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sodalitia. 163</ITEM>
<ITEM>Solea. 85</ITEM>
<ITEM>Solis occasus. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Solistimum tripudium. 44</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sophocleo digna cothurno. 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sordidatus vnde dict. 81</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sortitio Iudicum, subsortitio. 166</ITEM>
<ITEM>Spectio. 112</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sphinx in Pronao quid signif. 17</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sponsalia. 86</ITEM>
<ITEM>Stativae feriae. 66</ITEM>
<ITEM>Stipendium, quid. 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Stipendiarij. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Stipendij fraudatio. 188</ITEM>
<ITEM>Stola quid &amp; vnde. 79</ITEM>
<ITEM>Stuprum. 85</ITEM>
<ITEM>Stylus, quot signif. 100</ITEM>
<ITEM>Stylum invertere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Subbasilicani, apud Plautum qui
8</ITEM>
<ITEM>Sublicius pons. 56</ITEM>
<ITEM>Subscriptores. 157</ITEM>
<ITEM>Subsellia. 8</ITEM>
<ITEM>Subsignanus. 159</ITEM>
<ITEM>Suburana. 22</ITEM>
<ITEM>Suffragia legitima conficere. 108</ITEM>
<ITEM>Suffragia explere. <HI>ib</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Suffragiorum puncta non tulit
septem. 98</ITEM>
<ITEM>Suovetauralia, solitauralia. 116</ITEM>
<ITEM>Supplicatio. 190</ITEM>
<ITEM>Supplicationes decernere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Synthesis. 55</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>T.</HEAD>
<ITEM>TAbellarius. 99</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tabellae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Tabernariae. 69</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tabulae ceratae, 99</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tabulae accepti &amp; expensi. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Tabulae</CELL>
<CELL>Novae. </CELL>
<CELL ROWS="3"><HI>ib.</HI></CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Publicae.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Auctionariae.</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="110"/>
Tabulam figere. 103</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tabularium, quid &amp; vnde. 11</ITEM>
<ITEM>Talassio quid signif. 88</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tarpcius mon<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/>. 2</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tarpcia rupes. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Tatienses qui. 22</ITEM>
<ITEM>Taurilia. 116</ITEM>
<ITEM>Taeda, quid. 88</ITEM>
<ITEM>Templum. 16</ITEM>
<ITEM>Templum apud augures certa
coeli regio. 42</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tergiductores. 176</ITEM>
<ITEM>Testera quid. 189</ITEM>
<ITEM>Testamentum calatis comitiis. 97
154</ITEM>
<ITEM>Testamentum in procinctu. 154</ITEM>
<ITEM>Testamentum per emancipatio∣nem
familiae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Testamentum per aes &amp; librā. 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Testamentum per nexum. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Testudo, quot signif. 180</ITEM>
<ITEM>Testudo militaris. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Theatrum quid &amp; vnde. 14</ITEM>
<ITEM>Titij, qui &amp; vnde. 57</ITEM>
<ITEM>Toga, vnde dicta. 78</ITEM>
<ITEM>Togata mulier, pro impudica. 79</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tagam vitilem sumere. 80</ITEM>
<ITEM>Toga pura quid. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Toga</CELL>
<CELL>Alba.</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="3">81</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL> Candida. </CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Pulla.</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Toga praetexta, purpurea. 82</ITEM>
<ITEM>Toga Picta, Palmata. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Toga Triumphalis. 83</ITEM>
<ITEM>Togatae fabulae. 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Togati pro Romanis dicti. 78</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tormentum, quid &amp; vnde. 182</ITEM>
<ITEM>Trabea. 114</ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Trabea</CELL>
<CELL>Auguralis.</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="3">83</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Regia.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Consecrata</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Tragoediae &amp; Comoediae differē∣tiae
quaedam. 72</ITEM>
<ITEM>Triarij. 159. 177</ITEM>
<ITEM>ad Triarios ventum est. 177</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tribunus Celerum. 111</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tribus <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/> &amp; <GAP DESC="foreign" DISP="〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉"/>. 2<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="tech" EXTENT="1 letter" DISP="•"/></ITEM>
<ITEM>Tribus locales quot. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Tribus Vrbanae. 107</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tribus Rusticae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Tribus iurevocata. 102</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tribus praerogativa. 101</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tribuni militum. 104</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tribuni Rutuli, Rufuli. 124</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tribuni suffecti, Comitiati. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Tribuni plebis. 127</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tributum quid; Tributarij. 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Triclicium vnde dictum. 76</ITEM>
<ITEM>Triens quid. 155</ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumphus vnde dict. 191</ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumphus quomodo differt ab
ovatione. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumphus major; minor. 190</ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumphalis arcus. 191</ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumphalis corona. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumviri Reip cōstituendae. 125</ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumviri Capitales. 129</ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumviri Mensarij. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumviri conquirendi juvenes
idoneos ad arma ferenda. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumviri Coloniae deducēdae. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumviri monetales. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumviri valetudinis 130</ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumviri Nocturni. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Triumviri Epulonum. 57</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tripudium. 44</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tripudium solistimum. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Troia. 75</ITEM>
<ITEM>Trojanus ludus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Tunica. 83</ITEM>
<ITEM>Tunica pallio propior. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Tunica</CELL>
<CELL>Laticlavia.</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="3">83</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Angusticlavia </CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Recta.</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Turma. 157</ITEM>
<ITEM>Turres ambulatoriae. 180</ITEM>
<ITEM><PB REF="110"/>
<TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="5">Tutela</CELL>
<CELL>Testamentaria.</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="5">153</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Legitima.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Dativa.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Fiduciaria.</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Honoraria.</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
<ITEM>Tutores Honorarii. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Tyro, Tyrocinium. 175</ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>V.</HEAD>
<ITEM>V. R. tabulis inscript. quid sign.
98</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vacationes 139</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vadarireum. 165</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vallaris corona. 193</ITEM>
<ITEM>Valla, Valli. 179</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vallus vitem decepit. 180</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vbi tu Caius, ibi ego Caia. 88</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vectigal. 186</ITEM>
<ITEM>Velites. 177</ITEM>
<ITEM>Velitatim agere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Venditio per aes &amp; libram. 160</ITEM>
<ITEM>Versis armis pugnare quid. 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vesper. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vespae, &amp; vespillones qui &amp; vn¦de.
92</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vestales virgines. 57</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vestes Romanae. 78</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vexillum vnde. 128</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vexillum Roseum. 172</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vexillum Coeruleum. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Vexillationes vnde, &amp; quare. 178</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vicesimarium aurum. 11</ITEM>
<ITEM>Victima vnde dicta. 58</ITEM>
<ITEM>Victimam hostiare. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Victimarii. 60</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vigilia 1. 2. 3. 4. 65</ITEM>
<ITEM>Viminalis mons. 5</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vimineus Iupiter. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Vindicias sumunto. 168</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vindicatio quid. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Vindicta liberare. 28</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vinea quid. 180</ITEM>
<ITEM>Virgis caedi. 189</ITEM>
<ITEM>Virgula Censoria. 115</ITEM>
<ITEM>Virilis toga. 80</ITEM>
<ITEM>Visceratio. 95</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vncia quid. 156</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vnum pro omnibus. 165</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vota nuncupare. 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Votireus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Votivel voto damnatus. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Votivi ludi. 73</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vovere ludos vel templa. 74</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vrna. 94</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vt me ludos facit. 67</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vt tu Dominus, ita ego Domina.
88</ITEM>
<ITEM>Vxor vnde. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM><TABLE>
<ROW>
<CELL ROWS="3">Vxor</CELL>
<CELL>Vsu.</CELL>
<CELL ROWS="3">87</CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Confarreatione </CELL>
</ROW>
<ROW>
<CELL>Coemptione</CELL>
</ROW>
</TABLE></ITEM>
</LIST>
<LIST>
<HEAD>Z.</HEAD>
<ITEM>ZOna quid. 84</ITEM>
<ITEM>Zonam perdere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
<ITEM>Zonam solvere. <HI>ib.</HI></ITEM>
</LIST>
<TRAILER>FINIS.</TRAILER>
</DIV1>
</BACK>
</TEXT>
</EEBO>
</ETS>

